A

AdminRootControllerClass in namespace [Global Namespace]
AfterCallAspectClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

An AfterCallAspect is run after a method is executed

AfterCallAspect::afterCall() — Method in class AfterCallAspect

Call this aspect after a method is executed

AggregateClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Calculate an Aggregate on a particular field of a particular DataObject type (possibly with an additional filter before the aggregate)

Aggregate_RelationshipClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

A subclass of Aggregate that calculates aggregates for the result of a has_many query.

AopProxyServiceClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

A class that proxies another, allowing various functionality to be injected.

$ AopProxyService#afterCallProperty in class AopProxyService
ArrayDataClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Lets you wrap a bunch of array data, or object members, into a {@link ViewableData} object.

ArrayData::array_to_object() — Method in class ArrayData

Converts an associative array to a simple object

ArrayLibClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Library of static methods for manipulating arrays.

ArrayLib::array_values_recursive() — Method in class ArrayLib
ArrayLib::array_map_recursive() — Method in class ArrayLib

Similar to array_map, but recurses when arrays are encountered.

ArrayLib::array_merge_recursive() — Method in class ArrayLib

Recursively merges two or more arrays.

ArrayListClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

A list object that wraps around an array of objects or arrays.

ArrayList::add() — Method in class ArrayList

Add this $item into this list

AssetAdminClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

AssetAdmin is the 'file store' section of the CMS.

$ AssetAdmin#allowed_max_file_sizeProperty in class AssetAdmin
AssetAdmin::addfolder() — Method in class AssetAdmin
AssetAdmin::AddForm() — Method in class AssetAdmin
AssetAdmin_DeleteBatchActionClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Delete multiple {@link Folder} records (and the associated filesystem nodes).

AuthenticatorClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Abstract base class for an authentication method

Authenticator::authenticate() — Method in class Authenticator

Method to authenticate an user

$ BBCodeParser#autolink_urlsProperty in class BBCodeParser
$ BBCodeParser#allow_similiesProperty in class BBCodeParser
BBCodeParser::autolinkUrls() — Method in class BBCodeParser
BulkLoader_Result::addCreated() — Method in class BulkLoader_Result
BulkLoader_Result::addUpdated() — Method in class BulkLoader_Result
BulkLoader_Result::addDeleted() — Method in class BulkLoader_Result
CMSBatchAction::applicablePagesHelper() — Method in class CMSBatchAction

Helper method for applicablePages() methods. Acts as a skeleton implementation.

CMSBatchAction::applicablePages() — Method in class CMSBatchAction

Given a list of object IDs, filter out which items can have this batch action applied to them.

CMSBatchAction_Archive::applicablePages() — Method in class CMSBatchAction_Archive

Given a list of object IDs, filter out which items can have this batch action applied to them.

CMSBatchAction_Delete::applicablePages() — Method in class CMSBatchAction_Delete

Given a list of object IDs, filter out which items can have this batch action applied to them.

CMSBatchAction_DeleteFromLive::applicablePages() — Method in class CMSBatchAction_DeleteFromLive

Given a list of object IDs, filter out which items can have this batch action applied to them.

CMSBatchAction_Publish::applicablePages() — Method in class CMSBatchAction_Publish

Given a list of object IDs, filter out which items can have this batch action applied to them.

CMSBatchAction_Restore::applicablePages() — Method in class CMSBatchAction_Restore

{see SiteTree::canEdit()}

CMSBatchAction_Unpublish::applicablePages() — Method in class CMSBatchAction_Unpublish

Given a list of object IDs, filter out which items can have this batch action applied to them.

CMSMain::archive() — Method in class CMSMain

Delete this page from both live and stage

CMSMenu::add_controller() — Method in class CMSMenu

Add a LeftAndMain controller to the CMS menu.

CMSMenu::add_link() — Method in class CMSMenu

Add an arbitrary URL to the CMS menu.

CMSMenu::add_menu_item() — Method in class CMSMenu

Add a navigation item to the main administration menu showing in the top bar.

CMSPageAddController::AddForm() — Method in class CMSPageAddController
ClassInfo::allClasses() — Method in class ClassInfo

Wrapper for classes getter.

ClassInfo::ancestry() — Method in class ClassInfo

Returns the passed class name along with all its parent class names in an array, sorted with the root class first.

CompositeDBField::addToQuery() — Method in class CompositeDBField

Add all columns which are defined through {@link requireField()} and {@link $composite_db}, or any additional SQL that is required to get to these columns. Will mostly just write to the {@link SQLQuery->select} array.

Config::anything() — Method in class Config

Get a marker class instance that is used to do a "remove anything with this key" by adding $key => Config::anything() to the suppress array

Convert::array2json() — Method in class Convert

Encode an array as a JSON encoded string.

DB::affected_rows() — Method in class DB

Return the number of rows affected by the previous operation.

DB::affectedRows() — Method in class DB
DB::alteration_message() — Method in class DB

Show a message about database alteration

DBConnector::affectedRows() — Method in class DBConnector

Determines the number of affected rows from the last SQL query

$ DBField#auto_indexableProperty in class DBField

Flag to indicate whether this data type is safe to automatically generate an index for

DBField::addToQuery() — Method in class DBField

Add custom query parameters for this field, mostly SELECT statements for multi-value fields.

DBField::ATT() — Method in class DBField
DBSchemaManager::alterationMessage() — Method in class DBSchemaManager

Show a message about database alteration

DBSchemaManager::alterIndex() — Method in class DBSchemaManager

Alter an index on a table.

DBSchemaManager::alterTable() — Method in class DBSchemaManager

Alter a table's schema.

DataExtension::augmentSQL() — Method in class DataExtension

Edit the given query object to support queries for this extension

DataExtension::augmentDatabase() — Method in class DataExtension

Update the database schema as required by this extension.

DataExtension::augmentWrite() — Method in class DataExtension

Augment a write-record request.

DataList::alterDataQuery() — Method in class DataList

Return a new DataList instance with the underlying {@link DataQuery} object altered

DataList::addFilter() — Method in class DataList

Return a new instance of the list with an added filter

DataList::avg() — Method in class DataList

Return the average value of the given field in this DataList

DataList::addMany() — Method in class DataList

Add a number of items to the component set.

DataList::add() — Method in class DataList

This method are overloaded by HasManyList and ManyMany list to perform more sophisticated list manipulation

$ DataObject#api_accessProperty in class DataObject

Allow API access to this object?

$ DataObject#allowed_actionsProperty in class DataObject

Provides a list of allowed methods that can be called via RESTful api.

DataObject::Aggregate() — Method in class DataObject
DataQuery::avg() — Method in class DataQuery

Return the average value of the given field in this DataList

DataQuery::aggregate() — Method in class DataQuery

Runs a raw aggregate expression. Please handle escaping yourself

DataQuery::applyRelation() — Method in class DataQuery

Traverse the relationship fields, and add the table mappings to the query object state. This has to be called in any overloaded {@link SearchFilter->apply()} methods manually.

DataQuery::addSelectFromTable() — Method in class DataQuery

Add the given fields from the given table to the select statement.

DatabaseAdapterRegistry::autodiscover() — Method in class DatabaseAdapterRegistry

Detects all _register_database.php files and invokes them

DatabaseAdapterRegistry::autoconfigure() — Method in class DatabaseAdapterRegistry

Detects all _configure_database.php files and invokes them Called by ConfigureFromEnv.php

DatabaseAdmin::autoBuild() — Method in class DatabaseAdmin

Check if database needs to be built, and build it if it does.

Date::Ago() — Method in class Date

Returns the number of seconds/minutes/hours/days or months since the timestamp.

$ Director#alternate_base_folderProperty in class Director
$ Director#alternate_protocolProperty in class Director

Setting this explicitly specifies the protocol (http or https) used, overriding the normal behaviour of Director::is_https introspecting it from the request

$ Director#alternate_base_urlProperty in class Director
Director::addRules() — Method in class Director

Add URL matching rules to the Director.

Director::absoluteURL() — Method in class Director

Turns the given URL into an absolute URL.

Director::absoluteBaseURL() — Method in class Director

Returns the Absolute URL of the site root.

Director::absoluteBaseURLWithAuth() — Method in class Director

Returns the Absolute URL of the site root, embedding the current basic-auth credentials into the URL.

$ Email#admin_emailProperty in class Email

This will be set in the config on a site-by-site basis

Email::attachFileFromString() — Method in class Email

Attach a file based on provided raw data.

Email::attachFile() — Method in class Email

Attach the specified file to this email message.

Email::addCustomHeader() — Method in class Email

Add a custom header to this email message. Useful for implementing all those cool features that we didn't think of.

Extension::add_to_class() — Method in class Extension

Called when this extension is added to a particular class

FieldList::addFieldToTab() — Method in class FieldList

Add an extra field to a tab within this FieldList.

FieldList::addFieldsToTab() — Method in class FieldList

Add a number of extra fields to a tab within this FieldList.

$ File#allowed_extensionsProperty in class File
$ File#app_categoriesProperty in class File
$ File#apply_restrictions_to_adminProperty in class File
File::AbsoluteLink() — Method in class File

Just an alias function to keep a consistent API with SiteTree

File::appCategory() — Method in class File

Returns a category based on the file extension.

FixtureBlueprint::addCallback() — Method in class FixtureBlueprint

See class documentation.

Folder::addUploadToFolder() — Method in class Folder

Take a file uploaded via a POST form, and save it inside this folder.

Form::addErrorMessage() — Method in class Form

Add a plain text error message to a field on this form. It will be saved into the session and used the next time this form is displayed.

Form::Actions() — Method in class Form

Return the form's action buttons - used by the templates

Form::addExtraClass() — Method in class Form

Add a CSS-class to the form-container. If needed, multiple classes can be added by delimiting a string with spaces.

FormAction::actionName() — Method in class FormAction

Get the action name

FormField::addExtraClass() — Method in class FormField

Add one or more CSS-classes to the FormField container.

FormField::attrTitle() — Method in class FormField

Returns a version of a title suitable for insertion into an HTML attribute.

FormField::attrValue() — Method in class FormField

Returns a version of a title suitable for insertion into an HTML attribute.

$ FormScaffolder#ajaxSafeProperty in class FormScaffolder
FunctionalTest::assertPartialMatchBySelector() — Method in class FunctionalTest

Assert that the most recently queried page contains a number of content tags specified by a CSS selector.

FunctionalTest::assertExactMatchBySelector() — Method in class FunctionalTest

Assert that the most recently queried page contains a number of content tags specified by a CSS selector.

FunctionalTest::assertPartialHTMLMatchBySelector() — Method in class FunctionalTest

Assert that the most recently queried page contains a number of content tags specified by a CSS selector.

FunctionalTest::assertExactHTMLMatchBySelector() — Method in class FunctionalTest

Assert that the most recently queried page contains a number of content tags specified by a CSS selector.

GridField::addDataFields() — Method in class GridField

Add additional calculated data fields to be used on this GridField

GridFieldConfig::addComponent() — Method in class GridFieldConfig
GridFieldConfig::addComponents() — Method in class GridFieldConfig
GridFieldDataColumns::augmentColumns() — Method in class GridFieldDataColumns

Modify the list of columns displayed in the table.

GridFieldDeleteAction::augmentColumns() — Method in class GridFieldDeleteAction

Add a column 'Delete'

GridFieldEditButton::augmentColumns() — Method in class GridFieldEditButton

Add a column 'Delete'

GridFieldViewButton::augmentColumns() — Method in class GridFieldViewButton

Modify the list of columns displayed in the table.

GridField_ColumnProvider::augmentColumns() — Method in class GridField_ColumnProvider

Modify the list of columns displayed in the table.

GridState::array_to_object() — Method in class GridState
GridState::attrValue() — Method in class GridState
Group::AllChildrenIncludingDeleted() — Method in class Group

Returns all of the children for the CMS Tree.

HTMLText::AbsoluteLinks() — Method in class HTMLText

Return the value of the field with relative links converted to absolute urls (with placeholders parsed).

HTTP::absoluteURLs() — Method in class HTTP

Turn all relative URLs in the content to absolute URLs

HTTP::add_cache_headers() — Method in class HTTP

Add the appropriate caching headers to the response, including If-Modified-Since / 304 handling.

$ HTTPCacheControl#allowed_directivesProperty in class HTTPCacheControl

A list of allowed cache directives for HTTPResponses

HTTPCacheControl::applyToResponse() — Method in class HTTPCacheControl

Generate and add the Cache-Control header to a response object

HasManyList::add() — Method in class HasManyList

Adds the item to this relation.

Hierarchy::AllChildren() — Method in class Hierarchy

Return all children, including those 'not in menus'.

Hierarchy::AllChildrenIncludingDeleted() — Method in class Hierarchy

Return all children, including those that have been deleted but are still in live.

Hierarchy::AllHistoricalChildren() — Method in class Hierarchy

Return all the children that this page had, including pages that were deleted from both stage & live.

HtmlEditorConfig::addButtonsToLine() — Method in class HtmlEditorConfig

Add buttons to the end of a line

HtmlEditorField_Embed::appCategory() — Method in class HtmlEditorField_Embed
HtmlEditorField_File::appCategory() — Method in class HtmlEditorField_File
$ Image#asset_thumbnail_widthProperty in class Image
$ Image#asset_thumbnail_heightProperty in class Image
$ Image#asset_preview_widthProperty in class Image
$ Image#asset_preview_heightProperty in class Image
Injector::addAutoProperty() — Method in class Injector

Add an object that should be automatically set on managed objects

$ JSONDataFormatter#api_baseProperty in class JSONDataFormatter
JSTestRunner::all() — Method in class JSTestRunner

Run all test classes

$ LeftAndMain#application_linkProperty in class LeftAndMain

The href for the anchor on the Silverstripe logo.

$ LeftAndMain#application_nameProperty in class LeftAndMain

The application name. Customisable by calling LeftAndMain::setApplicationName() - the first parameter.

LeftAndMain::ApplicationLink() — Method in class LeftAndMain
LeftAndMainExtension::accessedCMS() — Method in class LeftAndMainExtension
LeftAndMainExtension::augmentNewSiteTreeItem() — Method in class LeftAndMainExtension
ManifestFileFinder::acceptDir() — Method in class ManifestFileFinder
ManyManyList::add() — Method in class ManyManyList

Add an item to this many_many relationship Does so by adding an entry to the joinTable.

$ Member#AutoLoginHashProperty in class Member
$ Member#AutoLoginExpiredProperty in class Member
Member::addVisit() — Method in class Member
Member::autoLogin() — Method in class Member

Log the user in if the "remember login" cookie is set

Member::addToGroupByCode() — Method in class Member

Adds the member to a group. This will create the group if the given group code does not return a valid group object.

MemberAuthenticator::authenticate() — Method in class MemberAuthenticator

Method to authenticate an user

$ MemberLoginForm#allowed_actionsProperty in class MemberLoginForm

Since the logout and dologin actions may be conditionally removed, it's necessary to ensure these remain valid actions regardless of the member login state.

Member_GroupSet::add() — Method in class Member_GroupSet

Add an item to this many_many relationship Does so by adding an entry to the joinTable.

Money::addToQuery() — Method in class Money

Add custom query parameters for this field, mostly SELECT statements for multi-value fields.

MySQLSchemaManager::alterTable() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager

Alter a table's schema.

MySQLSchemaManager::alterField() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager

Change the database type of the given field.

MySQLSchemaManager::alterIndex() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager

Alter an index on a table.

MySQLiConnector::affectedRows() — Method in class MySQLiConnector

Determines the number of affected rows from the last SQL query

NestedForm::Actions() — Method in class NestedForm
NullSecurityToken::addToUrl() — Method in class NullSecurityToken
Oembed::autodiscover_from_body() — Method in class Oembed

Given a response body, determine if there is an autodiscover url

PDOConnector::affectedRows() — Method in class PDOConnector

Determines the number of affected rows from the last SQL query

$ Permission#admin_implies_allProperty in class Permission

Set to false to prevent the 'ADMIN' permission from implying all permissions in the system

Permission::add_to_hidden_permissions() — Method in class Permission

add a permission represented by the $code to the {@link slef::$hidden_permissions} list

PolymorphicForeignKey::addToQuery() — Method in class PolymorphicForeignKey

Add custom query parameters for this field, mostly SELECT statements for multi-value fields.

PolymorphicHasManyList::add() — Method in class PolymorphicHasManyList

Adds the item to this relation.

RSSFeed_Entry::Author() — Method in class RSSFeed_Entry

Get the author of this entry

RSSFeed_Entry::AbsoluteLink() — Method in class RSSFeed_Entry

Get a link to this entry

$ RequestHandler#allowed_actionsProperty in class RequestHandler

Define a list of action handling methods that are allowed to be called directly by URLs.

RequestHandler::allowedActions() — Method in class RequestHandler

Get a array of allowed actions defined on this controller, any parent classes or extensions.

RequiredFields::addRequiredField() — Method in class RequiredFields

Adds a single required field to required fields stack.

RequiredFields::appendRequiredFields() — Method in class RequiredFields

Add {@link RequiredField} objects together

Requirements::add_i18n_javascript() — Method in class Requirements

Add i18n files from the given javascript directory. SilverStripe expects that the given directory will contain a number of JavaScript files named by language: en_US.js, de_DE.js, etc.

Requirements_Backend::add_i18n_javascript() — Method in class Requirements_Backend

Add i18n files from the given javascript directory. SilverStripe expects that the given directory will contain a number of JavaScript files named by language: en_US.js, de_DE.js, etc.

SQLAssignmentRow::addAssignments() — Method in class SQLAssignmentRow

Adds assignments for a list of several fields

SQLAssignmentRow::assign() — Method in class SQLAssignmentRow

Set the value for a single field

SQLAssignmentRow::assignSQL() — Method in class SQLAssignmentRow

Assigns a value to a field using the literal SQL expression, rather than a value to be escaped

SQLConditionalExpression::addFrom() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression

Add a table to include in the query or update

SQLConditionalExpression::addLeftJoin() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression

Add a LEFT JOIN criteria to the tables list.

SQLConditionalExpression::addInnerJoin() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression

Add an INNER JOIN criteria

SQLConditionalExpression::addFilterToJoin() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression

Add an additional filter (part of the ON clause) on a join.

SQLConditionalExpression::addWhere() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression

Adds a WHERE clause.

SQLConditionalExpression::addWhereAny() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression
SQLDelete::addDelete() — Method in class SQLDelete

Sets the list of tables to limit the delete to, if multiple tables are specified in the condition clause

SQLInsert::addRow() — Method in class SQLInsert

Appends a new row to insert

SQLInsert::addRows() — Method in class SQLInsert

Adds the list of rows to the array

SQLInsert::addAssignments() — Method in class SQLInsert

Adds assignments for a list of several fields.

SQLInsert::assign() — Method in class SQLInsert

Set the value for a single field

SQLInsert::assignSQL() — Method in class SQLInsert

Assigns a value to a field using the literal SQL expression, rather than a value to be escaped

SQLSelect::addSelect() — Method in class SQLSelect

Add to the list of columns to be selected by the query.

SQLSelect::addOrderBy() — Method in class SQLSelect

Add ORDER BY clause either as SQL snippet or in array format.

SQLSelect::addGroupBy() — Method in class SQLSelect

Add a GROUP BY clause.

SQLSelect::addHaving() — Method in class SQLSelect

Add a HAVING clause

SQLSelect::aggregate() — Method in class SQLSelect

Return a new SQLSelect that calls the given aggregate functions on this data.

SQLUpdate::addAssignments() — Method in class SQLUpdate

Adds assignments for a list of several fields.

SQLUpdate::assign() — Method in class SQLUpdate

Set the value for a single field

SQLUpdate::assignSQL() — Method in class SQLUpdate

Assigns a value to a field using the literal SQL expression, rather than a value to be escaped

SQLWriteExpression::addAssignments() — Method in class SQLWriteExpression

Adds assignments for a list of several fields.

SQLWriteExpression::assign() — Method in class SQLWriteExpression

Set the value for a single field

SQLWriteExpression::assignSQL() — Method in class SQLWriteExpression

Assigns a value to a field using the literal SQL expression, rather than a value to be escaped

SSHTMLBBCodeParser::addFilter() — Method in class SSHTMLBBCodeParser

Add a new filter

SSHTMLBBCodeParser::addFilters() — Method in class SSHTMLBBCodeParser

Add new filters

SSTemplateParser::addClosedBlock() — Method in class SSTemplateParser

Add a closed block callable to allow <% name %><% end_name %> syntax

SSTemplateParser::addOpenBlock() — Method in class SSTemplateParser

Add a closed block callable to allow <% name %> syntax

SSTemplateParser::Argument_DollarMarkedLookup() — Method in class SSTemplateParser

If we get a bare value, we don't know enough to determine exactly what php would be the translation, because we don't know if the position of use indicates a lookup or a string argument.

SSTemplateParser::Argument_QuotedString() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::Argument_Lookup() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::Argument_FreeString() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SS_Cache::add_backend() — Method in class SS_Cache

Add a new named cache backend.

SS_ConfigManifest::addModule() — Method in class SS_ConfigManifest

Adds a path as a module

SS_ConfigManifest::activateConfig() — Method in class SS_ConfigManifest

Includes all of the php _config.php files found by this manifest. Called by SS_Config when adding this manifest

SS_ConfigManifest::addSourceConfigFile() — Method in class SS_ConfigManifest

Handle finding a php file. We just keep a record of all php files found, we don't include them at this stage

SS_ConfigManifest::addYAMLConfigFile() — Method in class SS_ConfigManifest

Handle finding a yml file. Parse the file by spliting it into header/fragment pairs, and normalising some of the header values (especially: give anonymous name if none assigned, splt/complete before and after matchers)

SS_ConfigManifest::addVariantKeySpecRules() — Method in class SS_ConfigManifest

Adds any variables referenced in the passed rules to the $this->variantKeySpec array

SS_DAG::additem() — Method in class SS_DAG

Add another node/vertex

SS_DAG::addedge() — Method in class SS_DAG

Add an edge from one vertex to another.

SS_Database::affectedRows() — Method in class SS_Database

Return the number of rows affected by the previous operation.

SS_Database::allDatabaseNames() — Method in class SS_Database
SS_Database::alterTable() — Method in class SS_Database
SS_Database::addslashes() — Method in class SS_Database
SS_HTTPRequest::addHeader() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest

Add a HTTP header to the response, replacing any header of the same name.

SS_HTTPRequest::allParams() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
SS_HTTPRequest::allParsed() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest

Returns true if the URL has been completely parsed.

SS_HTTPResponse::addHeader() — Method in class SS_HTTPResponse

Add a HTTP header to the response, replacing any header of the same name.

SS_List::add() — Method in class SS_List

Adds an item to the list, making no guarantees about where it will appear.

SS_ListDecorator::add() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator

Adds an item to the list, making no guarantees about where it will appear.

SS_Log::add_writer() — Method in class SS_Log

Add a writer instance to the logger.

SS_Object::addStaticVars() — Method in class SS_Object
SS_Object::add_static_var() — Method in class SS_Object
SS_Object::add_extension() — Method in class SS_Object

Add an extension to a specific class.

SS_Object::allMethodNames() — Method in class SS_Object

Return the names of all the methods available on this object

SS_Report::add_excluded_reports() — Method in class SS_Report

Exclude certain reports classes from the list of Reports in the CMS

SS_ReportWrapper::afterQuery() — Method in class SS_ReportWrapper

Override this method to perform some actions after querying.

SS_TestListener::addError() — Method in class SS_TestListener
SS_TestListener::addFailure() — Method in class SS_TestListener
SS_TestListener::addIncompleteTest() — Method in class SS_TestListener
SS_TestListener::addSkippedTest() — Method in class SS_TestListener
SS_TestListener::addRiskyTest() — Method in class SS_TestListener

Risky test.

SapphireTest::assertContains() — Method in class SapphireTest
SapphireTest::assertNotContains() — Method in class SapphireTest
SapphireTest::assertEmailSent() — Method in class SapphireTest

Assert that the matching email was sent since the last call to clearEmails() All of the parameters can either be a string, or, if they start with "/", a PREG-compatible regular expression.

SapphireTest::assertDOSContains() — Method in class SapphireTest

Assert that the given {@link SS_List} includes DataObjects matching the given key-value pairs. Each match must correspond to 1 distinct record.

SapphireTest::assertDOSEquals() — Method in class SapphireTest

Assert that the given {@link SS_List} includes only DataObjects matching the given key-value pairs. Each match must correspond to 1 distinct record.

SapphireTest::assertDOSAllMatch() — Method in class SapphireTest

Assert that the every record in the given {@link SS_List} matches the given key-value pairs.

SapphireTest::assertSQLEquals() — Method in class SapphireTest

Asserts that two SQL queries are equivalent

SapphireTest::assertSQLContains() — Method in class SapphireTest

Asserts that a SQL query contains a SQL fragment

SapphireTest::assertSQLNotContains() — Method in class SapphireTest

Asserts that a SQL query contains a SQL fragment

SapphireTestReporter::addFailure() — Method in class SapphireTestReporter

Adds the failure detail to the current test and increases the failure count for the current suite

SapphireTestReporter::addError() — Method in class SapphireTestReporter

Adds the error detail to the current test and increases the error count for the current suite

SapphireTestReporter::addIncompleteTest() — Method in class SapphireTestReporter

Adds the test incomplete detail to the current test and increases the incomplete count for the current suite

SapphireTestReporter::addSkippedTest() — Method in class SapphireTestReporter

Not used

SapphireTestReporter::addRiskyTest() — Method in class SapphireTestReporter

Risky test.

SearchContext::addFilter() — Method in class SearchContext

Adds a instance of {@link SearchFilter}.

SearchContext::addField() — Method in class SearchContext

Adds a new {@link FormField} instance.

SearchFilter::apply() — Method in class SearchFilter

Apply filter criteria to a SQL query.

$ Security#autologin_enabledProperty in class Security

Showing "Remember me"-checkbox on loginform, and saving encrypted credentials to a cookie.

SecurityAdmin::add_hidden_permission() — Method in class SecurityAdmin

The permissions represented in the $codes will not appearing in the form containing {@link PermissionCheckboxSetField} so as not to be checked / unchecked.

SecurityToken::addToUrl() — Method in class SecurityToken
Session::add_to_array() — Method in class Session

Add a value to a specific key in the session array

SilverStripeListener::addError() — Method in class SilverStripeListener
SilverStripeListener::addFailure() — Method in class SilverStripeListener
SilverStripeListener::addIncompleteTest() — Method in class SilverStripeListener
SilverStripeListener::addSkippedTest() — Method in class SilverStripeListener
SilverStripeListener::addRiskyTest() — Method in class SilverStripeListener

Risky test.

AuthenticatorInterfaceClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Auth

An AuthenticatorInterface is responsible for authenticating against a SilverStripe CMS Member from the given request data.

AuthenticatorInterface::authenticate() — Method in class AuthenticatorInterface

Given the current request, authenticate the request for non-session authorization (outside the CMS).

BasicAuthAuthenticator::authenticate() — Method in class BasicAuthAuthenticator

Given the current request, authenticate the request for non-session authorization (outside the CMS).

Controller::addCorsHeaders() — Method in class Controller

Process the CORS config options and add the appropriate headers to the response.

DataObjectInterfaceTypeCreator::attributes() — Method in class DataObjectInterfaceTypeCreator

Returns any fixed attributes for this type. E.g. 'name' or 'description'

FieldCreator::attributes() — Method in class FieldCreator

Returns any fixed attributes for this type. E.g. 'name' or 'description'

FieldCreator::args() — Method in class FieldCreator

List of arguments this query accepts.

Manager::addMiddleware() — Method in class Manager
Manager::applyConfig() — Method in class Manager
Manager::addType() — Method in class Manager

Register a new type

Manager::addQuery() — Method in class Manager

Register a new Query. Query can be defined as a closure to ensure dependent types are lazy loaded.

Manager::addMutation() — Method in class Manager

Register a new mutation. Mutations can be callbacks to ensure dependent types are lazy-loaded.

Manager::addContext() — Method in class Manager
Connection::args() — Method in class Connection

Pagination support for the connection type. Currently doesn't support cursors, just basic offset pagination.

PageInfoTypeCreator::attributes() — Method in class PageInfoTypeCreator

Returns any fixed attributes for this type. E.g. 'name' or 'description'

PaginatedQueryCreator::args() — Method in class PaginatedQueryCreator
SortDirectionTypeCreator::attributes() — Method in class SortDirectionTypeCreator

Returns any fixed attributes for this type. E.g. 'name' or 'description'

SortInputTypeCreator::attributes() — Method in class SortInputTypeCreator

Returns any fixed attributes for this type. E.g. 'name' or 'description'

CanViewPermissionChecker::applyToList() — Method in class CanViewPermissionChecker
QueryPermissionChecker::applyToList() — Method in class QueryPermissionChecker
DataObjectQueryFilter::addFieldFilterByIdentifier() — Method in class DataObjectQueryFilter
DataObjectQueryFilter::addFieldFilter() — Method in class DataObjectQueryFilter
DataObjectQueryFilter::addDefaultFilters() — Method in class DataObjectQueryFilter
DataObjectQueryFilter::addAllFilters() — Method in class DataObjectQueryFilter

Adds all the default filters for every field on the dataobject

DataObjectQueryFilter::applyArgsToList() — Method in class DataObjectQueryFilter
DataObjectQueryFilter::applyConfig() — Method in class DataObjectQueryFilter
FieldFilterInterface::applyInclusion() — Method in class FieldFilterInterface
FieldFilterInterface::applyExclusion() — Method in class FieldFilterInterface
FieldFilterRegistry::addFilter() — Method in class FieldFilterRegistry
FilterRegistryInterface::addFilter() — Method in class FilterRegistryInterface
ContainsFilter::applyInclusion() — Method in class ContainsFilter
ContainsFilter::applyExclusion() — Method in class ContainsFilter
EndsWithFilter::applyInclusion() — Method in class EndsWithFilter
EndsWithFilter::applyExclusion() — Method in class EndsWithFilter
EqualToFilter::applyInclusion() — Method in class EqualToFilter
EqualToFilter::applyExclusion() — Method in class EqualToFilter
GreaterThanFilter::applyInclusion() — Method in class GreaterThanFilter
GreaterThanFilter::applyExclusion() — Method in class GreaterThanFilter
GreaterThanOrEqualFilter::applyInclusion() — Method in class GreaterThanOrEqualFilter
GreaterThanOrEqualFilter::applyExclusion() — Method in class GreaterThanOrEqualFilter
InFilter::applyInclusion() — Method in class InFilter
InFilter::applyExclusion() — Method in class InFilter
LessThanFilter::applyInclusion() — Method in class LessThanFilter
LessThanFilter::applyExclusion() — Method in class LessThanFilter
LessThanOrEqualFilter::applyInclusion() — Method in class LessThanOrEqualFilter
LessThanOrEqualFilter::applyExclusion() — Method in class LessThanOrEqualFilter
StartsWithFilter::applyInclusion() — Method in class StartsWithFilter
StartsWithFilter::applyExclusion() — Method in class StartsWithFilter
QueryFilterAware::addToManager() — Method in class QueryFilterAware
TypeCreatorExtension::addToManager() — Method in class TypeCreatorExtension

Adds this object's GraphQL type to the Manager

ConfigurationApplier::applyConfig() — Method in class ConfigurationApplier
ManagerMutatorInterface::addToManager() — Method in class ManagerMutatorInterface
ArgumentScaffolderClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Scaffolding\Scaffolders
$ ArgumentScaffolder#argNameProperty in class ArgumentScaffolder
ArgumentScaffolder::applyConfig() — Method in class ArgumentScaffolder

Applies an array of configuration to the scaffolder

Create::addToManager() — Method in class Create
Read::applyConfig() — Method in class Read
ReadOne::applyConfig() — Method in class ReadOne
Update::addToManager() — Method in class Update
DataObjectScaffolder::addFields() — Method in class DataObjectScaffolder

Adds visible fields, and optional descriptions.

DataObjectScaffolder::addField() — Method in class DataObjectScaffolder
DataObjectScaffolder::addAllFields() — Method in class DataObjectScaffolder

Adds all db fields, and optionally has_one.

DataObjectScaffolder::addAllFieldsExcept() — Method in class DataObjectScaffolder

Adds fields against a blacklist.

DataObjectScaffolder::addAllOperations() — Method in class DataObjectScaffolder

Adds all operations that are registered

DataObjectScaffolder::applyConfig() — Method in class DataObjectScaffolder

Applies settings from an array, i.e. YAML

DataObjectScaffolder::addToManager() — Method in class DataObjectScaffolder

Adds the type to the Manager.

InheritanceScaffolder::addToManager() — Method in class InheritanceScaffolder
ListQueryScaffolder::addSortableFields() — Method in class ListQueryScaffolder
ListQueryScaffolder::applyConfig() — Method in class ListQueryScaffolder
ListQueryScaffolder::addToManager() — Method in class ListQueryScaffolder
MutationScaffolder::addToManager() — Method in class MutationScaffolder
OperationScaffolder::addArgs() — Method in class OperationScaffolder

Adds args to the operation

OperationScaffolder::addArg() — Method in class OperationScaffolder
OperationScaffolder::applyConfig() — Method in class OperationScaffolder
PaginationScaffolder::addToManager() — Method in class PaginationScaffolder
QueryScaffolder::addToManager() — Method in class QueryScaffolder
SchemaScaffolder::addToManager() — Method in class SchemaScaffolder

Adds every DataObject and its dependencies to the Manager.

UnionScaffolder::addToManager() — Method in class UnionScaffolder
StaticSchema::accessField() — Method in class StaticSchema
ArrayTypeParserClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Scaffolding\Util

Parses a map of type, e.g. Int!(20) into an array defining the arg type

TypeCreator::attributes() — Method in class TypeCreator

Returns any fixed attributes for this type. E.g. 'name' or 'description'

$ SiteTree#allowed_childrenProperty in class SiteTree

Indicates what kind of children this page type can have.

SiteTree::AbsoluteLink() — Method in class SiteTree

Get the absolute URL for this page, including protocol and host.

SiteTree::allowedChildren() — Method in class SiteTree

Returns an array of the class names of classes that are allowed to be children of this class.

SiteTreeLinkTracking::augmentSyncLinkTracking() — Method in class SiteTreeLinkTracking

Find HTMLText fields on {@link owner} to scrape for links that need tracking

TabularStyle::AsTableRow() — Method in class TabularStyle

Return a representation of this form as a table row

TeamCityListener::addError() — Method in class TeamCityListener
TeamCityListener::addFailure() — Method in class TeamCityListener
TeamCityListener::addIncompleteTest() — Method in class TeamCityListener
TeamCityListener::addSkippedTest() — Method in class TeamCityListener
TeamCityListener::addRiskyTest() — Method in class TeamCityListener

Risky test.

TestRunner::all() — Method in class TestRunner

Run test classes that should be run with every commit.

Text::AbsoluteLinks() — Method in class Text

Return the value of the field with relative links converted to absolute urls.

UnsavedRelationList::add() — Method in class UnsavedRelationList

Add an item to this relationship

UnsavedRelationList::addMany() — Method in class UnsavedRelationList

Add a number of items to the relation.

UploadField::attach() — Method in class UploadField

Retrieves details for files that this field wishes to attache to the client-side form

$ Upload_Validator#allowedMaxFileSizeProperty in class Upload_Validator

Restrict filesize for either all filetypes or a specific extension, with extension-name as array-key and the size-restriction in bytes as array-value.

$ Upload_Validator#allowedExtensionsProperty in class Upload_Validator
$ Versioned#AuthorIDProperty in class Versioned
Versioned::augmentDataQueryCreation() — Method in class Versioned

Amend freshly created DataQuery objects with versioned-specific information.

Versioned::augmentSQL() — Method in class Versioned

Augment the the SQLQuery that is created by the DataQuery.

Versioned::augmentLoadLazyFields() — Method in class Versioned

For lazy loaded fields requiring extra SQL manipulation, ie versioning.

Versioned::augmentDatabase() — Method in class Versioned

Update the database schema as required by this extension.

Versioned::augmentWrite() — Method in class Versioned
Versioned::allVersions() — Method in class Versioned

Get a list of versions for this object, optionally with additional SQL parameters

Versioned_Version::Author() — Method in class Versioned_Version

Gets this version's author (the person who saved to Stage).

ViewableData::ATT_val() — Method in class ViewableData

Return the value of a field escaped suitable to be inserted into an XML node attribute.

VirtualPage::allowedChildren() — Method in class VirtualPage
$ XMLDataFormatter#api_baseProperty in class XMLDataFormatter
YamlFixture::allFixtureIDs() — Method in class YamlFixture

Return all of the IDs in the fixture of a particular class name.

$ i18n#all_localesProperty in class i18n

An exhaustive list of possible locales (code => language and country)

B

$ AopProxyService#beforeCallProperty in class AopProxyService
ArrayList::byIDs() — Method in class ArrayList

Filter this list to only contain the given Primary IDs

ArrayList::byID() — Method in class ArrayList
AssetAdmin::Breadcrumbs() — Method in class AssetAdmin
BBCodeParserClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

BBCode parser object.

BasicAuthClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Provides an interface to HTTP basic authentication.

BeforeCallAspectClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

A BeforeCallAspect is run before a method is executed.

BeforeCallAspect::beforeCall() — Method in class BeforeCallAspect

Call this aspect before a method is executed

BehatFixtureFactoryClass in namespace [Global Namespace]
BigIntClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Represents a signed 8 byte integer field. Do note PHP running as 32-bit might not work with Bigint properly, as it would convert the value to a float when queried from the database since the value is a 64-bit one.

BooleanClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Represents a boolean field.

BrokenFilesReportClass in namespace [Global Namespace]
BrokenLinksReportClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Content side-report listing pages with broken links

BrokenRedirectorPagesReportClass in namespace [Global Namespace]
BrokenVirtualPagesReportClass in namespace [Global Namespace]
BuildTaskClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Interface for a generic build task. Does not support dependencies. This will simply run a chunk of code when called.

BulkLoaderClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

A base for bulk loaders of content into the SilverStripe database.

BulkLoader_ResultClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Encapsulates the result of a {@link BulkLoader} import (usually through the {@link BulkLoader->processAll()} method).

CMSBatchAction::batchaction() — Method in class CMSBatchAction

Helper method for processing batch actions.

$ CMSBatchActionHandler#batch_actionsProperty in class CMSBatchActionHandler
CMSBatchActionHandler::batchActionList() — Method in class CMSBatchActionHandler

Return a SS_List of ArrayData objects containing the following pieces of info about each batch action:

  • Link
  • Title
CMSBatchActionHandler::batchActions() — Method in class CMSBatchActionHandler

Get all registered actions through the static defaults set by {@link register()}.

CMSFileAddController::Breadcrumbs() — Method in class CMSFileAddController
CMSMain::Breadcrumbs() — Method in class CMSMain
CMSMain::batchactions() — Method in class CMSMain

Batch Actions Handler

CMSMain::BatchActionParameters() — Method in class CMSMain
CMSMain::BatchActionList() — Method in class CMSMain

Returns a list of batch actions

CMSMain::buildbrokenlinks() — Method in class CMSMain
CMSPageHistoryController::Breadcrumbs() — Method in class CMSPageHistoryController
CMSPageSettingsController::Breadcrumbs() — Method in class CMSPageSettingsController
CMSPagesController::Breadcrumbs() — Method in class CMSPagesController
CMSProfileController::Breadcrumbs() — Method in class CMSProfileController

Only show first element, as the profile form is limited to editing the current member it doesn't make much sense to show the member name in the breadcrumbs.

ClassInfo::baseDataClass() — Method in class ClassInfo

Returns the root class (the first to extend from DataObject) for the passed class.

Convert::base64url_encode() — Method in class Convert

Encode a value into a string that can be used as part of a filename.

Convert::base64url_decode() — Method in class Convert

Decode a value that was encoded with Convert::base64url_encode.

DB::build_sql() — Method in class DB

Builds a sql query with the specified connection

DBQueryBuilder::buildSQL() — Method in class DBQueryBuilder

Builds a sql query with the specified connection

DBQueryBuilder::buildDeleteFragment() — Method in class DBQueryBuilder

Return the DELETE clause ready for inserting into a query.

DBQueryBuilder::buildUpdateFragment() — Method in class DBQueryBuilder

Return the UPDATE clause ready for inserting into a query.

DBQueryBuilder::buildFromFragment() — Method in class DBQueryBuilder

Return the FROM clause ready for inserting into a query.

DBQueryBuilder::buildWhereFragment() — Method in class DBQueryBuilder

Returns the WHERE clauses ready for inserting into a query.

DBQueryBuilder::buildOrderByFragment() — Method in class DBQueryBuilder

Returns the ORDER BY clauses ready for inserting into a query.

DBQueryBuilder::buildGroupByFragment() — Method in class DBQueryBuilder

Returns the GROUP BY clauses ready for inserting into a query.

DBQueryBuilder::buildHavingFragment() — Method in class DBQueryBuilder

Returns the HAVING clauses ready for inserting into a query.

DBQueryBuilder::buildLimitFragment() — Method in class DBQueryBuilder

Return the LIMIT clause ready for inserting into a query.

DataList::byIDs() — Method in class DataList

Filter this list to only contain the given Primary IDs

DataList::byID() — Method in class DataList

Return the first DataObject with the given ID

$ DataObject#belongs_toProperty in class DataObject

A meta-relationship that allows you to define the reverse side of a {@link DataObject::$has_one}.

$ DataObject#belongs_many_manyProperty in class DataObject

The inverse side of a many-many relationship.

DataObject::belongs_to() — Method in class DataObject
DataObject::belongsTo() — Method in class DataObject

Returns the class of a remote belongs_to relationship. If no component is specified a map of all components and their class name will be returned.

DataObject::belongsToComponent() — Method in class DataObject

Return data for a specific belongs_to component.

DataObject::baseTable() — Method in class DataObject

Get the name of the base table for this object

DatabaseAdmin::build() — Method in class DatabaseAdmin

Updates the database schema, creating tables & fields as necessary.

DatabaseAdmin::buildDefaults() — Method in class DatabaseAdmin

Build the default data, calling requireDefaultRecords on all DataObject classes

DebugView::Breadcrumbs() — Method in class DebugView

Generate breadcrumb links to the URL path being displayed

DevBuildController::build() — Method in class DevBuildController
DevelopmentAdmin::buildDefaults() — Method in class DevelopmentAdmin

Build the default data, calling requireDefaultRecords on all DataObject classes Should match the $url_handlers rule: 'build/defaults' => 'buildDefaults',

Director::baseURL() — Method in class Director

Returns the root URL for the site.

Director::baseFolder() — Method in class Director

Returns the root filesystem folder for the site.

$ Email#bcc_all_emails_toProperty in class Email
Email::Body() — Method in class Email
Email::Bcc() — Method in class Email
Email::BaseURL() — Method in class Email
Email::bcc_all_emails_to() — Method in class Email

BCC every email generated by the Email class to the given address.

Form::buttonClicked() — Method in class Form
GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest::Breadcrumbs() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest

CMS-specific functionality: Passes through navigation breadcrumbs to the template, and includes the currently edited record (if any).

JSTestRunner::browse() — Method in class JSTestRunner

Browse all enabled test cases in the environment

LeftAndMain::Breadcrumbs() — Method in class LeftAndMain
LeftAndMain::batchactions() — Method in class LeftAndMain

Batch Actions Handler

LeftAndMain::BatchActionsForm() — Method in class LeftAndMain
LeftAndMain::BaseCSSClasses() — Method in class LeftAndMain

Same as {@link ViewableData->CSSClasses()}, but with a changed name to avoid problems when using {@link ViewableData->customise()} (which always returns "ArrayData" from the $original object).

ModelAdmin::Breadcrumbs() — Method in class ModelAdmin
MySQLQueryBuilder::buildLimitFragment() — Method in class MySQLQueryBuilder

Return the LIMIT clause ready for inserting into a query.

MySQLSchemaManager::boolean() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager

Return a boolean type-formatted string

MySQLSchemaManager::bigint() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager

Return a bigint type-formatted string

MySQLiConnector::bindParameters() — Method in class MySQLiConnector

Binds a list of parameters to a statement

PDOConnector::bindParameters() — Method in class PDOConnector

Bind all parameters to a PDOStatement

ReportAdmin::Breadcrumbs() — Method in class ReportAdmin

Returns the Breadcrumbs for the ReportAdmin

Requirements::backend() — Method in class Requirements
Requirements::block() — Method in class Requirements

Block inclusion of a specific file

Requirements_Backend::block() — Method in class Requirements_Backend

Block inclusion of a specific file

RestfulService::basicAuth() — Method in class RestfulService

Set basic authentication

SS_Backtrace::backtrace() — Method in class SS_Backtrace

Render or return a backtrace from the given scope.

SS_ConfigManifest::buildVariantKeySpec() — Method in class SS_ConfigManifest

Builds the variant key spec - the list of values that need to be build to give a key that uniquely identifies this variant.

SS_ConfigManifest::buildYamlConfigVariant() — Method in class SS_ConfigManifest

Calculates which yaml config fragments are applicable in this variant, and merge those all together into the $this->yamlConfig propperty

SS_Database::beginSchemaUpdate() — Method in class SS_Database
SS_ListDecorator::byID() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator

Return the first item with the given ID

SS_ListDecorator::byIDs() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator

Filter this list to only contain the given Primary IDs

SS_ReportWrapper::beforeQuery() — Method in class SS_ReportWrapper

Override this method to perform some actions prior to querying.

SapphireInfo::BaseURL() — Method in class SapphireInfo
Security::basicauthlogin() — Method in class Security
SecurityAdmin::Backlink() — Method in class SecurityAdmin

Disable GridFieldDetailForm backlinks for this view, as its

SecurityAdmin::Breadcrumbs() — Method in class SecurityAdmin
BasicAuthAuthenticatorClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Auth

An authenticator using SilverStripe's BasicAuth

SiteConfigLeftAndMain::Breadcrumbs() — Method in class SiteConfigLeftAndMain
SiteTree::Breadcrumbs() — Method in class SiteTree

Return a breadcrumb trail to this page. Excludes "hidden" pages (with ShowInMenus=0) by default.

SiteTree::batch_permission_check() — Method in class SiteTree

This method is NOT a full replacement for the individual can*() methods, e.g. {@link canEdit()}. Rather than checking (potentially slow) PHP logic, it relies on the database group associations, e.g. the "CanEditType" field plus the "SiteTree_EditorGroups" many-many table. By batch checking multiple records, we can combine the queries efficiently.

SiteTree::BackLinkTracking() — Method in class SiteTree

List of site pages that link to this page.

SiteTreeFileExtension::BackLinkHTMLList() — Method in class SiteTreeFileExtension

Generate an HTML list which provides links to where a file is used.

SiteTreeFileExtension::BackLinkTracking() — Method in class SiteTreeFileExtension

Extend through {@link updateBackLinkTracking()} in your own {@link Extension}.

SiteTreeFileExtension::BackLinkTrackingCount() — Method in class SiteTreeFileExtension
TestRunner::build() — Method in class TestRunner

Run test classes that should be run before build - i.e., everything possible.

TestRunner::browse() — Method in class TestRunner

Browse all enabled test cases in the environment

Text::BigSummary() — Method in class Text

Performs the same function as the big summary, but doesn't trim new paragraphs off data.

Versioned::baseTable() — Method in class Versioned

Return the base table - the class that directly extends DataObject.

ViewableData::buildCastingCache() — Method in class ViewableData

Save the casting cache for this object (including data from any failovers) into a variable

$ i18nTextCollector#basePathProperty in class i18nTextCollector

The directory base on which the collector should act.

$ i18nTextCollector#baseSavePathProperty in class i18nTextCollector

Save path

C

ArrayList::count() — Method in class ArrayList

Return the number of items in this list

ArrayList::column() — Method in class ArrayList

Returns an array of a single field value for all items in the list.

ArrayList::canSortBy() — Method in class ArrayList

You can always sort a ArrayList

ArrayList::canFilterBy() — Method in class ArrayList

Returns true if the given column can be used to filter the records.

AssetAdmin::currentPageID() — Method in class AssetAdmin

Return fake-ID 0 (root) if no ID is found (needed to upload files into the root-folder)

AssetAdmin::currentPage() — Method in class AssetAdmin

Custom currentPage() method to handle opening the 'root' folder

BehatFixtureFactory::createObject() — Method in class BehatFixtureFactory

Writes the fixture into the database using DataObjects

BrokenFilesReport::columns() — Method in class BrokenFilesReport
BrokenLinksReport::columns() — Method in class BrokenLinksReport
BrokenRedirectorPagesReport::columns() — Method in class BrokenRedirectorPagesReport
BrokenVirtualPagesReport::columns() — Method in class BrokenVirtualPagesReport
$ BulkLoader#columnMapProperty in class BulkLoader

Map columns to DataObject-properties.

BulkLoader_Result::Count() — Method in class BulkLoader_Result

Returns the count of all objects which were created or updated.

BulkLoader_Result::CreatedCount() — Method in class BulkLoader_Result
BulkLoader_Result::Created() — Method in class BulkLoader_Result

Returns all created objects. Each object might contain specific importer feedback in the "_BulkLoaderMessage" property.

CMSBatchActionClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

A class representing back actions.

CMSBatchAction::canView() — Method in class CMSBatchAction

If you wish to restrict the batch action to some users, overload this function.

CMSBatchActionHandlerClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Special request handler for admin/batchaction

CMSBatchAction_ArchiveClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Archives a page, removing it from both live and stage

CMSBatchAction_DeleteClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Delete items batch action.

CMSBatchAction_DeleteFromLiveClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Unpublish (delete from live site) items batch action.

CMSBatchAction_PublishClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Publish items batch action.

CMSBatchAction_RestoreClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Batch restore of pages

CMSBatchAction_UnpublishClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Unpublish items batch action.

CMSFileAddControllerClass in namespace [Global Namespace]
CMSFileAddController::currentPage() — Method in class CMSFileAddController

Custom currentPage() method to handle opening the 'root' folder

CMSFileAddController::currentPageID() — Method in class CMSFileAddController

Return fake-ID "root" if no ID is found (needed to upload files into the root-folder)

CMSFormClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Deals with special form handling in CMS, mainly around {@link PjaxResponseNegotiator}

CMSMainClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

The main "content" area of the CMS.

CMSMain::childfilter() — Method in class CMSMain

Callback to request the list of page types allowed under a given page instance.

CMSMain::currentPageID() — Method in class CMSMain

Get the page id from this request

CMSMemberLoginFormClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Provides the in-cms session re-authentication form for the "member" authenticator

CMSMenuClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

The object manages the main CMS menu. See {@link LeftAndMain::init()} for example usage.

CMSMenu::clear_menu() — Method in class CMSMenu

Clears the entire menu

CMSMenuItemClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

A simple CMS menu item.

$ CMSMenuItem#controllerProperty in class CMSMenuItem

Parent controller class name

CMSPageAddControllerClass in namespace [Global Namespace]
CMSPageEditControllerClass in namespace [Global Namespace]
CMSPageHistoryControllerClass in namespace [Global Namespace]
CMSPageHistoryController::compare() — Method in class CMSPageHistoryController
CMSPageHistoryController::CompareVersionsForm() — Method in class CMSPageHistoryController
CMSPageSettingsControllerClass in namespace [Global Namespace]
CMSPagesControllerClass in namespace [Global Namespace]
CMSPreviewableClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Interface to provide enough information about a record to make it previewable through the CMS. It uses the record database ID, its "frontend" and "backend" links to link up the edit form with its preview.

CMSPreviewable::CMSEditLink() — Method in class CMSPreviewable
CMSProfileControllerClass in namespace [Global Namespace]
CMSProfileController::canView() — Method in class CMSProfileController
CMSSecurityClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Provides a security interface functionality within the cms

CMSSettingsControllerClass in namespace [Global Namespace]
CMSSiteTreeFilterClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Base class for filtering the subtree for certain node statuses.

CMSSiteTreeFilter_ChangedPagesClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Gets all pages which have changed on stage.

CMSSiteTreeFilter_DeletedPagesClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Works a bit different than the other filters: Shows all pages including those deleted from stage and live.

CMSSiteTreeFilter_PublishedPagesClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

This filter will display the SiteTree as a site visitor might see the site, i.e only the pages that is currently published.

CMSSiteTreeFilter_SearchClass in namespace [Global Namespace]
CMSSiteTreeFilter_StatusDeletedPagesClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Filters pages which have a status "Deleted".

CMSSiteTreeFilter_StatusDraftPagesClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Filters pages which have a status "Draft".

CMSSiteTreeFilter_StatusRemovedFromDraftPagesClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Filters pages which have a status "Removed from Draft".

CSSContentParserClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

CSSContentParser enables parsing & assertion running of HTML content via CSS selectors.

CSVParserClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Class to handle parsing of CSV files, where the column headers are in the first row.

CSVParser::current() — Method in class CSVParser
CacheProxyClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

A decorator for a Zend_Cache_Backend cache service that mutates cache keys dynamically depending on versioned state

CacheProxy::clean() — Method in class CacheProxy
ChangePasswordFormClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Standard Change Password Form

CheckboxFieldClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Single checkbox field.

CheckboxField_ReadonlyClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Readonly version of a checkbox field - "Yes" or "No".

CheckboxSetFieldClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Displays a set of checkboxes as a logical group.

ClassInfoClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Provides introspection information about the class tree.

ClassInfo::class_name() — Method in class ClassInfo

Convert a class name in any case and return it as it was defined in PHP

ClassInfo::classImplements() — Method in class ClassInfo

Returns true if the given class implements the given interface

ClassInfo::classes_for_file() — Method in class ClassInfo

Get all classes contained in a file.

ClassInfo::classes_for_folder() — Method in class ClassInfo

Returns all classes contained in a certain folder.

CleanImageManipulationCacheClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Wipe the cache of failed image manipulations. When {@link GDBackend} attempts to resample an image, it will write the attempted manipulation to the cache and remove it from the cache if the resample is successful. The objective of the cache is to prevent fatal errors (for example from exceeded memory limits) from occurring more than once.

CliControllerClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Base class invoked from CLI rather than the webserver (Cron jobs, handling email bounces).

CliDebugViewClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

A basic HTML wrapper for stylish rendering of a developement info view.

CliTestReporterClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Test reporter optimised for CLI (ie, plain-text) output

ComparisonFilterClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Base class for creating comparison filters, eg; greater than, less than, greater than or equal, etc

CompositeDBFieldClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Apply this interface to any {@link DBField} that doesn't have a 1-1 mapping with a database field.

CompositeDBField::compositeDatabaseFields() — Method in class CompositeDBField

Return array in the format of {@link $composite_db}.

CompositeFieldClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Base class for all fields that contain other fields.

CompositeField::collateDataFields() — Method in class CompositeField

Add all of the non-composite fields contained within this field to the list.

ConfigClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

The configuration system works like this:

Config::check_value_contained_in_suppress_array() — Method in class Config
Config_ForClassClass in namespace [Global Namespace]
Config_LRUClass in namespace [Global Namespace]
Config_LRU::checkAndGet() — Method in class Config_LRU

Checks for a cache hit and looks up the value by returning multiple values.

Config_LRU::clean() — Method in class Config_LRU
Config_MemCacheClass in namespace [Global Namespace]
Config_MemCache::checkAndGet() — Method in class Config_MemCache

Checks for a cache hit and returns the value as a multi-value return

Config_MemCache::clean() — Method in class Config_MemCache
ConfirmedPasswordFieldClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Two masked input fields, checks for matching passwords.

$ ConfirmedPasswordField#canBeEmptyProperty in class ConfirmedPasswordField

Allow empty fields in serverside validation

$ ConfirmedPasswordField#childrenProperty in class ConfirmedPasswordField

Child fields (_Password, _ConfirmPassword)

ContentControllerClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

The most common kind of controller; effectively a controller linked to a {@link DataObject}.

ContentController::ChildrenOf() — Method in class ContentController

Return the children of a given page. The parent reference can either be a page link or an ID.

ContentController::ContentLocale() — Method in class ContentController

Returns an RFC1766 compliant locale string, e.g. 'fr-CA'.

ContentControllerSearchExtensionClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Extension to provide a search interface when applied to ContentController

ContentNegotiatorClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

The content negotiator performs "text/html" or "application/xhtml+xml" switching.

$ ContentNegotiator#content_typeProperty in class ContentNegotiator
ControllerClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Base controller class.

Controller::curr() — Method in class Controller

Returns the current controller

Controller::can() — Method in class Controller

Returns true if the member is allowed to do the given action.

ConvertClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Library of conversion functions, implemented as static methods.

CookieClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

A set of static methods for manipulating cookies.

CookieJarClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

A default backend for the setting and getting of cookies

Cookie_BackendClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

The Cookie_Backend interface for use with Cookie::$inst.

CountryDropdownFieldClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

A simple extension to dropdown field, pre-configured to list countries.

CreditCardFieldClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Allows input of credit card numbers via four separate form fields, including generic validation of its numeric values.

CsvBulkLoaderClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Utility class to facilitate complex CSV-imports by defining column-mappings and custom converters.

CurrencyClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Represents a decimal field containing a currency amount.

$ Currency#currency_symbolProperty in class Currency
CurrencyFieldClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Renders a text field, validating its input as a currency.

CurrencyField_DisabledClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Readonly version of a {@link CurrencyField}.

CurrencyField_ReadonlyClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Readonly version of a {@link CurrencyField}.

CurrentPageIdentifierClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

This interface lets us set up objects that will tell us what the current page is.

CurrentPageIdentifier::currentPageID() — Method in class CurrentPageIdentifier

Get the current page ID.

DB::connect() — Method in class DB

Connect to a database.

DB::connection_attempted() — Method in class DB

Returns true if a database connection has been attempted.

DB::create_database() — Method in class DB

Create the database and connect to it. This can be called if the initial database connection is not successful because the database does not exist.

DB::createDatabase() — Method in class DB
DB::create_table() — Method in class DB

Create a new table.

DB::createTable() — Method in class DB
DB::create_field() — Method in class DB

Create a new field on a table.

DB::createField() — Method in class DB
DB::check_and_repair_table() — Method in class DB

Checks a table's integrity and repairs it if necessary.

DB::checkAndRepairTable() — Method in class DB
DBConnector::connect() — Method in class DBConnector

Link this connector to the database given the specified parameters Will throw an exception rather than return a success state.

DBField::create_field() — Method in class DBField

Create a DBField object that's not bound to any particular field.

$ DBSchemaManager#check_and_repair_on_buildProperty in class DBSchemaManager
DBSchemaManager::cancelSchemaUpdate() — Method in class DBSchemaManager

Cancels the schema updates requested during (but not after) schemaUpdate() call.

DBSchemaManager::checkAndRepairTable() — Method in class DBSchemaManager

Checks a table's integrity and repairs it if necessary.

DBSchemaManager::createDatabase() — Method in class DBSchemaManager

Create a database with the specified name

DBSchemaManager::createTable() — Method in class DBSchemaManager

Create a new table.

DBSchemaManager::createField() — Method in class DBSchemaManager

Create a new field on a table.

DBSchemaManager::clearCachedFieldlist() — Method in class DBSchemaManager

This allows the cached values for a table's field list to be erased.

DataDifferencer::ChangedFields() — Method in class DataDifferencer

Get a SS_List of the changed fields.

DataDifferencer::changedFieldNames() — Method in class DataDifferencer

Get an array of the names of every fields that has changed.

DataExtension::can() — Method in class DataExtension
DataExtension::canEdit() — Method in class DataExtension
DataExtension::canDelete() — Method in class DataExtension
DataExtension::canCreate() — Method in class DataExtension
DataFormatter::convertDataObject() — Method in class DataFormatter

Convert a single data object to this format. Return a string.

DataFormatter::convertDataObjectSet() — Method in class DataFormatter

Convert a data object set to this format. Return a string.

DataFormatter::convertStringToArray() — Method in class DataFormatter
DataList::canSortBy() — Method in class DataList

Returns true if this DataList can be sorted by the given field.

DataList::canFilterBy() — Method in class DataList

Returns true if this DataList can be filtered by the given field.

DataList::count() — Method in class DataList

Return the number of items in this DataList

DataList::column() — Method in class DataList

Returns an array of a single field value for all items in the list.

$ DataObject#cache_has_own_tableProperty in class DataObject

Static caches used by relevant functions.

$ DataObject#create_table_optionsProperty in class DataObject

Specify custom options for a CREATE TABLE call.

DataObject::clear_classname_spec_cache() — Method in class DataObject

Clear all cached classname specs. It's necessary to clear all cached subclassed names for any classes if a new class manifest is generated.

DataObject::custom_database_fields() — Method in class DataObject

Get all database columns explicitly defined on a class in {@link DataObject::$db} and {@link DataObject::$has_one}. Resolves instances of {@link CompositeDBField} into the actual database fields, rather than the name of the field which might not equate a database column.

DataObject::composite_fields() — Method in class DataObject

Returns a list of all the composite if the given db field on the class is a composite field.

DataObject::castedUpdate() — Method in class DataObject

Pass changes as a map, and try to get automatic casting for these fields.

DataObject::castingHelper() — Method in class DataObject

Return the "casting helper" (a piece of PHP code that when evaluated creates a casted value object) for a field on this object.

DataObject::can() — Method in class DataObject

Returns true if the member is allowed to do the given action.

DataObject::canView() — Method in class DataObject
DataObject::canEdit() — Method in class DataObject
DataObject::canDelete() — Method in class DataObject
DataObject::canCreate() — Method in class DataObject
DataQuery::count() — Method in class DataQuery

Return the number of records in this query.

DataQuery::conjunctiveGroup() — Method in class DataQuery

Create a conjunctive subgroup

DataQuery::column() — Method in class DataQuery

Query the given field column from the database and return as an array.

DataQuery_SubGroup::conditionSQL() — Method in class DataQuery_SubGroup

Determines the resulting SQL along with parameters for the group

DatabaseAdmin::clearAllData() — Method in class DatabaseAdmin

Clear all data out of the database

DatabaseAdmin::cleanup() — Method in class DatabaseAdmin

Remove invalid records from tables - that is, records that don't have corresponding records in their parent class tables.

DateField::castedCopy() — Method in class DateField

Returns another instance of this field, but "cast" to a different class. The logic tries to retain all of the instance properties, and may be overloaded by subclasses to set additional ones.

DateField_View_JQuery::convert_iso_to_jquery_format() — Method in class DateField_View_JQuery

Convert iso to jquery UI date format.

Debug::caller() — Method in class Debug

Returns the caller for a specific method

Debug::create_debug_view() — Method in class Debug

Create an instance of an appropriate DebugView object.

$ DebugView#columnsProperty in class DebugView

Column size to wrap long strings to

Diff::cleanHTML() — Method in class Diff

Attempt to clean invalid HTML, which messes up diffs.

Diff::compareHTML() — Method in class Diff
DropdownField::castedCopy() — Method in class DropdownField

Returns another instance of this field, but "cast" to a different class.

$ Email#cc_all_emails_toProperty in class Email
Email::Cc() — Method in class Email
Email::cc_all_emails_to() — Method in class Email

CC every email generated by the Email class to the given address.

EmptyPagesReport::columns() — Method in class EmptyPagesReport
ErrorPage::canAddChildren() — Method in class ErrorPage
$ Extension#classProperty in class Extension
Extension::clearOwner() — Method in class Extension
FieldList::changeFieldOrder() — Method in class FieldList

Change the order of fields in this FieldList by specifying an ordered list of field names.

$ File#class_for_file_extensionProperty in class File
File::canView() — Method in class File
File::canEdit() — Method in class File

Returns true if the following conditions are met:

  • CMS_ACCESS_AssetAdmin
File::canCreate() — Method in class File
File::canDelete() — Method in class File
File::CMSThumbnail() — Method in class File
File::collateDescendants() — Method in class File

Collate selected descendants of this page.

FixtureBlueprint::createObject() — Method in class FixtureBlueprint
FixtureFactory::createObject() — Method in class FixtureFactory

Writes the fixture into the database using DataObjects

FixtureFactory::createRaw() — Method in class FixtureFactory

Writes the fixture into the database directly using a database manipulation.

FixtureFactory::clear() — Method in class FixtureFactory

Remove all fixtures previously defined through {@link createObject()} or {@link createRaw()}, both from the internal fixture mapping and the database.

Folder::constructChild() — Method in class Folder

Construct a child of this Folder with the given name.

Folder::ChildFolders() — Method in class Folder

Get the children of this folder that are also folders.

Folder::CMSTreeClasses() — Method in class Folder
Form::checkAccessAction() — Method in class Form
Form::Controller() — Method in class Form

Returns this form's controller.

Form::clearMessage() — Method in class Form
Form::callfieldmethod() — Method in class Form

Call the given method on the given field.

Form::current_action() — Method in class Form

Return the current form action being called, if available.

FormEncodedDataFormatter::convertStringToArray() — Method in class FormEncodedDataFormatter
$ FormField#castingProperty in class FormField
FormField::create_tag() — Method in class FormField

Construct and return HTML tag.

FormField::createTag() — Method in class FormField
FormField::castedCopy() — Method in class FormField

Returns another instance of this field, but "cast" to a different class. The logic tries to retain all of the instance properties, and may be overloaded by subclasses to set additional ones.

FormField::canSubmitValue() — Method in class FormField

Determine if the value of this formfield accepts front-end submitted values and is saveable.

FunctionalTest::content() — Method in class FunctionalTest

Return the most recent content

FunctionalTest::cssParser() — Method in class FunctionalTest

Return a CSSContentParser for the most recent content.

GDBackend::checkAvailableMemory() — Method in class GDBackend

Check if we've got enough memory available for resampling this image. This check is rough, so it will not catch all images that are too large - it also won't work accurately on large, animated GIFs as bits per pixel can't be calculated for an animated GIF with a global color table.

GDBackend::croppedResize() — Method in class GDBackend

Resize an image to cover the given width/height completely, and crop off any overhanging edges.

GDBackend::crop() — Method in class GDBackend

Crop's part of image.

GDBackend::color_web2gd() — Method in class GDBackend
Group::collateFamilyIDs() — Method in class Group

Return a set of this record's "family" of IDs - the IDs of this record and all its descendants.

Group::collateAncestorIDs() — Method in class Group

Returns an array of the IDs of this group and all its parents

Group::cmsCleanup_parentChanged() — Method in class Group

This isn't a decendant of SiteTree, but needs this in case the group is "reorganised";

Group::canEdit() — Method in class Group

Checks for permission-code CMS_ACCESS_SecurityAdmin.

Group::canView() — Method in class Group

Checks for permission-code CMS_ACCESS_SecurityAdmin.

Group::canDelete() — Method in class Group
$ HTMLCleaner#configProperty in class HTMLCleaner
HTMLCleaner::cleanHTML() — Method in class HTMLCleaner

Passed a string, return HTML that has been tidied.

$ HTTP#cache_ajax_requestsProperty in class HTTP
$ HTTP#cache_controlProperty in class HTTP

List of names to add to the Cache-Control header.

Hierarchy::Children() — Method in class Hierarchy

Get the children for this DataObject.

$ Image#cms_thumbnail_widthProperty in class Image
$ Image#cms_thumbnail_heightProperty in class Image
Image::CropWidth() — Method in class Image

Crop image on X axis if it exceeds specified width. Retain height.

Image::CropHeight() — Method in class Image

Crop image on Y axis if it exceeds specified height. Retain width.

Image::CMSThumbnail() — Method in class Image

Resize this image for the CMS. Use in templates with $CMSThumbnail

Image::cacheFilename() — Method in class Image

Return the filename for the cached image, given its format name and arguments.

Image::CroppedImage() — Method in class Image

Generate a resized copy of this image with the given width & height, cropping to maintain aspect ratio.

Image_Backend::croppedResize() — Method in class Image_Backend

croppedResize

ImagickBackend::calculateAlphaHex() — Method in class ImagickBackend

Convert a percentage (or 'true') to a two char hex code to signifiy the level of an alpha channel

ImagickBackend::croppedResize() — Method in class ImagickBackend

croppedResize

ImagickBackend::crop() — Method in class ImagickBackend

Crop's part of image.

InjectionCreator::create() — Method in class InjectionCreator

Creates a new service instance.

Injector::convertServiceProperty() — Method in class Injector

Recursively convert a value into its proper representation with service references resolved to actual objects

Injector::create() — Method in class Injector

Similar to get() but always returns a new object of the given type

Injector::createWithArgs() — Method in class Injector

Creates an object with the supplied argument array

JSONDataFormatter::convertDataObject() — Method in class JSONDataFormatter

Generate a JSON representation of the given {@link DataObject}.

JSONDataFormatter::convertDataObjectToJSONObject() — Method in class JSONDataFormatter

Internal function to do the conversion of a single data object. It builds an empty object and dynamically adds the properties it needs to it. If it's done as a nested array, json_encode or equivalent won't use JSON object notation { ... }.

JSONDataFormatter::convertDataObjectSet() — Method in class JSONDataFormatter

Generate a JSON representation of the given {@link SS_List}.

JSONDataFormatter::convertStringToArray() — Method in class JSONDataFormatter
LeftAndMain::canView() — Method in class LeftAndMain
LeftAndMain::Content() — Method in class LeftAndMain
LeftAndMain::CanOrganiseSitetree() — Method in class LeftAndMain
LeftAndMain::currentPageID() — Method in class LeftAndMain

Identifier for the currently shown record, in most cases a database ID. Inspects the following sources (in this order):

  • GET/POST parameter named 'ID'
  • URL parameter named 'ID'
  • Session value namespaced by classname, e.g. "CMSMain.currentPage"
LeftAndMain::currentPage() — Method in class LeftAndMain

Uses {@link getRecord()} and {@link currentPageID()} to get the currently selected record.

LeftAndMain::CMSVersion() — Method in class LeftAndMain

Return the version number of the core packages making up this application, using the {@link SilverStripeVersionProvider}.

ManifestCache::clear() — Method in class ManifestCache
ManifestCache_APC::clear() — Method in class ManifestCache_APC
ManifestCache_File::clear() — Method in class ManifestCache_File
$ Member#castingProperty in class Member
Member::checkPassword() — Method in class Member

Check if the passed password matches the stored one (if the member is not locked out).

Member::canLogIn() — Method in class Member

Returns a valid {@link ValidationResult} if this member can currently log in, or an invalid one with error messages to display if the member is locked out.

Member::currentUser() — Method in class Member

Returns the current logged in user

Member::currentUserID() — Method in class Member

Get the ID of the current logged in user

Member::create_new_password() — Method in class Member
Member::canView() — Method in class Member

Users can view their own record.

Member::canEdit() — Method in class Member

Users can edit their own record.

Member::canDelete() — Method in class Member

Users can edit their own record.

Member::changePassword() — Method in class Member

Change password. This will cause rehashing according to the PasswordEncryption property.

MemberPassword::checkPassword() — Method in class MemberPassword

Check if the given password is the same as the one stored in this record.

$ Member_Validator#customRequiredProperty in class Member_Validator

Fields that are required by this validator

ModelAsController::controller_for() — Method in class ModelAsController

Get the appropriate {@link ContentController} for handling a {@link SiteTree} object, link it to the object and return it.

Money::compositeDatabaseFields() — Method in class Money

Return array in the format of {@link $composite_db}.

$ MySQLDatabase#connection_charsetProperty in class MySQLDatabase

Default connection charset (may be overridden in $databaseConfig)

MySQLDatabase::connect() — Method in class MySQLDatabase

Instruct the database to generate a live connection

MySQLDatabase::comparisonClause() — Method in class MySQLDatabase

Generate a WHERE clause for text matching.

MySQLDatabase::canLock() — Method in class MySQLDatabase

Returns if the lock is available.

MySQLDatabase::clearTable() — Method in class MySQLDatabase

Clear all data in a given table

MySQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper::checkValidDatabaseName() — Method in class MySQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper

Determines if a given database name is a valid Silverstripe name.

MySQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper::checkDatabasePermissionGrant() — Method in class MySQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper

Checks if a specified grant proves that the current user has the specified permission on the specified database

MySQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper::checkDatabasePermission() — Method in class MySQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper

Checks if the current user has the specified permission on the specified database

MySQLSchemaManager::createTable() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager

Create a new table.

MySQLSchemaManager::checkAndRepairTable() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager

Checks a table's integrity and repairs it if necessary.

MySQLSchemaManager::createField() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager

Create a new field on a table.

MySQLSchemaManager::createDatabase() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager

Create a database with the specified name

MySQLSchemaManager::createIndex() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager

Create an index on a table.

MySQLiConnector::connect() — Method in class MySQLiConnector

Link this connector to the database given the specified parameters Will throw an exception rather than return a success state.

NullSecurityToken::check() — Method in class NullSecurityToken
NullSecurityToken::checkRequest() — Method in class NullSecurityToken
PDOConnector::connect() — Method in class PDOConnector

Link this connector to the database given the specified parameters Will throw an exception rather than return a success state.

PaginatedList::CurrentPage() — Method in class PaginatedList
PasswordEncryptor::create_for_algorithm() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor
PasswordEncryptor::check() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor

This usually just returns a strict string comparison, but is necessary for retain compatibility with password hashed with flawed algorithms - see {@link PasswordEncryptor_LegacyPHPHash} and {@link PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish}

PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish::checkAEncryptionLevel() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish

The algorithm returned by using '$2a$' is not consistent - it might be either the correct (y), incorrect (x) or mostly-correct (a) version, depending on the version of PHP and the operating system, so we need to test it.

PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish::check() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish

This usually just returns a strict string comparison, but is necessary for retain compatibility with password hashed with flawed algorithms - see {@link PasswordEncryptor_LegacyPHPHash} and {@link PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish}

PasswordEncryptor_LegacyPHPHash::check() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor_LegacyPHPHash

This usually just returns a strict string comparison, but is necessary for retain compatibility with password hashed with flawed algorithms - see {@link PasswordEncryptor_LegacyPHPHash} and {@link PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish}

PasswordValidator::characterStrength() — Method in class PasswordValidator

Check the character strength of the password.

PasswordValidator::checkHistoricalPasswords() — Method in class PasswordValidator

Check a number of previous passwords that the user has used, and don't let them change to that.

Permission::check() — Method in class Permission

Check that the current member has the given permission.

Permission::checkMember() — Method in class Permission

Check that the given member has the given permission.

PermissionRole::canView() — Method in class PermissionRole
PermissionRole::canCreate() — Method in class PermissionRole
PermissionRole::canEdit() — Method in class PermissionRole
PermissionRole::canDelete() — Method in class PermissionRole
PermissionRole::Codes() — Method in class PermissionRole

List of PermissionRoleCode objects

PermissionRoleCode::canCreate() — Method in class PermissionRoleCode
PermissionRoleCode::canEdit() — Method in class PermissionRoleCode
PermissionRoleCode::canDelete() — Method in class PermissionRoleCode
PolymorphicForeignKey::clear_classname_spec_cache() — Method in class PolymorphicForeignKey

Clear all cached classname specs. It's necessary to clear all cached subclassed names for any classes if a new class manifest is generated.

PolymorphicForeignKey::compositeDatabaseFields() — Method in class PolymorphicForeignKey

Return array in the format of {@link $composite_db}.

$ Profiler#cur_timerProperty in class Profiler
$ Profiler#countProperty in class Profiler
PurifierHTMLCleaner::cleanHTML() — Method in class PurifierHTMLCleaner

Passed a string, return HTML that has been tidied.

ReadonlyField::castingHelper() — Method in class ReadonlyField

This is a legacy fix to ensure that the dontEscape flag has an impact on readonly fields now that we've moved to casting template values more rigidly

RecentlyEditedReport::columns() — Method in class RecentlyEditedReport
RedirectorPage::ContentSource() — Method in class RedirectorPage

Returns this page if the redirect is external, otherwise returns the target page.

RedirectorPage_Controller::Content() — Method in class RedirectorPage_Controller

If we ever get this far, it means that the redirection failed.

ReportAdmin::canView() — Method in class ReportAdmin

Does the parent permission checks, but also makes sure that instantiatable subclasses of {@link Report} exist. By default, the CMS doesn't include any Reports, so there's no point in showing

RequestHandler::checkAccessAction() — Method in class RequestHandler

Check that the given action is allowed to be called from a URL.

Requirements::customScript() — Method in class Requirements

Register the given JavaScript code into the list of requirements

Requirements::customCSS() — Method in class Requirements

Register the given CSS styles into the list of requirements

Requirements::css() — Method in class Requirements

Register the given stylesheet into the list of requirements.

Requirements::clear() — Method in class Requirements

Clear either a single or all requirements

Requirements::combine_files() — Method in class Requirements

Concatenate several css or javascript files into a single dynamically generated file. This increases performance by fewer HTTP requests.

Requirements::clear_combined_files() — Method in class Requirements

Re-sets the combined files definition. See {@link Requirements_Backend::clear_combined_files()}

$ Requirements_Backend#combine_filesProperty in class Requirements_Backend

A list of combined files registered via {@link combine_files()}. Keys are the output file names, values are lists of input files.

$ Requirements_Backend#combine_js_with_jsminProperty in class Requirements_Backend

Use the JSMin library to minify any javascript file passed to {@link combine_files()}.

Requirements_Backend::customScript() — Method in class Requirements_Backend

Register the given JavaScript code into the list of requirements

Requirements_Backend::customCSS() — Method in class Requirements_Backend

Register the given CSS styles into the list of requirements

Requirements_Backend::css() — Method in class Requirements_Backend

Register the given stylesheet into the list of requirements.

Requirements_Backend::clear() — Method in class Requirements_Backend

Clear either a single or all requirements

Requirements_Backend::combine_files() — Method in class Requirements_Backend

Concatenate several css or javascript files into a single dynamically generated file. This increases performance by fewer HTTP requests.

Requirements_Backend::clear_combined_files() — Method in class Requirements_Backend

Clear all registered CSS and JavaScript file combinations

RestfulService::curlRequest() — Method in class RestfulService

Actually performs a remote service request using curl. This is used by {@link RestfulService::request()}.

SQLAssignmentRow::clear() — Method in class SQLAssignmentRow

Clears all assignment values

SQLConditionGroup::conditionSQL() — Method in class SQLConditionGroup

Determines the resulting SQL along with parameters for the group

SQLDelete::create() — Method in class SQLDelete

Construct a new SQLDelete.

SQLInsert::create() — Method in class SQLInsert

Construct a new SQLInsert object

SQLInsert::currentRow() — Method in class SQLInsert

Returns the currently set row

SQLInsert::clearRow() — Method in class SQLInsert

Clears all currently set assigment values on the current row

SQLInsert::clear() — Method in class SQLInsert

Clears all rows

SQLSelect::create() — Method in class SQLSelect

Construct a new SQLSelect.

SQLSelect::canSortBy() — Method in class SQLSelect

Returns true if this query can be sorted by the given field.

SQLSelect::count() — Method in class SQLSelect

Return the number of rows in this query, respecting limit and offset.

SQLUpdate::create() — Method in class SQLUpdate

Construct a new SQLUpdate object

SQLUpdate::clear() — Method in class SQLUpdate

Clears all currently set assigment values

SSTemplateParser::construct() — Method in class SSTemplateParser

Override the function that constructs the result arrays to also prepare a 'php' item in the array

SSTemplateParser::CallArguments_Argument() — Method in class SSTemplateParser

Values are bare words in templates, but strings in PHP. We rely on PHP's type conversion to back-convert strings to numbers when needed.

SSTemplateParser::Comparison_Argument() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::Comparison_ComparisonOperator() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::CacheBlockArgument_DollarMarkedLookup() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::CacheBlockArgument_QuotedString() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::CacheBlockArgument_Lookup() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::CacheBlockArguments_CacheBlockArgument() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::CacheRestrictedTemplate_CacheBlock() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::CacheRestrictedTemplate_UncachedBlock() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::CacheBlock__construct() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::CacheBlock_CacheBlockArguments() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::CacheBlock_Condition() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::CacheBlock_CacheBlock() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::CacheBlock_UncachedBlock() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::CacheBlock_CacheBlockTemplate() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::ClosedBlock__construct() — Method in class SSTemplateParser

As mentioned in the parser comment, block handling is kept fairly generic for extensibility. The match rule builds up two important elements in the match result array: 'ArgumentCount' - how many arguments were passed in the opening tag 'Arguments' an array of the Argument match rule result arrays

SSTemplateParser::ClosedBlock_BlockArguments() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::ClosedBlock__finalise() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::ClosedBlock_Handle_Loop() — Method in class SSTemplateParser

This is an example of a block handler function. This one handles the loop tag.

SSTemplateParser::ClosedBlock_Handle_Control() — Method in class SSTemplateParser

The deprecated closed block handler for control blocks

SSTemplateParser::ClosedBlock_Handle_With() — Method in class SSTemplateParser

The closed block handler for with blocks

SSTemplateParser::Comment__construct() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::compileString() — Method in class SSTemplateParser

Compiles some passed template source code into the php code that will execute as per the template source.

SSTemplateParser::compileFile() — Method in class SSTemplateParser

Compiles some file that contains template source code, and returns the php code that will execute as per that source

SSViewer::current_theme() — Method in class SSViewer
SSViewer::current_custom_theme() — Method in class SSViewer
$ SSViewer_FromString#cache_templateProperty in class SSViewer_FromString

The global template caching behaviour if no instance override is specified

SS_ClassLoader::classExists() — Method in class SS_ClassLoader

Returns true if a class or interface name exists in the manifest.

SS_DAG_Iterator::current() — Method in class SS_DAG_Iterator
SS_Database::clearAllData() — Method in class SS_Database

Clear all data out of the database

SS_Database::clearTable() — Method in class SS_Database

Clear all data in a given table

SS_Database::comparisonClause() — Method in class SS_Database

Generate a WHERE clause for text matching.

SS_Database::canLock() — Method in class SS_Database

Returns if the lock is available.

SS_Database::connect() — Method in class SS_Database

Instruct the database to generate a live connection

SS_Database::createDatabase() — Method in class SS_Database
SS_Database::createTable() — Method in class SS_Database
SS_Database::createField() — Method in class SS_Database
SS_Database::currentDatabase() — Method in class SS_Database
SS_Database::cancelSchemaUpdate() — Method in class SS_Database
SS_Datetime::clear_mock_now() — Method in class SS_Datetime

Clear any mocked date, which causes {@link Now()} to return the current system date.

SS_Filterable::canFilterBy() — Method in class SS_Filterable

Returns TRUE if the list can be filtered by a given field expression.

SS_List::column() — Method in class SS_List

Returns an array of a single field value for all items in the list.

SS_ListDecorator::Count() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator
SS_ListDecorator::column() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator

Returns an array of a single field value for all items in the list.

SS_ListDecorator::canSortBy() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator

Returns TRUE if the list can be sorted by a field.

SS_ListDecorator::canFilterBy() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator

Returns TRUE if the list can be filtered by a given field expression.

SS_Log::clear_writers() — Method in class SS_Log

Remove all writers currently in use.

SS_Map::count() — Method in class SS_Map

Returns the count of items in the list including the additional items set through {@link SS_Map::push()} and {@link SS_Map::unshift}.

SS_Map_Iterator::current() — Method in class SS_Map_Iterator

Return the current element.

$ SS_Object#classProperty in class SS_Object
SS_Object::config() — Method in class SS_Object

Get a configuration accessor for this class. Short hand for Config::inst()->get($this->class, .....).

SS_Object::create() — Method in class SS_Object

An implementation of the factory method, allows you to create an instance of a class

SS_Object::create_from_string() — Method in class SS_Object

Create an object from a string representation. It treats it as a PHP constructor without the 'new' keyword. It also manages to construct the object without the use of eval().

SS_Object::combined_static() — Method in class SS_Object
SS_Object::cacheToFile() — Method in class SS_Object

Cache the results of an instance method in this object to a file, or if it is already cache return the cached results

SS_Object::clearCache() — Method in class SS_Object

Clears the cache for the given cacheToFile call

SS_Query::column() — Method in class SS_Query

Return an array containing all the values from a specific column. If no column is set, then the first will be returned

SS_Query::current() — Method in class SS_Query

Iterator function implementation. Return the current item of the iterator.

SS_Report::canView() — Method in class SS_Report
SS_ReportWrapper::columns() — Method in class SS_ReportWrapper
SS_ReportWrapper::canView() — Method in class SS_ReportWrapper
SS_Sortable::canSortBy() — Method in class SS_Sortable

Returns TRUE if the list can be sorted by a field.

SS_ZendLog::clearWriters() — Method in class SS_ZendLog

Clear all writers in this logger.

SapphireTest::clearFixtures() — Method in class SapphireTest

Clear all fixtures which were previously loaded through {@link loadFixture()}

SapphireTest::clearEmails() — Method in class SapphireTest

Clear the log of emails sent

SapphireTest::create_temp_db() — Method in class SapphireTest
$ SearchContext#connectiveProperty in class SearchContext

The logical connective used to join WHERE clauses. Defaults to AND.

SearchContext::clearEmptySearchFields() — Method in class SearchContext

Callback map function to filter fields with empty values from being included in the search expression.

SearchForm::classesToSearch() — Method in class SearchForm

Set the classes to search.

Security::changepassword() — Method in class Security

Show the "change password" page.

Security::ChangePasswordForm() — Method in class Security

Factory method for the lost password form

Security::clear_default_admin() — Method in class Security

Flush the default admin credentials

Security::check_default_admin() — Method in class Security

Checks if the passed credentials are matching the default-admin.

SecurityAdmin::clear_hidden_permissions() — Method in class SecurityAdmin

Clear all permissions previously hidden with {@link add_hidden_permission}

SecurityToken::check() — Method in class SecurityToken

Checks for an existing CSRF token in the current users session.

SecurityToken::checkRequest() — Method in class SecurityToken

See {@link check()}.

$ Session#cookie_domainProperty in class Session
$ Session#cookie_pathProperty in class Session
$ Session#cookie_secureProperty in class Session
Session::clear() — Method in class Session

Clear a given session key, value pair.

Session::clear_all() — Method in class Session

Clear all the values

ShortcodeParser::clear() — Method in class ShortcodeParser

Remove all registered shortcodes.

ShortcodeParser::callShortcode() — Method in class ShortcodeParser

Call a shortcode and return its replacement text Returns false if the shortcode isn't registered

SideReportWrapper::columns() — Method in class SideReportWrapper
SilverStripeInjectionCreator::create() — Method in class SilverStripeInjectionCreator

Creates a new service instance.

SilverStripeNavigatorItem::canView() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem

Filters items based on member permissions or other criteria, such as if a state is generally available for the current record.

SilverStripeNavigatorItem_ArchiveLink::canView() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_ArchiveLink

Filters items based on member permissions or other criteria, such as if a state is generally available for the current record.

SilverStripeNavigatorItem_CMSLink::canView() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_CMSLink

Filters items based on member permissions or other criteria, such as if a state is generally available for the current record.

SilverStripeNavigatorItem_LiveLink::canView() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_LiveLink

Filters items based on member permissions or other criteria, such as if a state is generally available for the current record.

SilverStripeNavigatorItem_StageLink::canView() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_StageLink

Filters items based on member permissions or other criteria, such as if a state is generally available for the current record.

IPUtils::checkIP() — Method in class IPUtils

Checks if an IPv4 or IPv6 address is contained in the list of given IPs or subnets.

IPUtils::checkIP4() — Method in class IPUtils

Compares two IPv4 addresses.

IPUtils::checkIP6() — Method in class IPUtils

Compares two IPv6 addresses.

Factory::create() — Method in class Factory

Creates a new service instance.

ControllerClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL

Top level controller for handling graphql requests.

$ Controller#corsProperty in class Controller

Cors default config

$ Controller#cache_types_in_filesystemProperty in class Controller

If true, store the fragment JSON in a flat file in assets/

$ Controller#cache_on_flushProperty in class Controller

Toggles caching types to the file system on flush This is set to false in test state see DisableTypeCacheState

ClientConfigProviderClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Extensions
Manager::createFromConfig() — Method in class Manager
Manager::configure() — Method in class Manager

Applies a configuration based on the schemaKey property

CSRFMiddlewareClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Middleware
ConnectionClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Pagination

A connection to a list of items on a object type. Collections are paginated and return a list of edges.

PaginatedQueryCreator::createConnection() — Method in class PaginatedQueryCreator

Get connection for this query

CanViewPermissionCheckerClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Permission
CanViewPermissionChecker::checkItem() — Method in class CanViewPermissionChecker
QueryPermissionChecker::checkItem() — Method in class QueryPermissionChecker
ContainsFilterClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\QueryFilter\Filters
TypeCreatorExtension::createTypeParser() — Method in class TypeCreatorExtension

Creates the type parser, using the graphql_type value

CRUDInterfaceClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Scaffolding\Interfaces
ConfigurationApplierClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Scaffolding\Interfaces

Defines the methods required for a class to accept a configuration as an array

CreateClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Scaffolding\Scaffolders\CRUD

A generic "create" operation for a DataObject.

DataObjectScaffolder::cloneTo() — Method in class DataObjectScaffolder

Clones this scaffolder to another class, copying over only valid fields and operations

PaginationScaffolder::createConnection() — Method in class PaginationScaffolder

Connection is passed in through the constructor argument, to allow the instance to be created by the external scaffolding logic.

SchemaScaffolder::createFromConfig() — Method in class SchemaScaffolder

Create from an array, e.g. derived from YAML.

ChainableClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Scaffolding\Traits
CaseInsensitiveFieldAccessorClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Util

Infer original field name casing from case insensitive field comparison.

SiteConfig::CMSEditLink() — Method in class SiteConfig
SiteConfig::current_site_config() — Method in class SiteConfig

Get the current sites SiteConfig, and creates a new one through {@link make_site_config()} if none is found.

SiteConfig::canView() — Method in class SiteConfig

Can a user view this SiteConfig instance?

SiteConfig::canViewPages() — Method in class SiteConfig

Can a user view pages on this site? This method is only called if a page is set to Inherit, but there is nothing to inherit from.

SiteConfig::canEditPages() — Method in class SiteConfig

Can a user edit pages on this site? This method is only called if a page is set to Inherit, but there is nothing to inherit from, or on new records without a parent.

SiteConfig::canEdit() — Method in class SiteConfig
SiteConfig::canCreateTopLevel() — Method in class SiteConfig

Can a user create pages in the root of this site?

SiteConfig::CreateTopLevelGroups() — Method in class SiteConfig

List of groups that can create root-level pages.

$ SiteTree#can_be_rootProperty in class SiteTree

Controls whether a page can be in the root of the site tree.

$ SiteTree#can_createProperty in class SiteTree

If this is false, the class cannot be created in the CMS by regular content authors, only by ADMINs.

$ SiteTree#create_default_pagesProperty in class SiteTree
SiteTree::CMSEditLink() — Method in class SiteTree

Generates a link to edit this page in the CMS.

SiteTree::can() — Method in class SiteTree

This function should return true if the current user can execute this action. It can be overloaded to customise the security model for an application.

SiteTree::canAddChildren() — Method in class SiteTree

This function should return true if the current user can add children to this page. It can be overloaded to customise the security model for an application.

SiteTree::canView() — Method in class SiteTree

This function should return true if the current user can view this page. It can be overloaded to customise the security model for an application.

SiteTree::canDelete() — Method in class SiteTree

This function should return true if the current user can delete this page. It can be overloaded to customise the security model for an application.

SiteTree::canCreate() — Method in class SiteTree

This function should return true if the current user can create new pages of this class, regardless of class. It can be overloaded to customise the security model for an application.

SiteTree::canEdit() — Method in class SiteTree

This function should return true if the current user can edit this page. It can be overloaded to customise the security model for an application.

SiteTree::canPublish() — Method in class SiteTree

This function should return true if the current user can publish this page. It can be overloaded to customise the security model for an application.

SiteTree::canDeleteFromLive() — Method in class SiteTree
SiteTree::can_edit_multiple() — Method in class SiteTree

Get the 'can edit' information for a number of SiteTree pages.

SiteTree::can_delete_multiple() — Method in class SiteTree

Get the 'can edit' information for a number of SiteTree pages.

SiteTree::collateDescendants() — Method in class SiteTree

Collate selected descendants of this page.

SiteTree::ContentSource() — Method in class SiteTree

Returns the object that contains the content that a user would associate with this page.

SiteTree::canArchive() — Method in class SiteTree

Check if the current user is allowed to archive this page.

SiteTree::CMSTreeClasses() — Method in class SiteTree

Return the CSS classes to apply to this node in the CMS tree.

SiteTreeExtension::canAddChildren() — Method in class SiteTreeExtension

Hook called to determine if a user may add children to this SiteTree object

SiteTreeExtension::canPublish() — Method in class SiteTreeExtension

Hook called to determine if a user may publish this SiteTree object

TabularStyle::CellFields() — Method in class TabularStyle
TabularStyle::CellActions() — Method in class TabularStyle
TemplateParser::compileString() — Method in class TemplateParser

Compiles some passed template source code into the php code that will execute as per the template source.

TestMailer::clearEmails() — Method in class TestMailer

Clear the log of emails sent

$ TestRunner#coverage_filter_dirsProperty in class TestRunner
TestRunner::coverageAll() — Method in class TestRunner

Run a coverage test across all modules

TestRunner::coverageOnly() — Method in class TestRunner

Run only a single coverage test class or a comma-separated list of tests

TestRunner::coverageModule() — Method in class TestRunner

Run coverage tests for one or more "modules".

TestRunner::cleanupdb() — Method in class TestRunner
TestRunner::coverageSuite() — Method in class TestRunner

Give us some sweet code coverage reports for a particular suite.

TestSession::cssParser() — Method in class TestSession

Return a CSSContentParser containing the most recent response

Text::ContextSummary() — Method in class Text

Perform context searching to give some context to searches, optionally highlighting the search term.

TidyHTMLCleaner::cleanHTML() — Method in class TidyHTMLCleaner

Passed a string, return HTML that has been tidied.

TimeField::castedCopy() — Method in class TimeField

Returns another instance of this field, but "cast" to a different class. The logic tries to retain all of the instance properties, and may be overloaded by subclasses to set additional ones.

$ ToggleField#charNumProperty in class ToggleField
UnsavedRelationList::changeToList() — Method in class UnsavedRelationList

Save all the items in this list into the RelationList

UnsavedRelationList::canFilterBy() — Method in class UnsavedRelationList

Returns true if the given column can be used to filter the records.

UnsavedRelationList::canSortBy() — Method in class UnsavedRelationList

Returns true if the given column can be used to sort the records.

UnsavedRelationList::column() — Method in class UnsavedRelationList

Returns an array of a single field value for all items in the list.

Upload::clearErrors() — Method in class Upload

Clear out all errors (mostly set by {loadUploaded()}) including the validator's errors

UploadField::canPreviewFolder() — Method in class UploadField

Determine if the target folder for new uploads in is visible the field UI.

UploadField::canUpload() — Method in class UploadField

Determine if the user has permission to upload.

UploadField::canAttachExisting() — Method in class UploadField

Determine if the user has permission to attach existing files By default returns true if the user has the CMS_ACCESS_AssetAdmin permission

Upload_Validator::clearErrors() — Method in class Upload_Validator

Clear out all errors

ValidationResult::codeList() — Method in class ValidationResult

Get an array of error codes

ValidationResult::combineAnd() — Method in class ValidationResult

Combine this Validation Result with the ValidationResult given in other.

Versioned::canView() — Method in class Versioned

Extend permissions to include additional security for objects that are not published to live.

Versioned::canViewVersioned() — Method in class Versioned

Determine if there are any additional restrictions on this object for the given reading version.

Versioned::canViewStage() — Method in class Versioned

Determines canView permissions for the latest version of this object on a specific stage.

Versioned::canBeVersioned() — Method in class Versioned

Determine if a table supports the Versioned extensions (e.g. $table_versions does exists).

Versioned::compareVersions() — Method in class Versioned

Compare two version, and return the differences between them.

Versioned::can_choose_site_stage() — Method in class Versioned

Determine if the current user is able to set the given site stage / archive

Versioned::choose_site_stage() — Method in class Versioned

Choose the stage the site is currently on:

  • If $_GET['stage'] is set, then it will use that stage, and store it in the session.
Versioned::current_stage() — Method in class Versioned

Get the current reading stage.

Versioned::current_archived_date() — Method in class Versioned

Get the current archive date.

Versioned::cacheKeyComponent() — Method in class Versioned

Returns a piece of text to keep DataObject cache keys appropriately specific.

$ ViewableData#castingProperty in class ViewableData

An array of objects to cast certain fields to. This is set up as an array in the format:

ViewableData::castingObjectCreator() — Method in class ViewableData

Converts a field spec into an object creator. For example: "Int" becomes "new Int($fieldName);" and "Varchar(50)" becomes "new Varchar($fieldName, 50);".

ViewableData::castingObjectCreatorPair() — Method in class ViewableData

Convert a field schema (e.g. "Varchar(50)") into a casting object creator array that contains both a className and castingHelper constructor code. See {@link castingObjectCreator} for more information about the constructor.

ViewableData::customise() — Method in class ViewableData

Merge some arbitrary data in with this object. This method returns a {@link ViewableData_Customised} instance with references to both this and the new custom data.

ViewableData::castingHelperPair() — Method in class ViewableData

Get the class a field on this object would be casted to, as well as the casting helper for casting a field to an object (see {@link ViewableData::castingHelper()} for information on casting helpers).

ViewableData::castingHelper() — Method in class ViewableData

Return the "casting helper" (a piece of PHP code that when evaluated creates a casted value object) for a field on this object.

ViewableData::castingClass() — Method in class ViewableData

Get the class name a field on this object will be casted to

ViewableData::cachedCall() — Method in class ViewableData

A simple wrapper around {@link ViewableData::obj()} that automatically caches the result so it can be used again without re-running the method.

ViewableData::CSSClasses() — Method in class ViewableData

Get part of the current classes ancestry to be used as a CSS class.

ViewableData_Customised::cachedCall() — Method in class ViewableData_Customised

A simple wrapper around {@link ViewableData::obj()} that automatically caches the result so it can be used again without re-running the method.

VirtualPage::CopyContentFrom() — Method in class VirtualPage
VirtualPage::ContentSource() — Method in class VirtualPage
VirtualPage::canPublish() — Method in class VirtualPage

We can only publish the page if there is a published source page

VirtualPage::canDeleteFromLive() — Method in class VirtualPage

Return true if we can delete this page from the live site, which is different from can we publish it.

VirtualPage::copyFrom() — Method in class VirtualPage

Ensure we have an up-to-date version of everything.

VirtualPage::CMSTreeClasses() — Method in class VirtualPage
VirtualPage::castingHelper() — Method in class VirtualPage

Return the "casting helper" (a piece of PHP code that when evaluated creates a casted value object) for a field on this object.

XMLDataFormatter::convertDataObject() — Method in class XMLDataFormatter

Generate an XML representation of the given {@link DataObject}.

XMLDataFormatter::convertDataObjectWithoutHeader() — Method in class XMLDataFormatter
XMLDataFormatter::convertDataObjectSet() — Method in class XMLDataFormatter

Generate an XML representation of the given {@link SS_List}.

XMLDataFormatter::convertStringToArray() — Method in class XMLDataFormatter
$ i18n#common_languagesProperty in class i18n
$ i18n#common_localesProperty in class i18n
i18n::convert_rfc1766() — Method in class i18n

Gets a RFC 1766 compatible language code, e.g. "en-US".

i18nSSLegacyAdapter_Iterator::callGetChildren() — Method in class i18nSSLegacyAdapter_Iterator
i18nTextCollector::collect() — Method in class i18nTextCollector

Extract all strings from modules and return these grouped by module name

i18nTextCollector::collectFromCode() — Method in class i18nTextCollector

Extracts translatables from .php files.

i18nTextCollector::collectFromTemplate() — Method in class i18nTextCollector

Extracts translatables from .ss templates (Self referencing)

i18nTextCollector::collectFromEntityProviders() — Method in class i18nTextCollector

Allows classes which implement i18nEntityProvider to provide additional translation strings.

D

$ AdminRootController#default_panelProperty in class AdminRootController
ArrayList::dataClass() — Method in class ArrayList

Return the class of items in this list, by looking at the first item inside it.

ArrayList::debug() — Method in class ArrayList
AssetAdmin::delete() — Method in class AssetAdmin
AssetAdmin::doAdd() — Method in class AssetAdmin

Add a new group and return its details suitable for ajax.

AssetAdmin::doSync() — Method in class AssetAdmin

Can be queried with an ajax request to trigger the filesystem sync. It returns a FormResponse status message to display in the CMS

AssetAdmin::deleteunusedthumbnails() — Method in class AssetAdmin

Removes all unused thumbnails from the file store and returns the status of the process to the user.

BBCodeParser::disable_autolink_urls() — Method in class BBCodeParser
$ BulkLoader#duplicateChecksProperty in class BulkLoader

Specifies how to determine duplicates based on one or more provided fields in the imported data, matching to properties on the used {@link DataObject} class.

$ BulkLoader#deleteExistingRecordsProperty in class BulkLoader
BulkLoader_Result::DeletedCount() — Method in class BulkLoader_Result
BulkLoader_Result::Deleted() — Method in class BulkLoader_Result
CMSMain::doSearch() — Method in class CMSMain
CMSMain::deletefromlive() — Method in class CMSMain

Delete the page from live. This means a page in draft mode might still exist.

CMSMain::delete() — Method in class CMSMain

Delete the current page from draft stage.

CMSMain::doRollback() — Method in class CMSMain

Rolls a site back to a given version ID

CMSMain::duplicate() — Method in class CMSMain
CMSMain::duplicatewithchildren() — Method in class CMSMain
CMSMemberLoginForm::dologin() — Method in class CMSMemberLoginForm

Login form handler method

CMSPageAddController::doAdd() — Method in class CMSPageAddController
CMSPageAddController::doCancel() — Method in class CMSPageAddController
CMSPageHistoryController::doCompare() — Method in class CMSPageHistoryController

Process the {@link VersionsForm} compare function between two pages.

CMSPageHistoryController::doShowVersion() — Method in class CMSPageHistoryController

Process the {@link VersionsForm} show version function. Only requires one page to be selected.

ChangePasswordForm::doChangePassword() — Method in class ChangePasswordForm

Change the password

CheckboxField::dataValue() — Method in class CheckboxField

Returns the field value suitable for insertion into the data object.

CheckboxSetField::dataValue() — Method in class CheckboxSetField

Return the CheckboxSetField value as a string selected item keys.

ClassInfo::dataClassesFor() — Method in class ClassInfo

Returns an array of the current class and all its ancestors and children which require a DB table.

CompositeField::debug() — Method in class CompositeField
ContentController::data() — Method in class ContentController

Returns the associated database record

ContentController::deleteinstallfiles() — Method in class ContentController
$ ContentNegotiator#default_formatProperty in class ContentNegotiator
ContentNegotiator::disable() — Method in class ContentNegotiator

Disable content negotiation for all templates, not just those with the xml header.

Controller::defaultAction() — Method in class Controller

This is the default action handler used if a method doesn't exist.

Controller::disableBasicAuth() — Method in class Controller

Call this to disable site-wide basic authentication for a specific contoller.

CreditCardField::dataValue() — Method in class CreditCardField

Returns the field value suitable for insertion into the data object.

$ CsvBulkLoader#delimiterProperty in class CsvBulkLoader

Delimiter character (Default: comma).

CurrencyField::dataValue() — Method in class CurrencyField

Overwrite the datavalue before saving to the db ;-) return 0.00 if no value, or value is non-numeric

DBClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Global database interface, complete with static methods.

DB::dont_require_table() — Method in class DB

If the given table exists, move it out of the way by renaming it to obsolete(tablename).

DB::dontRequireTable() — Method in class DB
DB::dont_require_field() — Method in class DB

See {@link SS_Database->dontRequireField()}.

DB::dontRequireField() — Method in class DB
DBConnectorClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Represents an object responsible for wrapping DB connector api

$ DBConnector#ddl_operationsProperty in class DBConnector

List of operations to treat as DDL

DBFieldClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Single field in the database.

$ DBField#default_search_filter_classProperty in class DBField

Subclass of {@link SearchFilter} for usage in {@link defaultSearchFilter()}.

DBField::defaultSearchFilter() — Method in class DBField
DBField::debug() — Method in class DBField
DBFloatClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Represents a floating point field.

DBIntClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Represents a signed 32 bit integer field.

DBLocaleClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Locale database field, mainly used in {@link Translatable} extension.

DBQueryBuilderClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Builds a SQL query string from a SQLExpression object

DBSchemaManagerClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Represents and handles all schema management for a database

DBSchemaManager::doesSchemaNeedUpdating() — Method in class DBSchemaManager

Returns true if schema modifications were requested during (but not after) schemaUpdate() call.

DBSchemaManager::dontRequireTable() — Method in class DBSchemaManager

If the given table exists, move it out of the way by renaming it to obsolete(tablename).

DBSchemaManager::dontRequireField() — Method in class DBSchemaManager

If the given field exists, move it out of the way by renaming it to obsolete(fieldname).

DBSchemaManager::dbDataType() — Method in class DBSchemaManager
DBSchemaManager::databaseList() — Method in class DBSchemaManager

Retrieves the list of all databases the user has access to

DBSchemaManager::databaseExists() — Method in class DBSchemaManager

Determine if the database with the specified name exists

DBSchemaManager::dropDatabase() — Method in class DBSchemaManager

Drops a database with the specified name

DailyTaskClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Classes that must be run daily extend this class.

DataDifferencerClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Utility class to render views of the differences between two data objects (or two versions of the same data object).

DataDifferencer::diffedData() — Method in class DataDifferencer

Get a DataObject with altered values replaced with HTML diff strings, incorporating and tags.

DataExtensionClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

An extension that adds additional functionality to a {@link DataObject}.

DataFormatterClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

A DataFormatter object handles transformation of data from SilverStripe model objects to a particular output format, and vice versa. This is most commonly used in developing RESTful APIs.

DataListClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Implements a "lazy loading" DataObjectSet.

DataList::dataClass() — Method in class DataList

Get the dataClass name for this DataList, ie the DataObject ClassName

DataList::dataQuery() — Method in class DataList

Return a copy of the internal {@link DataQuery} object

DataList::distinct() — Method in class DataList

Return a new DataList instance with distinct records or not

DataList::debug() — Method in class DataList
DataList::dbObject() — Method in class DataList
DataModelClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Representation of a DataModel - a collection of DataLists for each different data type.

DataObjectClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

A single database record & abstract class for the data-access-model.

$ DataObject#destroyedProperty in class DataObject

True if this DataObject has been destroyed.

$ DataObject#dbProperty in class DataObject

Database field definitions.

$ DataObject#defaultsProperty in class DataObject

Inserts standard column-values when a DataObject is instanciated. Does not insert default records {see $default_records}.

$ DataObject#default_recordsProperty in class DataObject

Multidimensional array which inserts default data into the database on a db/build-call as long as the database-table is empty. Please use this only for simple constructs, not for SiteTree-Objects etc. which need special behaviour such as publishing and ParentNodes.

$ DataObject#default_sortProperty in class DataObject

The default sort expression. This will be inserted in the ORDER BY clause of a SQL query if no other sort expression is provided.

DataObject::database_fields() — Method in class DataObject

Return the complete map of fields on this object, including "Created", "LastEdited" and "ClassName".

DataObject::destroy() — Method in class DataObject

Destroy all of this objects dependant objects and local caches.

DataObject::duplicate() — Method in class DataObject

Create a duplicate of this node.

DataObject::defineMethods() — Method in class DataObject

Adds methods from the extensions.

DataObject::data() — Method in class DataObject

Returns the associated database record - in this case, the object itself.

DataObject::doValidate() — Method in class DataObject

Public accessor for {see DataObject::validate()}

DataObject::delete() — Method in class DataObject

Delete this data object.

DataObject::delete_by_id() — Method in class DataObject

Delete the record with the given ID.

DataObject::db() — Method in class DataObject

Return all of the database fields defined in self::$db and all the parent classes.

DataObject::database_extensions() — Method in class DataObject

This returns an array (if it exists) describing the database extensions that are required, or false if none

DataObject::debug() — Method in class DataObject

Debugging used by Debug::show()

DataObject::dbObject() — Method in class DataObject

Return the DBField object that represents the given field.

DataObject::databaseIndexes() — Method in class DataObject

Return the database indexes on this table.

DataObject::defaultSearchFilters() — Method in class DataObject

Defines a default list of filters for the search context.

DataObject::disable_subclass_access() — Method in class DataObject

Temporarily disable subclass access in data object qeur

DataObjectInterfaceClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

DataObjectInterface is an interface that other data systems in your application can implement in order to behave in a manner similar to DataObject.

DataObjectInterface::delete() — Method in class DataObjectInterface

Remove this object from the database. Doesn't do anything if this object isn't in the database.

DataQueryClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

An object representing a query of data from the DataObject's supporting database.

DataQuery::dataClass() — Method in class DataQuery

Return the {@link DataObject} class that is being queried.

DataQuery::disjunctiveGroup() — Method in class DataQuery

Create a disjunctive subgroup.

DataQuery::distinct() — Method in class DataQuery

Set whether this query should be distinct or not.

DataQuery_SubGroupClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Represents a subgroup inside a WHERE clause in a {@link DataQuery}

DatabaseAdapterRegistryClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

This class keeps track of the available database adapters and provides a meaning of registering community built adapters in to the installer process.

DatabaseAdminClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

DatabaseAdmin class

DatabaseAdmin::doBuild() — Method in class DatabaseAdmin

Updates the database schema, creating tables & fields as necessary.

DatabaseConfigurationHelperClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Interface for database helper classes.

DatalessFieldClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Abstract class for all fields without data.

DateClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Represents a date field.

Date::Day() — Method in class Date

Returns the Full day, of the given date.

Date::DayOfMonth() — Method in class Date

Returns the day of the month.

Date::days_between() — Method in class Date
Date::day_before() — Method in class Date
DateFieldClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Form field to display an editable date string, either in a single <input type="text"> field, or in three separate fields for day, month and year.

$ DateField#default_configProperty in class DateField
DateField::dataValue() — Method in class DateField
DateField_DisabledClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Disabled version of {@link DateField}.

DateField_View_JQueryClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Preliminary API to separate optional view properties like calendar popups from the actual datefield logic.

DatetimeFieldClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

A composite field for date and time entry, based on {@link DateField} and {@link TimeField}.

$ DatetimeField#default_configProperty in class DatetimeField
DatetimeField_ReadonlyClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

The readonly class for our {@link DatetimeField}.

DebugClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Supports debugging and core error handling.

Debug::dump() — Method in class Debug

Quick dump of a variable.

DebugViewClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

A basic HTML wrapper for stylish rendering of a developement info view.

DecimalClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Represents a Decimal field.

DeprecationClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Handles raising an notice when accessing a deprecated method

Deprecation::dump_settings() — Method in class Deprecation

Method for when testing. Dump all the current version settings to a variable for later passing to restore

DevBuildControllerClass in namespace [Global Namespace]
DevelopmentAdminClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Base class for development tools.

DiffClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Class representing a 'diff' between two sequences of strings.

DirectorClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Director is responsible for processing URLs, and providing environment information.

$ Director#dev_serversProperty in class Director
Director::direct() — Method in class Director

Process the given URL, creating the appropriate controller and executing it.

DisabledTransformationClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Transformation that disables all the fields on the form.

DoubleClass in namespace [Global Namespace]
DropdownFieldClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Dropdown field, created from a select tag.

Email::debug() — Method in class Email

Get an HTML string for debugging purposes.

ErrorPage::doPublish() — Method in class ErrorPage

When an error page is published, create a static HTML page with its content, so the page can be shown even when SilverStripe is not functioning correctly before publishing this page normally.

FieldList::dataFields() — Method in class FieldList

Return a sequential set of all fields that have data. This excludes wrapper composite fields as well as heading / help text fields.

FieldList::dataFieldByName() — Method in class FieldList

Returns a named field in a sequential set.

File::deleteDatabaseOnly() — Method in class File

Delete the database record (recursively for folders) without touching the filesystem

File::DeleteLink() — Method in class File
$ FileNameFilter#default_use_transliteratorProperty in class FileNameFilter
$ FileNameFilter#default_replacementsProperty in class FileNameFilter
$ FixtureBlueprint#dependenciesProperty in class FixtureBlueprint
FixtureFactory::define() — Method in class FixtureFactory
Folder::deleteDatabaseOnly() — Method in class Folder

Delete the database record (recursively for folders) without touching the filesystem

$ Form#default_classesProperty in class Form
Form::defaultAction() — Method in class Form

Return the default button that should be clicked when another one isn't available.

Form::disableDefaultAction() — Method in class Form

Disable the default button.

Form::disableSecurityToken() — Method in class Form

Disable the requirement of a security token on this form instance. This security protects against CSRF attacks, but you should disable this if you don't want to tie a form to a session - eg a search form.

Form::debug() — Method in class Form
$ FormField#default_classesProperty in class FormField
$ FormField#dontEscapeProperty in class FormField
FormField::dataValue() — Method in class FormField

Returns the field value suitable for insertion into the data object.

FormField::debug() — Method in class FormField
$ GDBackend#default_qualityProperty in class GDBackend
GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter::doSearch() — Method in class GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter

Returns a json array of a search results that can be used by for example Jquery.ui.autosuggestion

GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest::doSave() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest
GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest::doDelete() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest
$ GridFieldPaginator#default_items_per_pageProperty in class GridFieldPaginator

Specifies default items per page

GridState::dataValue() — Method in class GridState

Returns a json encoded string representation of this state.

Group::DirectMembers() — Method in class Group

Return only the members directly added to this group

$ GroupCsvBulkLoader#duplicateChecksProperty in class GroupCsvBulkLoader
GroupImportForm::doImport() — Method in class GroupImportForm
$ HTTP#disable_http_cacheProperty in class HTTP
HTTPCacheControl::disableCache() — Method in class HTTPCacheControl

Simple way to set cache control header to a non-cacheable state.

Hierarchy::doAllChildrenIncludingDeleted() — Method in class Hierarchy
HtmlEditorConfig::disablePlugins() — Method in class HtmlEditorConfig

Enable one or several plugins. Will properly handle being passed a plugin that is already disabled

Image::defineMethods() — Method in class Image

Set up template methods to access the transformations generated by 'generate' methods.

Image::deleteFormattedImages() — Method in class Image

Remove all of the formatted cached images for this image.

$ ImagickBackend#default_qualityProperty in class ImagickBackend
LeftAndMain::delete() — Method in class LeftAndMain
ListboxField::dataValue() — Method in class ListboxField

Return the CheckboxSetField value as a string selected item keys.

$ Mailer#default_message_encodingProperty in class Mailer

Default encoding type for messages. Available options are:

  • quoted-printable
  • base64
$ Mailer#default_bounce_emailProperty in class Mailer

Email used for bounces

$ Member#DateFormatProperty in class Member
Member::default_admin() — Method in class Member

Get the default admin record if it exists, or creates it otherwise if enabled

Member::disallowedGroups() — Method in class Member

List of group IDs this user is disallowed from

Member::DirectGroups() — Method in class Member
$ MemberCsvBulkLoader#duplicateChecksProperty in class MemberCsvBulkLoader
MemberImportForm::doImport() — Method in class MemberImportForm
MemberLoginForm::dologin() — Method in class MemberLoginForm

Login form handler method

MigrationTask::down() — Method in class MigrationTask
MySQLDatabase::datetimeIntervalClause() — Method in class MySQLDatabase

function to return an SQL datetime expression that can be used with the adapter in use used for querying a datetime addition

MySQLDatabase::datetimeDifferenceClause() — Method in class MySQLDatabase

function to return an SQL datetime expression that can be used with the adapter in use used for querying a datetime substraction

MySQLSchemaManager::databaseList() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager

Retrieves the list of all databases the user has access to

MySQLSchemaManager::databaseExists() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager

Determine if the database with the specified name exists

MySQLSchemaManager::dropDatabase() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager

Drops a database with the specified name

MySQLSchemaManager::dbDataType() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
MySQLSchemaManager::date() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager

Return a date type-formatted string For MySQL, we simply return the word 'date', no other parameters are necessary

MySQLSchemaManager::decimal() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager

Return a decimal type-formatted string

NullableField::debug() — Method in class NullableField
NumericField::dataValue() — Method in class NumericField

Extracts the number value from the localised string value.

Permission::deny() — Method in class Permission

Deny the given permission code/arg to the given group

Permission::declare_permissions() — Method in class Permission

Declare an array of permissions for the system.

$ Profiler#descriptionProperty in class Profiler
RSSFeed::Description() — Method in class RSSFeed

Get the description of this feed

RSSFeed_Entry::Description() — Method in class RSSFeed_Entry

Get the description of this entry

RemoveOrphanedPagesTask::doSubmit() — Method in class RemoveOrphanedPagesTask
RequiredFields::debug() — Method in class RequiredFields

Debug helper

$ Requirements#disable_flush_combinedProperty in class Requirements

Flag whether combined files should be deleted on flush.

Requirements::delete_combined_files() — Method in class Requirements

Delete all dynamically generated combined files from the filesystem

Requirements::delete_all_combined_files() — Method in class Requirements

Deletes all generated combined files in the configured combined files directory, but doesn't delete the directory itself

Requirements::debug() — Method in class Requirements

Output debugging information

Requirements_Backend::delete_combined_files() — Method in class Requirements_Backend

Delete all dynamically generated combined files from the filesystem

Requirements_Backend::delete_all_combined_files() — Method in class Requirements_Backend

Deletes all generated combined files in the configured combined files directory, but doesn't delete the directory itself.

Requirements_Backend::debug() — Method in class Requirements_Backend

Output debugging information.

$ RestfulService#default_proxyProperty in class RestfulService
$ RestfulService#default_curl_optionsProperty in class RestfulService
$ RootURLController#default_homepage_linkProperty in class RootURLController
SSTemplateParser::DollarMarkedLookup_STR() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSViewer::dontRewriteHashlinks() — Method in class SSViewer

Call this to disable rewriting of links. This is useful in Ajax applications.

$ SS_DAG_CyclicException#dagProperty in class SS_DAG_CyclicException
SS_Database::datetimeIntervalClause() — Method in class SS_Database

function to return an SQL datetime expression that can be used with the adapter in use used for querying a datetime addition

SS_Database::datetimeDifferenceClause() — Method in class SS_Database

function to return an SQL datetime expression that can be used with the adapter in use used for querying a datetime substraction

SS_Database::databaseExists() — Method in class SS_Database

Determine if the database with the specified name exists

SS_Database::databaseList() — Method in class SS_Database

Retrieves the list of all databases the user has access to

SS_Database::dropSelectedDatabase() — Method in class SS_Database

Drop the database that this object is currently connected to.

SS_Database::dbDataType() — Method in class SS_Database
SS_Database::dropDatabase() — Method in class SS_Database
SS_Database::doesSchemaNeedUpdating() — Method in class SS_Database
SS_Database::dontRequireTable() — Method in class SS_Database
SS_Database::dontRequireField() — Method in class SS_Database
SS_Datetime::Date() — Method in class SS_Datetime

Returns the date using the format string 'd/m/Y' e.g. '28/02/2014'.

SS_HTTPRequest::detect_method() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest

Gets the "real" HTTP method for a request. This method is no longer used to mitigate the risk of web cache poisoning.

SS_ListDecorator::debug() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator
SS_Report::description() — Method in class SS_Report

Return the description of this report.

SS_Report::dataClass() — Method in class SS_Report

Return the data class for this report

SS_ReportWrapper::description() — Method in class SS_ReportWrapper

Return the description of this report.

$ SapphireTest#dependenciesProperty in class SapphireTest
SapphireTest::delete_all_temp_dbs() — Method in class SapphireTest
$ Security#default_message_setProperty in class Security

Default message set used in permission failures.

$ Security#database_is_readyProperty in class Security

When the database has once been verified as ready, it will not do the checks again.

$ Security#default_login_destProperty in class Security
Security::default_admin_username() — Method in class Security

Get default admin username

Security::default_admin_password() — Method in class Security

Get default admin password

Security::database_is_ready() — Method in class Security

Checks the database is in a state to perform security checks.

Security::default_login_dest() — Method in class Security

Get the default login dest.

SecurityToken::disable() — Method in class SecurityToken

Globally disable the token (override with {@link NullSecurityToken}) implementation. Note: Does not apply for

Session::destroy() — Method in class Session

Destroy the active session.

DataObjectInterfaceTypeCreatorClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL

Base interface for any {@link DataObject} passed back as a node.

DisableTypeCacheStateClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Dev\State
DataObjectQueryFilterClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\QueryFilter
DeleteClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Scaffolding\Scaffolders\CRUD

A generic delete operation.

DataObjectScaffolderClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Scaffolding\Scaffolders

Scaffolds a DataObjectTypeCreator.

$ DataObjectScaffolder#default_fieldsProperty in class DataObjectScaffolder

Minimum fields that any type will expose. Useful for implicitly created types, e.g. exposing a has_one.

DataObjectTypeTraitClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Scaffolding\Traits

Offers a few helper methods for classes that are DataObject subclass bound.

$ SiteConfig#disabled_themesProperty in class SiteConfig
$ SiteTree#default_childProperty in class SiteTree

The default child class for this page.

$ SiteTree#default_parentProperty in class SiteTree

The default parent class for this page.

$ SiteTree#descriptionProperty in class SiteTree
SiteTree::disable_nested_urls() — Method in class SiteTree
SiteTree::duplicate() — Method in class SiteTree

Create a duplicate of this node. Doesn't affect joined data - create a custom overloading of this if you need such behaviour.

SiteTree::duplicateWithChildren() — Method in class SiteTree

Duplicates each child of this node recursively and returns the top-level duplicate node.

SiteTree::duplicateAsChild() — Method in class SiteTree

Duplicate this node and its children as a child of the node with the given ID

SiteTree::DependentPages() — Method in class SiteTree

Returns the pages that depend on this page. This includes virtual pages, pages that link to it, etc.

SiteTree::doPublish() — Method in class SiteTree

Publish this page.

SiteTree::doUnpublish() — Method in class SiteTree

Unpublish this page - remove it from the live site

SiteTree::doRevertToLive() — Method in class SiteTree

Revert the draft changes: replace the draft content with the content on live

SiteTree::doRestoreToStage() — Method in class SiteTree

Restore the content in the active copy of this SiteTree page to the stage site.

SiteTree::doArchive() — Method in class SiteTree

Removes the page from both live and stage, if it exists on both otherwise just removes from stage

SiteTree::doDeleteFromLive() — Method in class SiteTree

Synonym of {@link doUnpublish}

SiteTree::defaultChild() — Method in class SiteTree

Returns the class name of the default class for children of this page.

SiteTree::defaultParent() — Method in class SiteTree

Returns the class name of the default class for the parent of this page.

SiteTree::disableCMSFieldsExtensions() — Method in class SiteTree

Stops extendCMSFields() being called on getCMSFields(). This is useful when you need access to fields added by subclasses of SiteTree in a extension. Call before calling parent::getCMSFields(), and reenable afterwards.

$ TimeField#default_configProperty in class TimeField
TimeField::dataValue() — Method in class TimeField
$ URLSegmentFilter#default_use_transliteratorProperty in class URLSegmentFilter
$ URLSegmentFilter#default_replacementsProperty in class URLSegmentFilter
$ URLSegmentFilter#default_allow_multibyteProperty in class URLSegmentFilter

Doesn't try to replace or transliterate non-ASCII filters.

UnsavedRelationList::dataClass() — Method in class UnsavedRelationList

Get the dataClass name for this relation, ie the DataObject ClassName

UnsavedRelationList::dbObject() — Method in class UnsavedRelationList

Return the DBField object that represents the given field on the related class.

UploadField_ItemHandler::DeleteLink() — Method in class UploadField_ItemHandler
UploadField_ItemHandler::delete() — Method in class UploadField_ItemHandler

Action to handle deleting of a single file

UploadField_ItemHandler::doEdit() — Method in class UploadField_ItemHandler
UploadField_SelectHandler::doAttach() — Method in class UploadField_SelectHandler
$ Upload_Validator#default_max_file_sizeProperty in class Upload_Validator

Contains a list of the max file sizes shared by all upload fields. This is then duplicated into the "allowedMaxFileSize" instance property on construct.

$ Versioned#draft_site_securedProperty in class Versioned

Default config for $is_draft_site_secured

$ Versioned#dbProperty in class Versioned
Versioned::deleteFromStage() — Method in class Versioned

Delete this item from the specified stage.

Versioned::doRollbackTo() — Method in class Versioned

Roll the draft version of this object to match the published one.

$ ViewableData#default_castProperty in class ViewableData

The default object to cast scalar fields to if casting information is not specified, and casting to an object is required.

ViewableData::defineMethods() — Method in class ViewableData

Add methods from the {@link ViewableData::$failover} object, as well as wrapping any methods prefixed with an underscore into a {@link ViewableData::cachedCall()}.

ViewableData::deprecatedCachedCall() — Method in class ViewableData

Method to facilitate deprecation of underscore-prefixed methods automatically being cached.

ViewableData::Debug() — Method in class ViewableData

Return debug information about this object that can be rendered into a template

_DiffEngine::diff() — Method in class _DiffEngine
$ i18n#default_localeProperty in class i18n
$ i18n#date_formatProperty in class i18n
i18n::default_locale() — Method in class i18n

This is the "fallback locale", in case resources with the "current locale" (set through {@link set_locale()}) can't be found.

E

ArrayList::exists() — Method in class ArrayList

Returns true if this list has items

ArrayList::each() — Method in class ArrayList

Walks the list using the specified callback

ArrayList::exclude() — Method in class ArrayList

Exclude the list to not contain items with these charactaristics

BBCodeParser::enable_smilies() — Method in class BBCodeParser
$ BasicAuth#entire_site_protectedProperty in class BasicAuth
$ BasicAuth#entire_site_protected_codeProperty in class BasicAuth
$ BasicAuth#entire_site_protected_messageProperty in class BasicAuth
$ CMSMain#enabled_legacy_actionsProperty in class CMSMain

Enable legacy batch actions.

CMSMain::ExtraTreeTools() — Method in class CMSMain
CMSMain::EditForm() — Method in class CMSMain

Ensuring we set the current page id from the $ID url parameter.

CMSPageHistoryController::EditForm() — Method in class CMSPageHistoryController
CMSSecurity::enabled() — Method in class CMSSecurity

Determine if CMSSecurity is enabled

CheckboxSetField::ExtraOptions() — Method in class CheckboxSetField
ClassInfo::exists() — Method in class ClassInfo

Returns true if a class or interface name exists.

CliTestReporter::endTest() — Method in class CliTestReporter

Upon completion of a test, records the execution time (if available) and adds the test to the tests performed in the current suite.

CompositeDBField::exists() — Method in class CompositeDBField

Determines if any of the properties in this field have a value, meaning at least one of them is not NULL.

CompositeField::extraClasses() — Method in class CompositeField
CompositeField::extraClass() — Method in class CompositeField

Compiles all CSS-classes. Optionally includes a "nolabel" class if no title was set on the FormField.

Config::extraConfigSourcesChanged() — Method in class Config
$ ContentNegotiator#encodingProperty in class ContentNegotiator
$ ContentNegotiator#enabledProperty in class ContentNegotiator
ContentNegotiator::enable() — Method in class ContentNegotiator

Enable content negotiation for all templates, not just those with the xml header.

ContentNegotiator::enabled_for() — Method in class ContentNegotiator

Returns true if negotation is enabled for the given response.

$ CsvBulkLoader#enclosureProperty in class CsvBulkLoader

Enclosure character (Default: doublequote)

DBConnector::escapeString() — Method in class DBConnector

Given a value escape this for use in a query for the current database connector. Note that this does not quote the value.

DBConnector::escapeIdentifier() — Method in class DBConnector

Escapes an identifier (table / database name). Typically the value is simply double quoted. Don't pass in already escaped identifiers in, as this will double escape the value!

$ DBField#escape_typeProperty in class DBField

The escape type for this field when inserted into a template - either "xml" or "raw".

DBField::exists() — Method in class DBField

Determines if the field has a value which is not considered to be 'null' in a database context.

DBSchemaManager::enumValuesForField() — Method in class DBSchemaManager

Returns the values of the given enum field

DataExtension::extraStatics() — Method in class DataExtension

Define extra database fields

DataList::exclude() — Method in class DataList

Return a copy of this list which does not contain any items with these charactaristics

DataList::each() — Method in class DataList

Walks the list using the specified callback

DataList::exists() — Method in class DataList

Returns true if this DataList has items

DataObject::exists() — Method in class DataObject

Returns true if this object "exists", i.e., has a sensible value.

DataObject::extendedCan() — Method in class DataObject

Process tri-state responses from permission-alterting extensions. The extensions are expected to return one of three values:

DataObject::enable_subclass_access() — Method in class DataObject
DataQuery::execute() — Method in class DataQuery

Execute the query and return the result as {@link Query} object.

Debug::endshow() — Method in class Debug

Close out the show dumper

DevelopmentAdmin::errors() — Method in class DevelopmentAdmin
$ Diff#editsProperty in class Diff
$ Director#environment_typeProperty in class Director
Director::extract_request_headers() — Method in class Director

Takes a $_SERVER data array and extracts HTTP request headers.

EmailClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Class to support sending emails.

EmailFieldClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Text input field with validation for correct email format according to RFC 2822.

EmptyPagesReportClass in namespace [Global Namespace]
EncryptAllPasswordsTaskClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Encrypt all passwords

EndsWithFilterClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Matches textual content with a substring match on a text fragment leading to the end of the string.

EnumClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Class Enum represents an enumeration of a set of strings.

Enum::enumValues() — Method in class Enum

Returns the values of this enum as an array, suitable for insertion into a {@link DropdownField}

ErrorControlChainClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Class ErrorControlChain

ErrorControlChain::execute() — Method in class ErrorControlChain
ErrorPageClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

ErrorPage holds the content for the page of an error response.

ErrorPageControllerExtensionClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Enhances error handling for a controller with ErrorPage generated output

ErrorPage_ControllerClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Controller for ErrorPages.

ExactMatchFilterClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Selects textual content with an exact match between columnname and keyword.

ExactMatchMultiFilterClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Checks if a value is in a given set.

ExtensionClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Add extension that can be added to an object with {@link Object::add_extension()}.

File::exists() — Method in class File

A file only exists if the file_exists() and is in the DB as a record

Form::enableSecurityToken() — Method in class Form

Enable {@link SecurityToken} protection for this form instance.

Form::extraClass() — Method in class Form

Compiles all CSS-classes.

FormField::extraClass() — Method in class FormField

Compiles all CSS-classes. Optionally includes a "nolabel" class if no title was set on the FormField.

FulltextSearchable::enable() — Method in class FulltextSearchable

Enable the default configuration of MySQL full-text searching on the given data classes.

GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest::edit() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest
HTMLText::exists() — Method in class HTMLText

Returns true if the field has meaningful content.

HTMLVarchar::exists() — Method in class HTMLVarchar

(non-PHPdoc)

HTTPCacheControl::enableCache() — Method in class HTTPCacheControl

Simple way to set cache control header to a cacheable state.

HtmlEditorConfig::enablePlugins() — Method in class HtmlEditorConfig

Enable one or several plugins. Will maintain unique list if already enabled plugin is re-passed. If passed in as a map of plugin-name to path, the plugin will be loaded by tinymce.PluginManager.load() instead of through tinyMCE.init().

Image_Cached::exists() — Method in class Image_Cached

Override the parent's exists method becuase the ID is explicitly set to -1 on a cached image we can't use the default check

$ LeftAndMain#extra_requirements_javascriptProperty in class LeftAndMain

Register additional requirements through the {@link Requirements} class.

$ LeftAndMain#extra_requirements_cssProperty in class LeftAndMain

YAML configuration example: LeftAndMain: extra_requirements_css: mysite/css/mystyle.css: media: screen

$ LeftAndMain#extra_requirements_themedCssProperty in class LeftAndMain
LeftAndMain::EditForm() — Method in class LeftAndMain
LeftAndMain::EmptyForm() — Method in class LeftAndMain

Returns a placeholder form, used by {@link getEditForm()} if no record is selected.

LeftAndMain::EditorToolbar() — Method in class LeftAndMain

Return the CMS's HTML-editor toolbar

LeftAndMain::EditFormTools() — Method in class LeftAndMain

Renders a panel containing tools which apply to the currently displayed edit form.

$ LeftAndMainMarkingFilter#expandedProperty in class LeftAndMainMarkingFilter
$ LoginAttempt#EmailProperty in class LoginAttempt

Email address used for login attempt. @deprecated 3.0...5.0

$ LoginAttempt#EmailHashedProperty in class LoginAttempt

sha1 hashed Email address used for login attempt

$ Member#EmailProperty in class Member
Member::encryptWithUserSettings() — Method in class Member

Utility for generating secure password hashes for this member.

Money::exists() — Method in class Money
MySQLSchemaManager::enumValuesForField() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager

Returns the values of the given enum field

MySQLSchemaManager::enum() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager

Return a enum type-formatted string

MySQLiConnector::escapeString() — Method in class MySQLiConnector

Given a value escape this for use in a query for the current database connector. Note that this does not quote the value.

Oembed_Result::exists() — Method in class Oembed_Result

Return true if this object "exists" i.e. has a sensible value

OptionsetField::ExtraOptions() — Method in class OptionsetField
$ PDOConnector#emulate_prepareProperty in class PDOConnector

Should ATTR_EMULATE_PREPARES flag be used to emulate prepared statements?

PDOConnector::escapeString() — Method in class PDOConnector

Given a value escape this for use in a query for the current database connector. Note that this does not quote the value.

PDOConnector::exec() — Method in class PDOConnector

Executes a query that doesn't return a resultset

$ PasswordEncryptor#encryptorsProperty in class PasswordEncryptor
PasswordEncryptor::encrypt() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor

Return a string value stored in the {@link Member->Password} property.

PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish::encrypt() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish

Return a string value stored in the {@link Member->Password} property.

PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish::encryptX() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish
PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish::encryptY() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish
PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish::encryptA() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish
PasswordEncryptor_LegacyPHPHash::encrypt() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor_LegacyPHPHash

Return a string value stored in the {@link Member->Password} property.

PasswordEncryptor_MySQLOldPassword::encrypt() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor_MySQLOldPassword

Return a string value stored in the {@link Member->Password} property.

PasswordEncryptor_MySQLPassword::encrypt() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor_MySQLPassword

Return a string value stored in the {@link Member->Password} property.

PasswordEncryptor_None::encrypt() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor_None

Return a string value stored in the {@link Member->Password} property.

PasswordEncryptor_PHPHash::encrypt() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor_PHPHash

Return a string value stored in the {@link Member->Password} property.

PolymorphicForeignKey::exists() — Method in class PolymorphicForeignKey

Determines if the field has a value which is not considered to be 'null' in a database context.

$ Profiler#endTimeProperty in class Profiler
Profiler::elapsedTime() — Method in class Profiler

measure the elapsed time of a timer without stoping the timer if it is still running

Profiler::elapsedOverall() — Method in class Profiler

Measure the elapsed time since the profile class was initialised

RSSFeed::Entries() — Method in class RSSFeed

Get the RSS feed entries

SQLExpression::execute() — Method in class SQLExpression

Execute this query.

SQLSelect::expressionForField() — Method in class SQLSelect

Return the SQL expression for the given field alias.

SSViewer::exists() — Method in class SSViewer
SSViewer::execute_template() — Method in class SSViewer

Execute the given template, passing it the given data.

SSViewer::execute_string() — Method in class SSViewer

Execute the evaluated string, passing it the given data.

SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport::Even() — Method in class SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport

Return true if this object is an even item in the set.

SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport::EvenOdd() — Method in class SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport

Return 'even' or 'odd' if this object is in an even or odd position in the set respectively.

SS_Cli::end_colour() — Method in class SS_Cli

Send control codes for returning to normal colour

SS_Database::escapeString() — Method in class SS_Database

Returns an escaped string. This string won't be quoted, so would be suitable for appending to other quoted strings.

SS_Database::escapeIdentifier() — Method in class SS_Database

Escapes an identifier (table / database name). Typically the value is simply double quoted. Don't pass in already escaped identifiers in, as this will double escape the value!

SS_Database::enumValuesForField() — Method in class SS_Database
SS_Database::endSchemaUpdate() — Method in class SS_Database
SS_Filterable::exclude() — Method in class SS_Filterable

Return a new instance of this list that excludes any items with these charactaristics

SS_List::each() — Method in class SS_List

Walks the list using the specified callback

SS_ListDecorator::exists() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator

Return true if this object "exists" i.e. has a sensible value

SS_ListDecorator::each() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator

Walks the list using the specified callback

SS_ListDecorator::exclude() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator

Exclude the list to not contain items with these charactaristics

$ SS_Object#extensionsProperty in class SS_Object

An array of extension names and parameters to be applied to this object upon construction.

SS_Object::exists() — Method in class SS_Object

Return true if this object "exists" i.e. has a sensible value

SS_Object::extend() — Method in class SS_Object

Run the given function on all of this object's extensions. Note that this method originally returned void, so if you wanted to return results, you're hosed

$ SS_Report#excluded_reportsProperty in class SS_Report

Reports which should not be collected and returned in get_reports

SS_Report::extendedCan() — Method in class SS_Report

Helper to assist with permission extension

SS_TestListener::endTest() — Method in class SS_TestListener
SS_TestListener::endTestSuite() — Method in class SS_TestListener
SapphireInfo::EnvironmentType() — Method in class SapphireInfo
SapphireREPL::error_handler() — Method in class SapphireREPL
SapphireTest::empty_temp_db() — Method in class SapphireTest

Remove all content from the temporary database.

SapphireTestReporter::endTest() — Method in class SapphireTestReporter

Upon completion of a test, records the execution time (if available) and adds the test to the tests performed in the current suite.

SapphireTestReporter::endTestSuite() — Method in class SapphireTestReporter

Upon completion of a test suite adds the suite to the suties performed

SearchFilter::exclude() — Method in class SearchFilter

Exclude filter criteria from a SQL query.

Security::encrypt_password() — Method in class Security

Encrypt a password according to the current password encryption settings.

SecurityToken::enable() — Method in class SecurityToken

Globally enable tokens that have been previously disabled through {@link disable}.

$ ShortcodeParser#error_behaviorProperty in class ShortcodeParser
SilverStripeListener::endTestSuite() — Method in class SilverStripeListener
SilverStripeListener::endTest() — Method in class SilverStripeListener
DataObjectQueryFilter::exists() — Method in class DataObjectQueryFilter
EndsWithFilterClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\QueryFilter\Filters
EqualToFilterClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\QueryFilter\Filters
StaticSchema::extractKeys() — Method in class StaticSchema

Extracts the values for a list of keys

Chainable::end() — Method in class Chainable
SiteConfig::EditorGroups() — Method in class SiteConfig

List of groups that can edit SiteConfig.

$ SiteTree#enforce_strict_hierarchyProperty in class SiteTree
SiteTree::enable_nested_urls() — Method in class SiteTree
SiteTree::ElementName() — Method in class SiteTree

Return a CSS identifier generated from this page's link.

SiteTree::enableCMSFieldsExtensions() — Method in class SiteTree

Reenables extendCMSFields() being called on getCMSFields() after it has been disabled by disableCMSFieldsExtensions().

SiteTree::EditorGroups() — Method in class SiteTree

List of groups that can edit this object.

StringField::exists() — Method in class StringField

(non-PHPdoc)

Tab::extraClass() — Method in class Tab

Compiles all CSS-classes. Optionally includes a "nolabel" class if no title was set on the FormField.

TeamCityListener::endTestSuite() — Method in class TeamCityListener
TeamCityListener::endTest() — Method in class TeamCityListener
TreeDropdownField::extraClass() — Method in class TreeDropdownField

Compiles all CSS-classes. Optionally includes a "nolabel" class if no title was set on the FormField.

UploadField::extraClass() — Method in class UploadField

Compiles all CSS-classes. Optionally includes a "nolabel" class if no title was set on the FormField.

UploadField_ItemHandler::EditLink() — Method in class UploadField_ItemHandler
UploadField_ItemHandler::edit() — Method in class UploadField_ItemHandler

Action to handle editing of a single file

UploadField_ItemHandler::EditForm() — Method in class UploadField_ItemHandler
ValidationResult::error() — Method in class ValidationResult

Record an error against this validation result,

Versioned::extendWithSuffix() — Method in class Versioned
ViewableData::escapeTypeForField() — Method in class ViewableData

Return the string-format type for the given field.

i18nSSLegacyAdapter_Iterator::endChildren() — Method in class i18nSSLegacyAdapter_Iterator

F

Aggregate::flushCache() — Method in class Aggregate

Clear the aggregate cache for a given type, or pass nothing to clear all aggregate caches.

ArrayLib::filter_keys() — Method in class ArrayLib

Filter an array by keys (useful for only allowing certain form-input to be saved).

ArrayLib::flatten() — Method in class ArrayLib

Takes an multi dimension array and returns the flattened version.

ArrayList::first() — Method in class ArrayList

Returns the first item in the list

ArrayList::find() — Method in class ArrayList

Find the first item of this list where the given key = value

ArrayList::filter() — Method in class ArrayList

Filter the list to include items with these charactaristics

ArrayList::filterAny() — Method in class ArrayList

Return a copy of this list which contains items matching any of these charactaristics.

ArrayList::filterByCallback() — Method in class ArrayList
CheckboxSetField::Field() — Method in class CheckboxSetField
CompositeField::FieldList() — Method in class CompositeField

Returns all the sub-fields, suitable for <% loop FieldList %>

CompositeField::fieldByName() — Method in class CompositeField
CompositeField::fieldPosition() — Method in class CompositeField

Find the numerical position of a field within the children collection. Doesn't work recursively.

Config::forClass() — Method in class Config

Get an accessor that returns results by class by default.

Config_ForClass::forClass() — Method in class Config_ForClass
ConfirmedPasswordField::Field() — Method in class ConfirmedPasswordField
Cookie::forceExpiry() — Method in class Cookie
Cookie::force_expiry() — Method in class Cookie
CookieJar::forceExpiry() — Method in class CookieJar

Force the expiry of a cookie by name

Cookie_Backend::forceExpiry() — Method in class Cookie_Backend

Force the expiry of a cookie by name

CountryDropdownField::Field() — Method in class CountryDropdownField
CreditCardField::Field() — Method in class CreditCardField

Returns the form field.

CsvBulkLoader::findExistingObject() — Method in class CsvBulkLoader

Find an existing objects based on one or more uniqueness columns specified via {@link self::$duplicateChecks}.

CurrencyField_Disabled::Field() — Method in class CurrencyField_Disabled

overloaded to display the correctly formated value for this datatype

CurrencyField_Readonly::Field() — Method in class CurrencyField_Readonly

overloaded to display the correctly formated value for this datatype

DB::field_list() — Method in class DB

Get a list of all the fields for the given table.

DB::fieldList() — Method in class DB
DBField::forTemplate() — Method in class DBField
DBInt::Formatted() — Method in class DBInt

Returns the number, with commas added as appropriate, eg “1,000”.

DBSchemaManager::fieldList() — Method in class DBSchemaManager

Get a list of all the fields for the given table.

DataFormatter::for_extension() — Method in class DataFormatter

Get a DataFormatter object suitable for handling the given file extension.

DataFormatter::for_extensions() — Method in class DataFormatter

Get formatter for the first matching extension.

DataFormatter::for_mimetype() — Method in class DataFormatter

Get a DataFormatter object suitable for handling the given mimetype.

DataFormatter::for_mimetypes() — Method in class DataFormatter

Get formatter for the first matching mimetype.

DataList::filter() — Method in class DataList

Return a copy of this list which only includes items with these charactaristics

DataList::filterAny() — Method in class DataList

Return a copy of this list which contains items matching any of these charactaristics.

DataList::filterByCallback() — Method in class DataList

Note that, in the current implementation, the filtered list will be an ArrayList, but this may change in a future implementation.

DataList::first() — Method in class DataList

Returns the first item in this DataList

DataList::find() — Method in class DataList

Find the first DataObject of this DataList where the given key = value

$ DataObject#field_labelsProperty in class DataObject

User defined labels for searchable_fields, used to override default display in the search form.

DataObject::forceChange() — Method in class DataObject

Forces the record to think that all its data has changed.

DataObject::flushCache() — Method in class DataObject

Flush the cached results for all relations (has_one, has_many, many_many) Also clears any cached aggregate data.

DataObject::flush_and_destroy_cache() — Method in class DataObject

Flush the get_one global cache and destroy associated objects.

DataObject::fieldLabels() — Method in class DataObject

Get any user defined searchable fields labels that exist. Allows overriding of default field names in the form interface actually presented to the user.

DataObject::fieldLabel() — Method in class DataObject

Get a human-readable label for a single field, see {@link fieldLabels()} for more details.

DataQuery::firstRow() — Method in class DataQuery

Return the first row that would be returned by this full DataQuery Note that this will issue a separate SELECT ... LIMIT 1 query.

DatalessField::FieldHolder() — Method in class DatalessField

Returns the field's representation in the form.

Date::Full() — Method in class Date

Returns the date in the format 24 Dec 2006

Date::Format() — Method in class Date

Return the date using a particular formatting string.

Date::FormatI18N() — Method in class Date

Return the date formatted using the given strftime formatting string.

Date::FormatFromSettings() — Method in class Date

Return a date formatted as per a CMS user's settings.

DateField::FieldHolder() — Method in class DateField

Returns a "field holder" for this field.

DateField::Field() — Method in class DateField

Returns the form field.

DateField_Disabled::Field() — Method in class DateField_Disabled

Returns the form field.

DatetimeField::FieldHolder() — Method in class DatetimeField
DatetimeField::Field() — Method in class DatetimeField
DatetimeField_Readonly::Field() — Method in class DatetimeField_Readonly
$ Debug#friendly_error_headerProperty in class Debug
$ Debug#friendly_error_httpcodeProperty in class Debug

Set to true to enable friendly errors to set a http response code corresponding to the error.

$ Debug#friendly_error_detailProperty in class Debug
Debug::fatalHandler() — Method in class Debug

Handle a fatal error, depending on the mode of the site (ie: Dev, Test, or Live).

Debug::friendlyError() — Method in class Debug

Render a user-facing error page, using the default HTML error template rendered by {@link ErrorPage} if it exists. Doesn't use the standard {@link SS_HTTPResponse} class the keep dependencies minimal.

Diff::finaltext() — Method in class Diff

Get the final set of lines.

Director::fileExists() — Method in class Director

Returns true if the given file exists.

Director::forceSSL() — Method in class Director

Force the site to run on SSL.

Director::forceWWW() — Method in class Director

Force a redirect to a domain starting with "www."

DropdownField::Field() — Method in class DropdownField
Email::From() — Method in class Email
Enum::formField() — Method in class Enum

Return a dropdown field suitable for editing this field.

$ ErrorControlChain#fatal_errorsProperty in class ErrorControlChain
ErrorPage::fieldLabels() — Method in class ErrorPage
FieldGroupClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Lets you include a nested group of fields inside a template.

FieldListClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

A list designed to hold form field instances.

FieldList::findOrMakeTab() — Method in class FieldList

Returns the specified tab object, creating it if necessary.

FieldList::fieldByName() — Method in class FieldList

Returns a named field.

FieldList::fieldPosition() — Method in class FieldList

Find the numerical position of a field within the children collection. Doesn't work recursively.

FieldList::forTemplate() — Method in class FieldList

Default template rendering of a FieldList will concatenate all FieldHolder values.

FileClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

This class handles the representation of a file on the filesystem within the framework.

File::find() — Method in class File

Find a File object by the given filename.

File::format_size() — Method in class File

Formats a file size (eg: (int)42 becomes string '42 bytes')

File::flushCache() — Method in class File

Flush the cached results for all relations (has_one, has_many, many_many) Also clears any cached aggregate data.

File::fieldLabels() — Method in class File
FileFieldClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Represents a file type which can be added to a form.

FileField::Field() — Method in class FileField
FileNameFilterClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Filter certain characters from file name, for nicer (more SEO-friendly) URLs as well as better filesystem compatibility. Can be used for files and folders.

FileNameFilter::filter() — Method in class FileNameFilter

Depending on the applied replacement rules, this method might result in an empty string. In this case, {@link getDefaultName()} will be used to return a randomly generated file name, while retaining its extension.

FilesystemClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

A collection of static methods for manipulating the filesystem.

$ Filesystem#file_create_maskProperty in class Filesystem
$ Filesystem#folder_create_maskProperty in class Filesystem
Filesystem::fixfiles() — Method in class Filesystem

Cleanup function to reset all the Filename fields. Visit File/fixfiles to call.

Filesystem::folderModTime() — Method in class Filesystem

Return the most recent modification time of anything in the folder.

FilesystemSyncTaskClass in namespace [Global Namespace]
FixtureBlueprintClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

A blueprint on how to create instances of a certain {@link DataObject} subclass.

FixtureFactoryClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Manages a set of database fixtures for {@link DataObject} records as well as raw database table rows.

FloatClass in namespace [Global Namespace]
FlushRequestFilterClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Triggers a call to flush() on all implementors of Flushable.

FlushableClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Provides an interface for classes to implement their own flushing functionality whenever flush=1 is requested.

Flushable::flush() — Method in class Flushable

This function is triggered early in the request if the "flush" query parameter has been set. Each class that implements Flushable implements this function which looks after it's own specific flushing functionality.

FolderClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Represents a folder in the assets/ directory.

Folder::find_or_make() — Method in class Folder

Find the given folder or create it both as {@link Folder} database records and on the filesystem. If necessary, creates parent folders as well. If it's unable to find or make the folder, it will return null (as /assets is unable to be represented by a Folder DataObject)

Folder_UnusedAssetsFieldClass in namespace [Global Namespace]
Folder_UnusedAssetsField::FieldHolder() — Method in class Folder_UnusedAssetsField

Returns a "field holder" for this field.

ForeignKeyClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

A special type Int field used for foreign keys in has_one relationships.

FormClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Base class for all forms.

Form::Fields() — Method in class Form

Return the form's fields - used by the templates

Form::FormAttributes() — Method in class Form
Form::FormHttpMethod() — Method in class Form

Returns the real HTTP method for the form: GET, POST, PUT, DELETE or HEAD.

Form::FormMethod() — Method in class Form

Returns the form method to be used in the

tag.

Form::FormAction() — Method in class Form

Return the form's action attribute.

Form::FormName() — Method in class Form

Returns the name of the form.

Form::FieldMap() — Method in class Form

Returns an object where there is a method with the same name as each data field on the form.

Form::forTemplate() — Method in class Form

Return a rendered version of this form.

Form::forAjaxTemplate() — Method in class Form

Return a rendered version of this form, suitable for ajax post-back.

Form::formHtmlContent() — Method in class Form

Returns an HTML rendition of this form, without the tag itself.

FormActionClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

The action buttons are <input type="submit"> as well as <button> tags.

FormAction::Field() — Method in class FormAction
FormAction::FieldHolder() — Method in class FormAction
FormEncodedDataFormatterClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Accepts form encoded strings and converts them to a valid PHP array via {@link parse_str()}.

FormFieldClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Represents a field in a form.

FormField::Field() — Method in class FormField

Returns the form field.

FormField::FieldHolder() — Method in class FormField

Returns a "field holder" for this field.

FormField::forTemplate() — Method in class FormField

This function is used by the template processor. If you refer to a field as a $ variable, it will return the $Field value.

FormScaffolderClass in namespace [Global Namespace]
$ FormScaffolder#fieldClassesProperty in class FormScaffolder
FormTemplateHelperClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

A helper class for managing {@link Form} and {@link FormField} HTML template output.

FormTemplateHelper_Pre32Class in namespace [Global Namespace]

Note that this will cause duplicate and invalid ID attributes.

FormTransformationClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

This class represents "transformations" of a form - such as making it printable or making it readonly.

Form_FieldMapClass in namespace [Global Namespace]
FulltextFilterClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Filters by full-text matching on the given field.

FulltextSearchableClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Provides a simple search engine for your site based on the MySQL FULLTEXT index.

FunctionalTestClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

SilverStripe-specific testing object designed to support functional testing of your web app. It simulates get/post requests, form submission, and can validate resulting HTML, looking up content by CSS selector.

FunctionalTest::findAttribute() — Method in class FunctionalTest

Find an attribute in a SimpleXMLElement object by name.

GDBackend::failedResample() — Method in class GDBackend

Check if this image has previously crashed GD when attempting to open it - if it's opened successfully, the manipulation's cache key is removed.

GDBackend::fittedResize() — Method in class GDBackend

Resizes the image to fit within the given region.

GridField::FieldHolder() — Method in class GridField

Returns the whole gridfield rendered with all the attached components.

GridField::Field() — Method in class GridField
$ GridFieldDataColumns#fieldCastingProperty in class GridFieldDataColumns
$ GridFieldDataColumns#fieldFormattingProperty in class GridFieldDataColumns
$ GridFieldSortableHeader#fieldSortingProperty in class GridFieldSortableHeader
Group::fieldLabels() — Method in class Group
GroupedDropdownField::Field() — Method in class GroupedDropdownField
HTMLText::FirstSentence() — Method in class HTMLText

Returns the first sentence from the first paragraph. If it can't figure out what the first paragraph is (or there isn't one), it returns the same as Summary()

HTMLText::forTemplate() — Method in class HTMLText
HTMLVarchar::forTemplate() — Method in class HTMLVarchar
HTTP::filename2url() — Method in class HTTP

Turns a local system filename into a URL by comparing it to the script filename.

HTTP::findByTagAndAttribute() — Method in class HTTP

Search for all tags with a specific attribute, then return the value of that attribute in a flat array.

HiddenField::FieldHolder() — Method in class HiddenField
Hierarchy::flushCache() — Method in class Hierarchy

Flush all Hierarchy caches:

  • Children (instance)
  • NumChildren (instance)
  • Marked (global)
  • Expanded (global)
  • TreeOpened (global)
HtmlEditorField_Readonly::Field() — Method in class HtmlEditorField_Readonly
$ HtmlEditorField_Toolbar#fileurl_scheme_whitelistProperty in class HtmlEditorField_Toolbar
$ HtmlEditorField_Toolbar#fileurl_domain_whitelistProperty in class HtmlEditorField_Toolbar
HtmlEditorField_Toolbar::forTemplate() — Method in class HtmlEditorField_Toolbar
$ Image#force_resampleProperty in class Image
$ Image#flushProperty in class Image
Image::flush() — Method in class Image

Triggered early in the request when someone requests a flush.

Image::forTemplate() — Method in class Image

Return an XHTML img tag for this Image.

Image::Fit() — Method in class Image

Scale image proportionally to fit within the specified bounds

Image::FitMax() — Method in class Image

Proportionally scale down this image if it is wider or taller than the specified dimensions.

Image::Fill() — Method in class Image

Resize and crop image to fill specified dimensions.

Image::FillMax() — Method in class Image

Crop this image to the aspect ratio defined by the specified width and height, then scale down the image to those dimensions if it exceeds them.

InlineFormAction::Field() — Method in class InlineFormAction
InlineFormAction_ReadOnly::Field() — Method in class InlineFormAction_ReadOnly
$ LeftAndMain#frame_optionsProperty in class LeftAndMain

Value of X-Frame-Options header

LeftAndMain_TreeNode::forTemplate() — Method in class LeftAndMain_TreeNode

Returns template, for further processing by {@link Hierarchy->getChildrenAsUL()}.

ListboxField::Field() — Method in class ListboxField

Returns a select tag containing all the appropriate option tags

LiteralField::FieldHolder() — Method in class LiteralField
LiteralField::Field() — Method in class LiteralField
LoginAttempt::fieldLabels() — Method in class LoginAttempt

Get any user defined searchable fields labels that exist. Allows overriding of default field names in the form interface actually presented to the user.

LookupField::Field() — Method in class LookupField

Returns a readonly span containing the correct value.

$ Member#FirstNameProperty in class Member
$ Member#FailedLoginCountProperty in class Member
Member::fieldLabels() — Method in class Member
MemberDatetimeOptionsetField::Field() — Method in class MemberDatetimeOptionsetField
MemberLoginForm::forgotPassword() — Method in class MemberLoginForm

Forgot password form handler method.

Member_GroupSet::foreignIDFilter() — Method in class Member_GroupSet

Link this group set to a specific member.

Member_GroupSet::foreignIDWriteFilter() — Method in class Member_GroupSet
ModelAsController::find_old_page() — Method in class ModelAsController
MoneyField::Field() — Method in class MoneyField
MultiEnum::formField() — Method in class MultiEnum

Return a {@link CheckboxSetField} suitable for editing this field

MySQLDatabase::formattedDatetimeClause() — Method in class MySQLDatabase

function to return an SQL datetime expression that can be used with the adapter in use used for querying a datetime in a certain format

MySQLSchemaManager::fieldList() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager

Get a list of all the fields for the given table.

MySQLSchemaManager::float() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager

Return a float type-formatted string For MySQL, we simply return the word 'date', no other parameters are necessary

NullableField::Field() — Method in class NullableField
Oembed_Result::findThumbnail() — Method in class Oembed_Result

Find thumbnail if omitted from data

Oembed_Result::forTemplate() — Method in class Oembed_Result
OldPageRedirector::find_old_page() — Method in class OldPageRedirector

Attempt to find an old/renamed page from some given the URL as an array

OptionsetField::Field() — Method in class OptionsetField
PDOConnector::flushStatements() — Method in class PDOConnector

Flush all prepared statements

PaginatedList::FirstItem() — Method in class PaginatedList

Returns the number of the first item being displayed on the current page. This is useful for things like "displaying 10-20".

PaginatedList::FirstLink() — Method in class PaginatedList

Returns a link to the first page.

Permission::flush_permission_cache() — Method in class Permission

Flush the permission cache, for example if you have edited group membership or a permission record.

PermissionCheckboxSetField::Field() — Method in class PermissionCheckboxSetField
PermissionRole::fieldLabels() — Method in class PermissionRole

Get any user defined searchable fields labels that exist. Allows overriding of default field names in the form interface actually presented to the user.

PhoneNumberField::Field() — Method in class PhoneNumberField
PrintableTransformation_TabSet::FieldHolder() — Method in class PrintableTransformation_TabSet

Returns a tab-strip and the associated tabs.

ReadonlyField::Field() — Method in class ReadonlyField
RelationList::forForeignID() — Method in class RelationList

Returns a copy of this list with the ManyMany relationship linked to the given foreign ID.

RemoveOrphanedPagesTask::Form() — Method in class RemoveOrphanedPagesTask
RequiredFields::fieldIsRequired() — Method in class RequiredFields

Returns true if the named field is "required".

Requirements::flush() — Method in class Requirements

Triggered early in the request when a flush is requested

$ RestfulService#flushProperty in class RestfulService
RestfulService::flush() — Method in class RestfulService

Triggered early in the request when someone requests a flush.

SQLConditionalExpression::filtersOnID() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression

Checks whether this query is for a specific ID in a table

SQLConditionalExpression::filtersOnFK() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression

Checks whether this query is filtering on a foreign key, ie finding a has_many relationship

SQLFormatter::formatPlain() — Method in class SQLFormatter
SQLFormatter::formatHTML() — Method in class SQLFormatter
SQLSelect::firstRow() — Method in class SQLSelect

Returns a query that returns only the first row of this query

SSViewer::flush() — Method in class SSViewer

Triggered early in the request when someone requests a flush.

SSViewer::fromString() — Method in class SSViewer

Create a template from a string instead of a .ss file

SSViewer::flush_template_cache() — Method in class SSViewer

Clears all parsed template files in the cache folder.

SSViewer::flush_cacheblock_cache() — Method in class SSViewer

Clears all partial cache blocks.

SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport::First() — Method in class SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport

Returns true if this object is the first in a set.

SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport::FirstLast() — Method in class SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport

Returns 'first' or 'last' if this is the first or last object in the set.

SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport::FromEnd() — Method in class SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport

Return the position of this item from the last item in the list. The position of the final item is $endIndex, which defaults to 1.

SS_Backtrace::filtered_backtrace() — Method in class SS_Backtrace

Return debug_backtrace() results with functions filtered specific to the debugging system, and not the trace.

SS_Backtrace::filter_backtrace() — Method in class SS_Backtrace

Filter a backtrace so that it doesn't show the calls to the debugging system, which is useless information.

SS_Backtrace::full_func_name() — Method in class SS_Backtrace

Return the full function name. If showArgs is set to true, a string representation of the arguments will be shown

SS_Cache::factory() — Method in class SS_Cache

Build a cache object.

SS_Database::formattedDatetimeClause() — Method in class SS_Database

function to return an SQL datetime expression that can be used with the adapter in use used for querying a datetime in a certain format

SS_Database::fieldList() — Method in class SS_Database
SS_Datetime::FormatFromSettings() — Method in class SS_Datetime

Return a date and time formatted as per a CMS user's settings.

SS_FileFinder::find() — Method in class SS_FileFinder

Finds all files matching the options within a directory. The search is performed depth first.

SS_Filterable::filter() — Method in class SS_Filterable

Return a new instance of this list that only includes items with these charactaristics

SS_Filterable::filterByCallback() — Method in class SS_Filterable

Return a new instance of this list that excludes any items with these charactaristics Filter this List by a callback function. The function will be passed each record of the List in turn, and must return true for the record to be included. Returns the filtered list.

SS_HTMLValue::forTemplate() — Method in class SS_HTMLValue
SS_List::first() — Method in class SS_List

Returns the first item in the list.

SS_List::find() — Method in class SS_List

Returns the first item in the list where the key field is equal to the value.

SS_ListDecorator::First() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator
SS_ListDecorator::forTemplate() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator
SS_ListDecorator::find() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator

Returns the first item in the list where the key field is equal to the value.

SS_ListDecorator::filter() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator

Filter the list to include items with these charactaristics

SS_ListDecorator::filterAny() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator

Return a copy of this list which contains items matching any of these charactaristics.

SS_ListDecorator::filterByCallback() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator

Note that, in the current implementation, the filtered list will be an ArrayList, but this may change in a future implementation.

SS_LogEmailWriter::factory() — Method in class SS_LogEmailWriter
SS_LogErrorEmailFormatter::format() — Method in class SS_LogErrorEmailFormatter
SS_LogErrorFileFormatter::format() — Method in class SS_LogErrorFileFormatter
SS_LogFileWriter::factory() — Method in class SS_LogFileWriter
SS_Query::first() — Method in class SS_Query

Iterator function implementation. Return the first item of this iterator.

SS_SysLogWriter::factory() — Method in class SS_SysLogWriter
SS_TemplateLoader::findTemplates() — Method in class SS_TemplateLoader

Attempts to find possible candidate templates from a set of template names from modules, current theme directory and finally the application folder.

SapphireTest::findEmail() — Method in class SapphireTest

Search for an email that was sent.

SearchForm::forTemplate() — Method in class SearchForm

Return a rendered version of this form.

$ Security#frame_optionsProperty in class Security

Value of X-Frame-Options header

$ Security#force_database_is_readyProperty in class Security
Security::findAnAdministrator() — Method in class Security

Return an existing member with administrator privileges, or create one of necessary.

SelectionGroup::FieldSet() — Method in class SelectionGroup
SelectionGroup::FieldList() — Method in class SelectionGroup

Returns all the sub-fields, suitable for <% loop FieldList %>

SelectionGroup::FieldHolder() — Method in class SelectionGroup

Returns a "field holder" for this field.

SideReportView::forTemplate() — Method in class SideReportView
FactoryClass in namespace SilverStripe\Framework\Injector

A factory which is used for creating service instances.

Controller::flush() — Method in class Controller
DataObjectInterfaceTypeCreator::fields() — Method in class DataObjectInterfaceTypeCreator

Returns the internal field structures, without field resolution.

FieldAccessorInterfaceClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL
FieldCreatorClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL

Base type for query types within graphql. I.e. mutations or queries

Manager::formatError() — Method in class Manager

More verbose error display defaults.

Connection::fields() — Method in class Connection
PageInfoTypeCreator::fields() — Method in class PageInfoTypeCreator

Returns the internal field structures, without field resolution.

SortInputTypeCreator::fields() — Method in class SortInputTypeCreator

Returns the internal field structures, without field resolution.

FileProviderClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\PersistedQuery

Class FileProvider

DataObjectQueryFilter::fieldHasFilter() — Method in class DataObjectQueryFilter
FieldFilterInterfaceClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\QueryFilter

Defines the interface used by all read filters for scaffolded operations

FieldFilterRegistryClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\QueryFilter
FilterRegistryInterfaceClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\QueryFilter
StaticSchema::fetchFromManager() — Method in class StaticSchema

Gets the type from the manager given a DataObject class. Will use an inheritance type if available.

StaticSchema::formatField() — Method in class StaticSchema
StaticSchema::formatKeys() — Method in class StaticSchema

Formats all the keys of an array, preserving the values

OperationList::findByName() — Method in class OperationList
OperationList::findByIdentifier() — Method in class OperationList
OperationList::findItemByCallback() — Method in class OperationList
TypeCreator::fields() — Method in class TypeCreator

Returns the internal field structures, without field resolution.

SiteTree::flushCache() — Method in class SiteTree

Flush the cached results for all relations (has_one, has_many, many_many) Also clears any cached aggregate data.

SiteTree::fieldLabels() — Method in class SiteTree
SiteTreeURLSegmentField::Field() — Method in class SiteTreeURLSegmentField

Returns the form field.

StringField::forTemplate() — Method in class StringField
Tab::Fields() — Method in class Tab
Tab::fieldByName() — Method in class Tab

Returns the named field

TabSet::FieldHolder() — Method in class TabSet

Returns a tab-strip and the associated tabs.

TabSet::fieldByName() — Method in class TabSet

Returns a named field.

TestMailer::findEmail() — Method in class TestMailer

Search for an email that was sent.

TestSession::followRedirection() — Method in class TestSession

If the last request was a 3xx response, then follow the redirection

Text::FirstSentence() — Method in class Text

Caution: Not XML/HTML-safe - does not respect closing tags.

Text::FirstParagraph() — Method in class Text

Caution: Not XML/HTML-safe - does not respect closing tags.

Time::Format() — Method in class Time

Return the time using a particular formatting string.

TimeField::Field() — Method in class TimeField

Returns the form field.

TimeField_Readonly::Field() — Method in class TimeField_Readonly

Returns the form field.

ToggleCompositeField::FieldHolder() — Method in class ToggleCompositeField
ToggleField::Field() — Method in class ToggleField
TokenisedRegularExpression::findAll() — Method in class TokenisedRegularExpression
TreeDropdownField::Field() — Method in class TreeDropdownField
TreeDropdownField::filterMarking() — Method in class TreeDropdownField

Marking public function for the tree, which combines different filters sensibly.

TreeDropdownField_Readonly::Field() — Method in class TreeDropdownField_Readonly
TreeMultiselectField::Field() — Method in class TreeMultiselectField

We overwrite the field attribute to add our hidden fields, as this formfield can contain multiple values.

TreeMultiselectField_Readonly::Field() — Method in class TreeMultiselectField_Readonly

We overwrite the field attribute to add our hidden fields, as this formfield can contain multiple values.

URLSegmentFilter::filter() — Method in class URLSegmentFilter

Note: Depending on the applied replacement rules, this method might result in an empty string.

UnsavedRelationList::first() — Method in class UnsavedRelationList

Returns the first item in the list

UnsavedRelationList::forForeignID() — Method in class UnsavedRelationList

Returns a copy of this list with the relationship linked to the given foreign ID.

UploadField::Field() — Method in class UploadField
UploadField::fileexists() — Method in class UploadField

Determines if a specified file exists

UploadField_SelectHandler::Form() — Method in class UploadField_SelectHandler

Build the file selection form.

Validator::fieldIsRequired() — Method in class Validator

Returns whether the field in question is required. This will usually display '*' next to the field. The base implementation always returns false.

Versioned::flushCache() — Method in class Versioned

Clear the cached version numbers from previous queries.

VersionedReadingMode::fromDataQueryParams() — Method in class VersionedReadingMode

Converts dataquery params to original reading mode.

VersionedReadingMode::fromQueryString() — Method in class VersionedReadingMode

Convert querystring arguments to reading mode.

ViewableData_Debugger::forTemplate() — Method in class ViewableData_Debugger

Return debugging information, as XHTML. If a field name is passed, it will show debugging information on that field, otherwise it will show information on all methods and fields.

$ _DiffOp#finalProperty in class _DiffOp
i18n::flush() — Method in class i18n

Triggered early in the request when someone requests a flush.

G

ArrayData::getField() — Method in class ArrayData

Gets a field from this object.

ArrayList::getIterator() — Method in class ArrayList

Returns an Iterator for this ArrayList.

AssetAdmin::getList() — Method in class AssetAdmin

Returns the files and subfolders contained in the currently selected folder, defaulting to the root node. Doubles as search results, if any search parameters are set through {@link SearchForm()}.

AssetAdmin::getEditForm() — Method in class AssetAdmin

Calls {@link SiteTree->getCMSFields()}

AssetAdmin::getSearchContext() — Method in class AssetAdmin

Get the search context

AssetAdmin::getSiteTreeFor() — Method in class AssetAdmin

Get a site tree HTML listing which displays the nodes under the given criteria.

AssetAdmin::getCMSTreeTitle() — Method in class AssetAdmin
AssetAdmin_DeleteBatchAction::getActionTitle() — Method in class AssetAdmin_DeleteBatchAction

The the text to show in the dropdown for this action

Authenticator::get_login_form() — Method in class Authenticator

Method that creates the login form for this authentication method

Authenticator::get_cms_login_form() — Method in class Authenticator

Method that creates the re-authentication form for the in-CMS view

Authenticator::get_name() — Method in class Authenticator

Get the name of the authentication method

Authenticator::get_authenticators() — Method in class Authenticator

Get all registered authenticators

Authenticator::get_default_authenticator() — Method in class Authenticator
BrokenFilesReport::group() — Method in class BrokenFilesReport
BrokenFilesReport::getParameterFields() — Method in class BrokenFilesReport
BrokenRedirectorPagesReport::group() — Method in class BrokenRedirectorPagesReport
BrokenRedirectorPagesReport::getParameterFields() — Method in class BrokenRedirectorPagesReport
BrokenVirtualPagesReport::group() — Method in class BrokenVirtualPagesReport
BrokenVirtualPagesReport::getParameterFields() — Method in class BrokenVirtualPagesReport
BuildTask::getTitle() — Method in class BuildTask
BuildTask::getDescription() — Method in class BuildTask
BulkLoader::getOptionFields() — Method in class BulkLoader

Return a FieldList containing all the options for this form; this doesn't include the actual upload field itself

BulkLoader::getImportSpec() — Method in class BulkLoader

Get a specification of all available columns and relations on the used model.

CMSBatchAction::getActionTitle() — Method in class CMSBatchAction

The the text to show in the dropdown for this action

CMSBatchAction::getParameterFields() — Method in class CMSBatchAction

If your batchaction has parameters, return a FieldList here

CMSBatchAction_Archive::getActionTitle() — Method in class CMSBatchAction_Archive

The the text to show in the dropdown for this action

CMSBatchAction_Delete::getActionTitle() — Method in class CMSBatchAction_Delete

The the text to show in the dropdown for this action

CMSBatchAction_DeleteFromLive::getActionTitle() — Method in class CMSBatchAction_DeleteFromLive

The the text to show in the dropdown for this action

CMSBatchAction_Publish::getActionTitle() — Method in class CMSBatchAction_Publish

The the text to show in the dropdown for this action

CMSBatchAction_Restore::getActionTitle() — Method in class CMSBatchAction_Restore

The the text to show in the dropdown for this action

CMSBatchAction_Unpublish::getActionTitle() — Method in class CMSBatchAction_Unpublish

The the text to show in the dropdown for this action

CMSFileAddController::getEditForm() — Method in class CMSFileAddController
CMSForm::getValidationExemptActions() — Method in class CMSForm

Get a list of actions that are exempt from validation

CMSForm::getResponseNegotiator() — Method in class CMSForm

Gets the current response negotiator

CMSMain::getResponseNegotiator() — Method in class CMSMain

Caution: Volatile API.

CMSMain::getRecord() — Method in class CMSMain

Get a database record to be managed by the CMS.

CMSMain::getEditForm() — Method in class CMSMain
CMSMain::getList() — Method in class CMSMain

Returns the pages meet a certain criteria as {see CMSSiteTreeFilter} or the subpages of a parent page defaulting to no filter and show all pages in first level.

CMSMain::getNewItem() — Method in class CMSMain
CMSMemberLoginForm::getExternalLink() — Method in class CMSMemberLoginForm

Get link to use for external security actions

CMSMenu::get_menu_item() — Method in class CMSMenu

Get a single menu item by its code value.

CMSMenu::get_menu_items() — Method in class CMSMenu

Get all menu entries.

CMSMenu::get_viewable_menu_items() — Method in class CMSMenu

Get all menu items that the passed member can view.

CMSMenu::get_cms_classes() — Method in class CMSMenu

A utility funciton to retrieve subclasses of a given class that are instantiable (ie, not abstract) and have a valid menu title.

CMSMenu::getIterator() — Method in class CMSMenu

IteratorAggregate Interface Method. Iterates over the menu items.

CMSMenuItem::getAttributesHTML() — Method in class CMSMenuItem
CMSPageHistoryController::getResponseNegotiator() — Method in class CMSPageHistoryController

Caution: Volatile API.

CMSPageHistoryController::getSilverStripeNavigator() — Method in class CMSPageHistoryController

Used for preview controls, mainly links which switch between different states of the page.

CMSPageHistoryController::getEditForm() — Method in class CMSPageHistoryController

Returns the read only version of the edit form. Detaches all {@link FormAction} instances attached since only action relates to revert.

CMSPageHistoryController::getVersionID() — Method in class CMSPageHistoryController

Get current version ID

CMSPageSettingsController::getEditForm() — Method in class CMSPageSettingsController
CMSProfileController::getEditForm() — Method in class CMSProfileController

Calls {@link SiteTree->getCMSFields()}

CMSSecurity::getTargetMember() — Method in class CMSSecurity

Get known logged out member

CMSSecurity::getResponseController() — Method in class CMSSecurity
CMSSecurity::getTitle() — Method in class CMSSecurity
CMSSecurity::GetLoginForms() — Method in class CMSSecurity

Get the login forms for all available authentication methods

CMSSecurity::getTemplatesFor() — Method in class CMSSecurity

Determine the list of templates to use for rendering the given action

CMSSecurity::getIncludeTemplate() — Method in class CMSSecurity

Gets the template for an include used for security.

CMSSiteTreeFilter::get_all_filters() — Method in class CMSSiteTreeFilter

Returns a sorted array of all implementators of CMSSiteTreeFilter, suitable for use in a dropdown.

CMSSiteTreeFilter::getChildrenMethod() — Method in class CMSSiteTreeFilter

Method on {@link Hierarchy} objects which is used to traverse into children relationships.

CMSSiteTreeFilter::getNumChildrenMethod() — Method in class CMSSiteTreeFilter

Method on {@link Hierarchy} objects which is used find the number of children for a parent page

CMSSiteTreeFilter::getPageClasses() — Method in class CMSSiteTreeFilter

Given a page, determine any additional CSS classes to apply to the tree node

CMSSiteTreeFilter::getFilteredPages() — Method in class CMSSiteTreeFilter

Gets the list of filtered pages

CMSSiteTreeFilter_ChangedPages::getFilteredPages() — Method in class CMSSiteTreeFilter_ChangedPages

Gets the list of filtered pages

CMSSiteTreeFilter_DeletedPages::getFilteredPages() — Method in class CMSSiteTreeFilter_DeletedPages

Gets the list of filtered pages

CMSSiteTreeFilter_PublishedPages::getFilteredPages() — Method in class CMSSiteTreeFilter_PublishedPages

Filters out all pages who's status who's status that doesn't exist on live

CMSSiteTreeFilter_Search::getFilteredPages() — Method in class CMSSiteTreeFilter_Search

Retun an array of maps containing the keys, 'ID' and 'ParentID' for each page to be displayed in the search.

CMSSiteTreeFilter_StatusDeletedPages::getFilteredPages() — Method in class CMSSiteTreeFilter_StatusDeletedPages

Filters out all pages who's status is set to "Deleted".

CMSSiteTreeFilter_StatusDraftPages::getFilteredPages() — Method in class CMSSiteTreeFilter_StatusDraftPages

Filters out all pages who's status is set to "Draft".

CMSSiteTreeFilter_StatusRemovedFromDraftPages::getFilteredPages() — Method in class CMSSiteTreeFilter_StatusRemovedFromDraftPages

Filters out all pages who's status is set to "Removed from draft".

CSSContentParser::getBySelector() — Method in class CSSContentParser

Returns a number of SimpleXML elements that match the given CSS selector.

CSSContentParser::getByXpath() — Method in class CSSContentParser

Allows querying the content through XPATH selectors.

CacheProxy::getBackend() — Method in class CacheProxy
CacheProxy::getOption() — Method in class CacheProxy
CacheProxy::getIds() — Method in class CacheProxy
CacheProxy::getTags() — Method in class CacheProxy
CacheProxy::getIdsMatchingTags() — Method in class CacheProxy
CacheProxy::getIdsNotMatchingTags() — Method in class CacheProxy
CacheProxy::getIdsMatchingAnyTags() — Method in class CacheProxy
CacheProxy::getFillingPercentage() — Method in class CacheProxy
CacheProxy::getMetadatas() — Method in class CacheProxy
CheckboxField::getAttributes() — Method in class CheckboxField

Allows customization through an 'updateAttributes' hook on the base class.

CheckboxSetField::getOptions() — Method in class CheckboxSetField
CheckboxSetField::getDefaultItems() — Method in class CheckboxSetField
ClassInfo::getValidSubClasses() — Method in class ClassInfo

Returns the manifest of all classes which are present in the database.

CompositeField::getChildren() — Method in class CompositeField

Accessor method for $this->children

CompositeField::getTag() — Method in class CompositeField
CompositeField::getLegend() — Method in class CompositeField
CompositeField::getAttributes() — Method in class CompositeField

Allows customization through an 'updateAttributes' hook on the base class.

CompositeField::getColumnCount() — Method in class CompositeField
Config::get() — Method in class Config

Get the config value associated for a given class and property

Config_ForClass::get() — Method in class Config_ForClass
Config_LRU::get() — Method in class Config_LRU

Return a cached value in the case of a hit, false otherwise.

Config_MemCache::get() — Method in class Config_MemCache
ConfirmedPasswordField::getChildren() — Method in class ConfirmedPasswordField

Returns the children of this field for use in templating.

ConfirmedPasswordField::getShowOnClickTitle() — Method in class ConfirmedPasswordField
ConfirmedPasswordField::getRequireExistingPassword() — Method in class ConfirmedPasswordField

Check if existing password is required

ContentController::getMenu() — Method in class ContentController

Returns a fixed navigation menu of the given level.

ContentController::getViewer() — Method in class ContentController

Return an SSViewer object to render the template for the current page.

ContentNegotiator::get_encoding() — Method in class ContentNegotiator

Return the character encoding set bhy ContentNegotiator::set_encoding(). It's recommended that all classes that need to specify the character set make use of this function.

Controller::getURLParams() — Method in class Controller
Controller::getResponse() — Method in class Controller

Returns the SS_HTTPResponse object that this controller is building up.

Controller::getFormOwner() — Method in class Controller

Return the object that is going to own a form that's being processed, and handle its execution.

Controller::getAction() — Method in class Controller

Returns the action that is being executed on this controller.

Controller::getViewer() — Method in class Controller

Return an SSViewer object to process the data

Controller::getSession() — Method in class Controller

Get the Session object representing this Controller's session

Controller::get_template_global_variables() — Method in class Controller

Called by SSViewer to get a list of global variables to expose to the template, the static method to call on this class to get the value for those variables, and the class to use for casting the returned value for use in a template

Cookie::get_inst() — Method in class Cookie

Fetch the current instance of the cookie backend

Cookie::get() — Method in class Cookie

Get the cookie value by name

Cookie::get_all() — Method in class Cookie

Get all the cookies

CookieJar::get() — Method in class CookieJar

Get the cookie value by name

CookieJar::getAll() — Method in class CookieJar

Get all the cookies

Cookie_Backend::get() — Method in class Cookie_Backend

Get the cookie value by name

Cookie_Backend::getAll() — Method in class Cookie_Backend

Get all the cookies

CreditCardField::getAttributes() — Method in class CreditCardField

Add default attributes for use on all inputs.

CreditCardField::getTabIndexHTML() — Method in class CreditCardField

Get tabindex HTML string

DB::get_conn() — Method in class DB

Get the global database connection.

DB::getConn() — Method in class DB
DB::get_schema() — Method in class DB

Retrieves the schema manager for the current database

DB::get_connector() — Method in class DB

Retrieves the connector object for the current database

DB::get_alternative_database_name() — Method in class DB

Get the name of the database in use

DB::getConnect() — Method in class DB
DB::get_generated_id() — Method in class DB

Get the autogenerated ID from the previous INSERT query.

DB::getGeneratedID() — Method in class DB
DBConnector::getVersion() — Method in class DBConnector

Query for the version of the currently connected database

DBConnector::getSelectedDatabase() — Method in class DBConnector

Retrieves the name of the currently selected database

DBConnector::getLastError() — Method in class DBConnector

Retrieves the last error generated from the database connection

DBConnector::getGeneratedID() — Method in class DBConnector

Determines the last ID generated from the specified table.

DBField::getName() — Method in class DBField

Returns the name of this field.

DBField::getValue() — Method in class DBField

Returns the value of this field.

DBLocale::getShortName() — Method in class DBLocale

Resolves the locale to a common english-language name through {@link i18n::get_common_locales()}.

DBLocale::getLongName() — Method in class DBLocale
DBLocale::getNativeName() — Method in class DBLocale

Returns the localized name based on the field's value.

DBQueryBuilder::getSeparator() — Method in class DBQueryBuilder

Determines the line separator to use.

DataExtension::get_extra_config() — Method in class DataExtension
DataFormatter::getCustomFields() — Method in class DataFormatter
DataFormatter::getCustomRelations() — Method in class DataFormatter
DataFormatter::getCustomAddFields() — Method in class DataFormatter
DataFormatter::getRemoveFields() — Method in class DataFormatter
DataFormatter::getOutputContentType() — Method in class DataFormatter
DataFormatter::getTotalSize() — Method in class DataFormatter
DataList::getRelationName() — Method in class DataList

Translates a {@link Object} relation name to a Database name and apply the relation join to the query. Throws an InvalidArgumentException if the $field doesn't correspond to a relation.

DataList::getIterator() — Method in class DataList

Returns an Iterator for this DataList.

DataList::getIDList() — Method in class DataList

Returns an array with both the keys and values set to the IDs of the records in this list.

DataObject::get_validation_enabled() — Method in class DataObject

Returns when validation on DataObjects is enabled.

DataObject::get_classname_spec() — Method in class DataObject

Determines the specification for the ClassName field for the given class

DataObject::getObsoleteClassName() — Method in class DataObject
DataObject::getClassName() — Method in class DataObject
DataObject::getTitle() — Method in class DataObject

Standard implementation of a title/label for a specific record. Tries to find properties 'Title' or 'Name', and falls back to the 'ID'. Useful to provide user-friendly identification of a record, e.g. in errormessages or UI-selections.

DataObject::getQueriedDatabaseFields() — Method in class DataObject

Return all currently fetched database fields.

DataObject::getClassAncestry() — Method in class DataObject

Get the class ancestry, including the current class name.

DataObject::getComponent() — Method in class DataObject

Return a component object from a one to one relationship, as a DataObject.

DataObject::getComponents() — Method in class DataObject

Returns a one-to-many relation as a HasManyList

DataObject::getComponentsQuery() — Method in class DataObject
DataObject::getRelationClass() — Method in class DataObject

Find the foreign class of a relation on this DataObject, regardless of the relation type.

DataObject::getRemoteJoinField() — Method in class DataObject

Tries to find the database key on another object that is used to store a relationship to this class. If no join field can be found it defaults to 'ParentID'.

DataObject::getManyManyComponents() — Method in class DataObject

Returns a many-to-many component, as a ManyManyList.

DataObject::getDefaultSearchContext() — Method in class DataObject

Generates a SearchContext to be used for building and processing a generic search form for properties on this object.

DataObject::getCMSFields() — Method in class DataObject

Centerpiece of every data administration interface in Silverstripe, which returns a {@link FieldList} suitable for a {@link Form} object.

DataObject::getCMSActions() — Method in class DataObject

need to be overload by solid dataobject, so that the customised actions of that dataobject, including that dataobject's extensions customised actions could be added to the EditForm.

DataObject::getFrontEndFields() — Method in class DataObject

Used for simple frontend forms without relation editing or {@link TabSet} behaviour. Uses {@link scaffoldFormFields()} by default. To customize, either overload this method in your subclass, or extend it by {@link DataExtension->updateFrontEndFields()}.

DataObject::getField() — Method in class DataObject

Gets the value of a field.

DataObject::getChangedFields() — Method in class DataObject

Return the fields that have changed.

DataObject::getReverseAssociation() — Method in class DataObject

Temporary hack to return an association name, based on class, to get around the mangle of having to deal with reverse lookup of relationships to determine autogenerated foreign keys.

DataObject::get() — Method in class DataObject

Return all objects matching the filter sub-classes are automatically selected and included

DataObject::get_one() — Method in class DataObject

Return the first item matching the given query.

DataObject::get_by_id() — Method in class DataObject

Return the given element, searching by ID

DataObject::getSourceQueryParams() — Method in class DataObject
DataObject::getSourceQueryParam() — Method in class DataObject
DataQuery::getFinalisedQuery() — Method in class DataQuery

Ensure that the query is ready to execute.

DataQuery::groupby() — Method in class DataQuery

Append a GROUP BY clause to this query.

DataQuery::getQueryParam() — Method in class DataQuery

Set an arbitrary query parameter, that can be used by decorators to add additional meta-data to the query.

DataQuery::getQueryParams() — Method in class DataQuery

Returns all query parameters

DatabaseAdapterRegistry::get_adapters() — Method in class DatabaseAdapterRegistry

Return all registered adapters

DatabaseAdapterRegistry::get_adapter() — Method in class DatabaseAdapterRegistry

Returns registry data for a class

DatabaseAdapterRegistry::get_default_fields() — Method in class DatabaseAdapterRegistry

Retrieves default field configuration

DatabaseAdmin::groupedDataClasses() — Method in class DatabaseAdmin

Get the data classes, grouped by their root class

DatabaseConfigurationHelper::getDatabaseVersion() — Method in class DatabaseConfigurationHelper

Determines the version of the database server

DatalessField::getAttributes() — Method in class DatalessField

Allows customization through an 'updateAttributes' hook on the base class.

DatalessField::getAllowHTML() — Method in class DatalessField
DateField::getLocale() — Method in class DateField
DateField::getConfig() — Method in class DateField
DateField_View_JQuery::getField() — Method in class DateField_View_JQuery
DatetimeField::getDateField() — Method in class DatetimeField
DatetimeField::getTimeField() — Method in class DatetimeField
DatetimeField::getTimezoneField() — Method in class DatetimeField
DatetimeField::getLocale() — Method in class DatetimeField
DatetimeField::getConfig() — Method in class DatetimeField

Note: Use {@link getDateField()} and {@link getTimeField()} to get field-specific config options.

Deprecation::get_enabled() — Method in class Deprecation

Determine if deprecation notices should be displayed

DevelopmentAdmin::generatesecuretoken() — Method in class DevelopmentAdmin

Generate a secure token which can be used as a crypto key.

Diff::getHTMLChunks() — Method in class Diff
Director::get_current_page() — Method in class Director

Return the {@link SiteTree} object that is currently being viewed. If there is no SiteTree object to return, then this will return the current controller.

Director::getAbsFile() — Method in class Director

Given a filesystem reference relative to the site root, return the full file-system path.

Director::get_environment_type() — Method in class Director

Can also be checked with {@link Director::isDev()}, {@link Director::isTest()}, and {@link Director::isLive()}.

Director::get_template_global_variables() — Method in class Director
DropdownField::getDisabledItems() — Method in class DropdownField
DropdownField::getAttributes() — Method in class DropdownField
DropdownField::getSource() — Method in class DropdownField

Gets the source array including any empty default values.

DropdownField::getHasEmptyDefault() — Method in class DropdownField
DropdownField::getEmptyString() — Method in class DropdownField
DropdownField::getSourceAsArray() — Method in class DropdownField

Get the source of this field as an array

Email::getTemplate() — Method in class Email
Email::getAdminEmail() — Method in class Email
EmailField::getAttributes() — Method in class EmailField
EmptyPagesReport::group() — Method in class EmptyPagesReport
ErrorPage::getCMSFields() — Method in class ErrorPage
ErrorPage::get_filepath_for_errorcode() — Method in class ErrorPage

Returns an absolute filesystem path to a static error file which is generated through {@link publish()}.

ErrorPage::get_static_filepath() — Method in class ErrorPage
Extension::getOwner() — Method in class Extension

Returns the owner of this extension.

Extension::get_classname_without_arguments() — Method in class Extension

Helper method to strip eval'ed arguments from a string thats passed to {@link DataObject::$extensions} or {@link Object::add_extension()}.

FieldGroup::getZebra() — Method in class FieldGroup
FieldList::getTabPathRewrites() — Method in class FieldList
File::getTreeTitle() — Method in class File
File::getCMSFields() — Method in class File

Returns the fields to power the edit screen of files in the CMS.

File::get_app_category() — Method in class File

Returns a category based on the file extension.

File::getAbsoluteURL() — Method in class File

Gets the absolute URL accessible through the web.

File::getURL() — Method in class File

Gets the relative URL accessible through the web.

File::getFullPath() — Method in class File

Returns an absolute filesystem path to the file.

File::getRelativePath() — Method in class File

Returns path relative to webroot.

File::getFilename() — Method in class File
File::getExtension() — Method in class File

Returns the file extension

File::get_file_extension() — Method in class File

Gets the extension of a filepath or filename, by stripping away everything before the last "dot".

File::getFileType() — Method in class File

Return the type of file for the given extension on the current file name.

File::getSize() — Method in class File

Returns the size of the file type in an appropriate format.

File::getAbsoluteSize() — Method in class File

Return file size in bytes.

File::get_class_for_file_extension() — Method in class File

Maps a {@link File} subclass to a specific extension.

FileField::getAttributes() — Method in class FileField

Allows customization through an 'updateAttributes' hook on the base class.

FileField::getValidator() — Method in class FileField

Get custom validator for this field

FileField::getFolderName() — Method in class FileField

Gets the upload folder name

FileField::getUpload() — Method in class FileField

Retrieves the Upload handler

FileField::getAllowedExtensions() — Method in class FileField

Returns list of extensions allowed by this field, or an empty array if there is no restriction

FileNameFilter::getReplacements() — Method in class FileNameFilter
FileNameFilter::getTransliterator() — Method in class FileNameFilter
FileNameFilter::getDefaultName() — Method in class FileNameFilter
FixtureBlueprint::getDefaults() — Method in class FixtureBlueprint
FixtureBlueprint::getClass() — Method in class FixtureBlueprint
FixtureFactory::getId() — Method in class FixtureFactory

Get the ID of an object from the fixture.

FixtureFactory::getIds() — Method in class FixtureFactory

Return all of the IDs in the fixture of a particular class name.

FixtureFactory::get() — Method in class FixtureFactory

Get an object from the fixture.

FixtureFactory::getFixtures() — Method in class FixtureFactory
FixtureFactory::getBlueprints() — Method in class FixtureFactory
FixtureFactory::getBlueprint() — Method in class FixtureFactory
Folder::getRelativePath() — Method in class Folder

Returns path relative to webroot.

Folder::getTitle() — Method in class Folder

Standard implementation of a title/label for a specific record. Tries to find properties 'Title' or 'Name', and falls back to the 'ID'. Useful to provide user-friendly identification of a record, e.g. in errormessages or UI-selections.

Folder::getSize() — Method in class Folder

A folder doesn't have a (meaningful) file size.

Folder::getCMSFields() — Method in class Folder

Return the FieldList used to edit this folder in the CMS.

Folder::getTreeTitle() — Method in class Folder
Folder_UnusedAssetsField::getChildren() — Method in class Folder_UnusedAssetsField

Accessor method for $this->children

Form::getRedirectToFormOnValidationError() — Method in class Form

Get whether the user should be redirected back down to the form on the page upon validation errors

Form::getValidator() — Method in class Form

Get the {@link Validator} attached to this form.

Form::getExtraFields() — Method in class Form

Generate extra special fields - namely the security token field (if required).

Form::getAttribute() — Method in class Form
Form::getAttributes() — Method in class Form
Form::getAttributesHTML() — Method in class Form

Return the attributes of the form tag - used by the templates.

Form::getTemplateHelper() — Method in class Form

Return a {@link FormTemplateHelper} for this form. If one has not been set, return the default helper.

Form::getTemplate() — Method in class Form

Return the template to render this form with.

Form::getEncType() — Method in class Form

Returns the encoding type for the form.

Form::getStrictFormMethodCheck() — Method in class Form
Form::getHTMLID() — Method in class Form
Form::getController() — Method in class Form

Get the controller.

Form::getName() — Method in class Form

Get the name of the form.

Form::getRecord() — Method in class Form

Returns the DataObject that has given this form its data through {@link loadDataFrom()}.

Form::getLegend() — Method in class Form

Get the legend value to be inserted into the

element in Form.ss
Form::getData() — Method in class Form

Get the submitted data from this form through {@link FieldList->dataFields()}, which filters out any form-specific data like form-actions.

Form::getSecurityToken() — Method in class Form

Returns the security token for this form (if any exists).

FormAction::getAttributes() — Method in class FormAction

Allows customization through an 'updateAttributes' hook on the base class.

FormAction::getButtonContent() — Method in class FormAction

Gets the content inside the button field

FormAction::getUseButtonTag() — Method in class FormAction

Determine if this action is rendered as a <button />

FormField::getTemplateHelper() — Method in class FormField

Returns the current {@link FormTemplateHelper} on either the parent Form or the global helper set through the {@link Injector} layout.

FormField::getName() — Method in class FormField

Returns the field name.

FormField::getAttribute() — Method in class FormField

Get an HTML attribute defined by the field, or added through {@link setAttribute()}.

FormField::getAttributes() — Method in class FormField

Allows customization through an 'updateAttributes' hook on the base class.

FormField::getAttributesHTML() — Method in class FormField

Custom attributes to process. Falls back to {@link getAttributes()}.

FormField::getForm() — Method in class FormField

Get the currently used form.

FormField::getCustomValidationMessage() — Method in class FormField

Get the custom error message for this form field. If a custom message has not been defined then just return blank. The default error is defined on {@link Validator}.

FormField::getTemplate() — Method in class FormField
FormField::getFieldHolderTemplate() — Method in class FormField
FormField::getSmallFieldHolderTemplate() — Method in class FormField
FormField::getTemplates() — Method in class FormField

Returns an array of templates to use for rendering {@link FieldHolder}.

FormField::getFieldHolderTemplates() — Method in class FormField

Returns an array of templates to use for rendering {@link FieldHolder}.

FormField::getSmallFieldHolderTemplates() — Method in class FormField

Returns an array of templates to use for rendering {@link SmallFieldHolder}.

FormField::getDescription() — Method in class FormField
FormField::getContainerFieldList() — Method in class FormField

Get the FieldList that contains this field.

FormScaffolder::getFieldList() — Method in class FormScaffolder

Gets the form fields as defined through the metadata on {@link $obj} and the custom parameters passed to FormScaffolder.

FormTemplateHelper::generateFormID() — Method in class FormTemplateHelper
FormTemplateHelper::generateFieldHolderID() — Method in class FormTemplateHelper
FormTemplateHelper::generateFieldID() — Method in class FormTemplateHelper

Generate the field ID value

FormTemplateHelper_Pre32::generateFormID() — Method in class FormTemplateHelper_Pre32
FormTemplateHelper_Pre32::generateFieldHolderID() — Method in class FormTemplateHelper_Pre32
FormTemplateHelper_Pre32::generateFieldID() — Method in class FormTemplateHelper_Pre32
FulltextFilter::getDbName() — Method in class FulltextFilter

This implementation allows for a list of columns to be passed into MATCH() instead of just one.

FulltextSearchable::get_extra_config() — Method in class FulltextSearchable
FulltextSearchable::get_searchable_classes() — Method in class FulltextSearchable

Shows all classes that had the {@link FulltextSearchable} extension applied through {@link enable()}.

FunctionalTest::get() — Method in class FunctionalTest

Submit a get request

FunctionalTest::get_disable_themes() — Method in class FunctionalTest
FunctionalTest::get_use_draft_site() — Method in class FunctionalTest
GDClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

This class is maintained for backwards-compatibility only. Please use the {@link GDBackend} class instead.

GDBackendClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

A wrapper class for GD-based images, with lots of manipulation functions.

GDBackend::getImageResource() — Method in class GDBackend

getImageResource

GDBackend::getGD() — Method in class GDBackend
GDBackend::getWidth() — Method in class GDBackend

Method return width of image.

GDBackend::getHeight() — Method in class GDBackend

Method return height of image.

GDBackend::greyscale() — Method in class GDBackend

Make the image greyscale.

GenericTemplateGlobalProviderClass in namespace [Global Namespace]
GenericTemplateGlobalProvider::get_template_global_variables() — Method in class GenericTemplateGlobalProvider

Called by SSViewer to get a list of global variables to expose to the template, the static method to call on this class to get the value for those variables, and the class to use for casting the returned value for use in a template

GenericTemplateGlobalProvider::getDataList() — Method in class GenericTemplateGlobalProvider

This allows templates to create a new DataList from a known DataObject class name, and call methods such as aggregates.

GreaterThanFilterClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Selects numerical/date content greater than the input

GreaterThanOrEqualFilterClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Selects numerical/date content greater than or equal to the input

GridFieldClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Displays a {@link SS_List} in a grid format.

GridField::getModelClass() — Method in class GridField

Returns a data class that is a DataObject type that this GridField should look like.

GridField::getConfig() — Method in class GridField
GridField::getComponents() — Method in class GridField
GridField::getCastedValue() — Method in class GridField

Cast an arbitrary value with the help of a $castingDefinition.

GridField::getList() — Method in class GridField

Get the data source.

GridField::getManipulatedList() — Method in class GridField

Get the data source after applying every {@link GridField_DataManipulator} to it.

GridField::getState() — Method in class GridField

Get the current GridState_Data or the GridState.

GridField::getAttributes() — Method in class GridField

Allows customization through an 'updateAttributes' hook on the base class.

GridField::getColumns() — Method in class GridField

Get the columns of this GridField, they are provided by attached GridField_ColumnProvider.

GridField::getColumnContent() — Method in class GridField

Get the value from a column.

GridField::getDataFieldValue() — Method in class GridField

Get the value of a named field on the given record.

GridField::getColumnAttributes() — Method in class GridField

Get extra columns attributes used as HTML attributes.

GridField::getColumnMetadata() — Method in class GridField

Get metadata for a column.

GridField::getColumnCount() — Method in class GridField

Return how many columns the grid will have.

GridField::gridFieldAlterAction() — Method in class GridField

This is the action that gets executed when a GridField_AlterAction gets clicked.

GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleterClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

This class is is responsible for adding objects to another object's has_many and many_many relation, as defined by the {@link RelationList} passed to the {@link GridField} constructor.

GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter::getHTMLFragments() — Method in class GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter
GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter::getActions() — Method in class GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter
GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter::getManipulatedData() — Method in class GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter

If an object ID is set, add the object to the list

GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter::getURLHandlers() — Method in class GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter
GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter::getResultsFormat() — Method in class GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter
GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter::getSearchFields() — Method in class GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter
GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter::getPlaceholderText() — Method in class GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter
GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter::getResultsLimit() — Method in class GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter

Gets the maximum number of autocomplete results to display.

GridFieldAddNewButtonClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

This component provides a button for opening the add new form provided by {@link GridFieldDetailForm}.

GridFieldAddNewButton::getHTMLFragments() — Method in class GridFieldAddNewButton

Returns a map where the keys are fragment names and the values are pieces of HTML to add to these fragments.

GridFieldButtonRowClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Adding this class to a {@link GridFieldConfig} of a {@link GridField} adds a button row to that field.

GridFieldButtonRow::getHTMLFragments() — Method in class GridFieldButtonRow

Returns a map where the keys are fragment names and the values are pieces of HTML to add to these fragments.

GridFieldComponentClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Base interface for all components that can be added to GridField.

GridFieldConfigClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Encapsulates a collection of components following the {@link GridFieldComponent} interface. While the {@link GridField} itself has some configuration in the form of setters, most of the details are dealt with through components.

GridFieldConfig::getComponents() — Method in class GridFieldConfig
GridFieldConfig::getComponentsByType() — Method in class GridFieldConfig

Returns all components extending a certain class, or implementing a certain interface.

GridFieldConfig::getComponentByType() — Method in class GridFieldConfig

Returns the first available component with the given class or interface.

GridFieldConfig_BaseClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

A simple readonly, paginated view of records, with sortable and searchable headers.

GridFieldConfig_RecordEditorClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Allows editing of records contained within the GridField, instead of only allowing the ability to view records in the GridField.

GridFieldConfig_RecordViewerClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Allows viewing readonly details of individual records.

GridFieldConfig_RelationEditorClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Similar to {@link GridFieldConfig_RecordEditor}, but adds features to work on has-many or many-many relationships.

GridFieldDataColumnsClass in namespace [Global Namespace]
GridFieldDataColumns::getColumnsHandled() — Method in class GridFieldDataColumns

Names of all columns which are affected by this component.

GridFieldDataColumns::getDisplayFields() — Method in class GridFieldDataColumns

Get the DisplayFields

GridFieldDataColumns::getFieldCasting() — Method in class GridFieldDataColumns
GridFieldDataColumns::getFieldFormatting() — Method in class GridFieldDataColumns
GridFieldDataColumns::getColumnContent() — Method in class GridFieldDataColumns

HTML for the column, content of the element.

GridFieldDataColumns::getColumnAttributes() — Method in class GridFieldDataColumns

Attributes for the element containing the content returned by {@link getColumnContent()}.

GridFieldDataColumns::getColumnMetadata() — Method in class GridFieldDataColumns

Additional metadata about the column which can be used by other components, e.g. to set a title for a search column header.

GridFieldDeleteActionClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

This class is a {@link GridField} component that adds a delete action for objects.

GridFieldDeleteAction::getColumnAttributes() — Method in class GridFieldDeleteAction

Return any special attributes that will be used for FormField::create_tag()

GridFieldDeleteAction::getColumnMetadata() — Method in class GridFieldDeleteAction

Add the title

GridFieldDeleteAction::getColumnsHandled() — Method in class GridFieldDeleteAction

Which columns are handled by this component

GridFieldDeleteAction::getActions() — Method in class GridFieldDeleteAction

Which GridField actions are this component handling

GridFieldDeleteAction::getColumnContent() — Method in class GridFieldDeleteAction
GridFieldDetailFormClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Provides view and edit forms at GridField-specific URLs.

GridFieldDetailForm::getURLHandlers() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm

Return URLs to be handled by this grid field, in an array the same form as $url_handlers.

GridFieldDetailForm::getTemplate() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm
GridFieldDetailForm::getName() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm
GridFieldDetailForm::getValidator() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm
GridFieldDetailForm::getFields() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm
GridFieldDetailForm::getItemRequestClass() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm
GridFieldDetailForm::getItemEditFormCallback() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm
GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequestClass in namespace [Global Namespace]
GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest::getTemplate() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest
GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest::getController() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest
GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest::getGridField() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest
GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest::getRecord() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest
GridFieldEditButtonClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Provides the entry point to editing a single record presented by the {@link GridField}.

GridFieldEditButton::getColumnAttributes() — Method in class GridFieldEditButton

Return any special attributes that will be used for FormField::create_tag()

GridFieldEditButton::getColumnMetadata() — Method in class GridFieldEditButton

Add the title

GridFieldEditButton::getColumnsHandled() — Method in class GridFieldEditButton

Which columns are handled by this component

GridFieldEditButton::getActions() — Method in class GridFieldEditButton

Which GridField actions are this component handling.

GridFieldEditButton::getColumnContent() — Method in class GridFieldEditButton
GridFieldExportButtonClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Adds an "Export list" button to the bottom of a {@link GridField}.

GridFieldExportButton::getHTMLFragments() — Method in class GridFieldExportButton

Place the export button in a

tag below the field

GridFieldExportButton::getActions() — Method in class GridFieldExportButton

export is an action button

GridFieldExportButton::getURLHandlers() — Method in class GridFieldExportButton

it is also a URL

GridFieldExportButton::generateExportFileData() — Method in class GridFieldExportButton

Generate export fields for CSV.

GridFieldExportButton::getExportColumns() — Method in class GridFieldExportButton
GridFieldExportButton::getCsvSeparator() — Method in class GridFieldExportButton
GridFieldExportButton::getCsvHasHeader() — Method in class GridFieldExportButton
GridFieldFilterHeaderClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

GridFieldFilterHeader alters the {@link GridField} with some filtering fields in the header of each column.

GridFieldFilterHeader::getThrowExceptionOnBadDataType() — Method in class GridFieldFilterHeader

See {@link setThrowExceptionOnBadDataType()}

GridFieldFilterHeader::getActions() — Method in class GridFieldFilterHeader
GridFieldFilterHeader::getManipulatedData() — Method in class GridFieldFilterHeader
GridFieldFilterHeader::getHTMLFragments() — Method in class GridFieldFilterHeader
GridFieldFooterClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Adding this class to a {@link GridFieldConfig} of a {@link GridField} adds a footer bar to that field.

GridFieldFooter::getHTMLFragments() — Method in class GridFieldFooter

Returns a map where the keys are fragment names and the values are pieces of HTML to add to these fragments.

GridFieldLevelupClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Adds a "level up" link to a GridField table, which is useful when viewing hierarchical data. Requires the managed record to have a "getParent()" method or has_one relationship called "Parent".

GridFieldLevelup::getHTMLFragments() — Method in class GridFieldLevelup

Returns a map where the keys are fragment names and the values are pieces of HTML to add to these fragments.

GridFieldLevelup::getAttributes() — Method in class GridFieldLevelup
GridFieldLevelup::getLinkSpec() — Method in class GridFieldLevelup
GridFieldPageCountClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

GridFieldPage displays a simple current page count summary.

GridFieldPageCount::getHTMLFragments() — Method in class GridFieldPageCount
GridFieldPaginatorClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

GridFieldPaginator paginates the {@link GridField} list and adds controls to the bottom of the {@link GridField}.

GridFieldPaginator::getThrowExceptionOnBadDataType() — Method in class GridFieldPaginator

See {@link setThrowExceptionOnBadDataType()}

GridFieldPaginator::getActions() — Method in class GridFieldPaginator
GridFieldPaginator::getManipulatedData() — Method in class GridFieldPaginator
GridFieldPaginator::getTemplateParameters() — Method in class GridFieldPaginator

Determines arguments to be passed to the template for building this field

GridFieldPaginator::getHTMLFragments() — Method in class GridFieldPaginator
GridFieldPaginator::getItemsPerPage() — Method in class GridFieldPaginator
GridFieldPrintButtonClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Adds an "Print" button to the bottom or top of a GridField.

GridFieldPrintButton::getHTMLFragments() — Method in class GridFieldPrintButton

Place the print button in a

tag below the field

GridFieldPrintButton::getActions() — Method in class GridFieldPrintButton

Print is an action button.

GridFieldPrintButton::getURLHandlers() — Method in class GridFieldPrintButton

Print is accessible via the url

GridFieldPrintButton::getTitle() — Method in class GridFieldPrintButton

Return the title of the printed page

GridFieldPrintButton::generatePrintData() — Method in class GridFieldPrintButton

Export core.

GridFieldPrintButton::getPrintColumns() — Method in class GridFieldPrintButton
GridFieldPrintButton::getPrintHasHeader() — Method in class GridFieldPrintButton
GridFieldSortableHeaderClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

GridFieldSortableHeader adds column headers to a {@link GridField} that can also sort the columns.

GridFieldSortableHeader::getThrowExceptionOnBadDataType() — Method in class GridFieldSortableHeader

See {@link setThrowExceptionOnBadDataType()}

GridFieldSortableHeader::getFieldSorting() — Method in class GridFieldSortableHeader
GridFieldSortableHeader::getHTMLFragments() — Method in class GridFieldSortableHeader

Returns the header row providing titles with sort buttons

GridFieldSortableHeader::getActions() — Method in class GridFieldSortableHeader
GridFieldSortableHeader::getManipulatedData() — Method in class GridFieldSortableHeader

Returns the manipulated (sorted) DataList. Field names will simply add an 'ORDER BY' clause, relation names will add appropriate joins to the {@link DataQuery} first.

GridFieldToolbarHeaderClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Adding this class to a {@link GridFieldConfig} of a {@link GridField} adds a header title to that field.

GridFieldToolbarHeader::getHTMLFragments() — Method in class GridFieldToolbarHeader

Returns a map where the keys are fragment names and the values are pieces of HTML to add to these fragments.

GridFieldViewButtonClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

A button that allows a user to view readonly details of a record. This is disabled by default and intended for use in readonly {@link GridField} instances.

GridFieldViewButton::getColumnsHandled() — Method in class GridFieldViewButton

Names of all columns which are affected by this component.

GridFieldViewButton::getColumnContent() — Method in class GridFieldViewButton

HTML for the column, content of the element.

GridFieldViewButton::getColumnAttributes() — Method in class GridFieldViewButton

Attributes for the element containing the content returned by {@link getColumnContent()}.

GridFieldViewButton::getColumnMetadata() — Method in class GridFieldViewButton

Additional metadata about the column which can be used by other components, e.g. to set a title for a search column header.

GridField_ActionProviderClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

An action is defined by two things: an action name, and zero or more named arguments.

GridField_ActionProvider::getActions() — Method in class GridField_ActionProvider

Return a list of the actions handled by this action provider.

GridField_ColumnProviderClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Add a new column to the table display body, or modify existing columns.

GridField_ColumnProvider::getColumnsHandled() — Method in class GridField_ColumnProvider

Names of all columns which are affected by this component.

GridField_ColumnProvider::getColumnContent() — Method in class GridField_ColumnProvider

HTML for the column, content of the element.

GridField_ColumnProvider::getColumnAttributes() — Method in class GridField_ColumnProvider

Attributes for the element containing the content returned by {@link getColumnContent()}.

GridField_ColumnProvider::getColumnMetadata() — Method in class GridField_ColumnProvider

Additional metadata about the column which can be used by other components, e.g. to set a title for a search column header.

GridField_DataManipulatorClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Can modify the data list.

GridField_DataManipulator::getManipulatedData() — Method in class GridField_DataManipulator

Manipulate the {@link DataList} as needed by this grid modifier.

GridField_FormActionClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

This class is the base class when you want to have an action that alters the state of the {@link GridField}, rendered as a button element.

GridField_FormAction::getAttributes() — Method in class GridField_FormAction
GridField_HTMLProviderClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

A GridField manipulator that provides HTML for the header/footer rows, or f or before/after the template.

GridField_HTMLProvider::getHTMLFragments() — Method in class GridField_HTMLProvider

Returns a map where the keys are fragment names and the values are pieces of HTML to add to these fragments.

GridField_SaveHandlerClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

A component which is used to handle when a {@link GridField} is saved into a record.

GridField_URLHandlerClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Sometimes an action isn't enough: you need to provide additional support URLs for the {@link GridField}.

GridField_URLHandler::getURLHandlers() — Method in class GridField_URLHandler

Return URLs to be handled by this grid field, in an array the same form as $url_handlers.

GridStateClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

This class is a snapshot of the current status of a {@link GridField}.

GridState::getData() — Method in class GridState
GridState::getList() — Method in class GridState
GridState_ComponentClass in namespace [Global Namespace]
GridState_Component::getHTMLFragments() — Method in class GridState_Component

Returns a map where the keys are fragment names and the values are pieces of HTML to add to these fragments.

GridState_DataClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Simple set of data, similar to stdClass, but without the notice-level errors.

GridState_Data::getData() — Method in class GridState_Data

Retrieve the value for the given key

GroupClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

A security group.

Group::getAllChildren() — Method in class Group
Group::getCMSFields() — Method in class Group

Caution: Only call on instances, not through a singleton.

Group::getTreeTitle() — Method in class Group
Group::Groups() — Method in class Group

List of child groups

GroupCsvBulkLoaderClass in namespace [Global Namespace]
GroupImportFormClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Imports {@link Group} records by CSV upload, as defined in {@link GroupCsvBulkLoader}.

GroupedDropdownFieldClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Grouped dropdown, using optgroup tags.

GroupedListClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

A list decorator that allows a list to be grouped into sub-lists by common values of a field.

GroupedList::groupBy() — Method in class GroupedList
GroupedList::GroupedBy() — Method in class GroupedList

Similar to {@link groupBy()}, but returns the data in a format which is suitable for usage in templates.

HTMLCleaner::getConfig() — Method in class HTMLCleaner
HTMLText::getProcessShortcodes() — Method in class HTMLText

Check if shortcodes are enabled

HTTP::getLinksIn() — Method in class HTTP
HTTP::getImagesIn() — Method in class HTTP
HTTP::get_mime_type() — Method in class HTTP

Get the MIME type based on a file's extension.

HTTP::gmt_date() — Method in class HTTP

Return an {@link http://www.faqs.org/rfcs/rfc2822 RFC 2822} date in the GMT timezone (a timestamp is always in GMT: the number of seconds since January 1 1970 00:00:00 GMT)

HTTP::get_cache_age() — Method in class HTTP

Return static variable cache_age in second

HTTPCacheControl::getDirective() — Method in class HTTPCacheControl

Low level method to get the value of a directive

HTTPCacheControl::generateHeaders() — Method in class HTTPCacheControl

Generate all headers to output

HasManyList::getForeignKey() — Method in class HasManyList

Gets the field name which holds the related object ID.

HeaderField::getHeadingLevel() — Method in class HeaderField
HeaderField::getAttributes() — Method in class HeaderField

Allows customization through an 'updateAttributes' hook on the base class.

HiddenField::getAttributes() — Method in class HiddenField

Allows customization through an 'updateAttributes' hook on the base class.

Hierarchy::get_extra_config() — Method in class Hierarchy
Hierarchy::getChildrenAsUL() — Method in class Hierarchy

Returns the children of this DataObject as an XHTML UL. This will be called recursively on each child, so if they have children they will be displayed as a UL inside a LI.

Hierarchy::getDescendantIDList() — Method in class Hierarchy

Get a list of this DataObject's and all it's descendants IDs.

Hierarchy::getParent() — Method in class Hierarchy

Get this object's parent, optionally filtered by an SQL clause. If the clause doesn't match the parent, nothing is returned.

Hierarchy::getAncestors() — Method in class Hierarchy

Return all the parents of this class in a set ordered from the lowest to highest parent.

Hierarchy::getBreadcrumbs() — Method in class Hierarchy

Returns a human-readable, flattened representation of the path to the object, using its {@link Title} attribute.

HtmlEditorConfig::get() — Method in class HtmlEditorConfig

Get the HtmlEditorConfig object for the given identifier. This is a correct way to get an HtmlEditorConfig instance - do not call 'new'

HtmlEditorConfig::get_active_identifier() — Method in class HtmlEditorConfig

Get the currently active configuration identifier

HtmlEditorConfig::get_active() — Method in class HtmlEditorConfig

Get the currently active configuration object

HtmlEditorConfig::get_available_configs_map() — Method in class HtmlEditorConfig

Get the available configurations as a map of friendly_name to configuration name.

HtmlEditorConfig::getOption() — Method in class HtmlEditorConfig

Get the current value of an option

HtmlEditorConfig::getPlugins() — Method in class HtmlEditorConfig
HtmlEditorField::getAttributes() — Method in class HtmlEditorField

Allows customization through an 'updateAttributes' hook on the base class.

HtmlEditorField_Embed::getWidth() — Method in class HtmlEditorField_Embed
HtmlEditorField_Embed::getHeight() — Method in class HtmlEditorField_Embed
HtmlEditorField_Embed::getInsertWidth() — Method in class HtmlEditorField_Embed

Provide an initial width for inserted media, restricted based on $embed_width

HtmlEditorField_Embed::getInsertHeight() — Method in class HtmlEditorField_Embed

Provide an initial height for inserted media, scaled proportionally to the initial width

HtmlEditorField_Embed::getPreview() — Method in class HtmlEditorField_Embed
HtmlEditorField_Embed::getName() — Method in class HtmlEditorField_Embed
HtmlEditorField_Embed::getType() — Method in class HtmlEditorField_Embed
HtmlEditorField_Embed::getOembed() — Method in class HtmlEditorField_Embed
HtmlEditorField_Embed::getInfo() — Method in class HtmlEditorField_Embed
HtmlEditorField_File::getFile() — Method in class HtmlEditorField_File
HtmlEditorField_File::getURL() — Method in class HtmlEditorField_File
HtmlEditorField_File::getName() — Method in class HtmlEditorField_File
HtmlEditorField_File::getPreview() — Method in class HtmlEditorField_File
HtmlEditorField_File::getExtension() — Method in class HtmlEditorField_File
HtmlEditorField_Image::getWidth() — Method in class HtmlEditorField_Image
HtmlEditorField_Image::getHeight() — Method in class HtmlEditorField_Image
HtmlEditorField_Image::getInsertWidth() — Method in class HtmlEditorField_Image

Provide an initial width for inserted image, restricted based on $embed_width

HtmlEditorField_Image::getInsertHeight() — Method in class HtmlEditorField_Image

Provide an initial height for inserted image, scaled proportionally to the initial width

HtmlEditorField_Image::getPreview() — Method in class HtmlEditorField_Image
HtmlEditorField_Toolbar::getanchors() — Method in class HtmlEditorField_Toolbar

Find all anchors available on the given page.

Image::get_backend() — Method in class Image
Image::getCMSFields() — Method in class Image

Returns the fields to power the edit screen of files in the CMS.

Image::getTag() — Method in class Image

Return an XHTML img tag for this Image, or NULL if the image file doesn't exist on the filesystem.

Image::generateFit() — Method in class Image

Scale image proportionally to fit within the specified bounds

Image::generateFill() — Method in class Image

Resize and crop image to fill specified dimensions.

Image::generatePad() — Method in class Image

Fit image to specified dimensions and fill leftover space with a solid colour (default white). Use in templates with $Pad.

Image::generateScaleWidth() — Method in class Image

Scale image proportionally by width. Use in templates with $ScaleWidth.

Image::generateScaleHeight() — Method in class Image

Scale image proportionally by height. Use in templates with $ScaleHeight.

Image::generateSetRatioSize() — Method in class Image

Resize the image by preserving aspect ratio, keeping the image inside the $width and $height

Image::generateSetWidth() — Method in class Image

Resize this Image by width, keeping aspect ratio. Use in templates with $SetWidth.

Image::generateSetHeight() — Method in class Image

Resize this Image by height, keeping aspect ratio. Use in templates with $SetHeight.

Image::generateSetSize() — Method in class Image

Resize this Image by both width and height, using padded resize. Use in templates with $SetSize.

Image::generateCMSThumbnail() — Method in class Image

Resize this image for the CMS. Use in templates with $CMSThumbnail.

Image::generateAssetLibraryPreview() — Method in class Image

Resize this image for preview in the Asset section. Use in templates with $AssetLibraryPreview.

Image::generateAssetLibraryThumbnail() — Method in class Image

Resize this image for thumbnail in the Asset section. Use in templates with $AssetLibraryThumbnail.

Image::generateStripThumbnail() — Method in class Image

Resize this image for use as a thumbnail in a strip. Use in templates with $StripThumbnail.

Image::generatePaddedImage() — Method in class Image

Resize this Image by both width and height, using padded resize. Use in templates with $PaddedImage.

Image::getFormattedImage() — Method in class Image

Return an image object representing the image in the given format.

Image::generateFormattedImage() — Method in class Image

Generate an image on the specified format. It will save the image at the location specified by cacheFilename(). The image will be generated using the specific 'generate' method for the specified format.

Image::generateResizedImage() — Method in class Image

Generate a resized copy of this image with the given width & height.

Image::generateCroppedImage() — Method in class Image

Generate a resized copy of this image with the given width & height, cropping to maintain aspect ratio.

Image::getDimensions() — Method in class Image

Get the dimensions of this Image.

Image::getWidth() — Method in class Image

Get the width of this image.

Image::getHeight() — Method in class Image

Get the height of this image.

Image::getOrientation() — Method in class Image

Get the orientation of this image.

Image_Backend::getImageResource() — Method in class Image_Backend

getImageResource

Image_Cached::getRelativePath() — Method in class Image_Cached

Returns path relative to webroot.

ImagickBackend::getImageResource() — Method in class ImagickBackend

getImageResource

Injector::getObjectCreator() — Method in class Injector
Injector::getConfigLocator() — Method in class Injector

Retrieve the configuration locator

Injector::get() — Method in class Injector

Get a named managed object

LeftAndMain::getResponseNegotiator() — Method in class LeftAndMain

Caution: Volatile API.

LeftAndMain::getTemplatesWithSuffix() — Method in class LeftAndMain

Return a list of appropriate templates for this class, with the given suffix using {@link SSViewer::get_templates_by_class()}

LeftAndMain::getRecord() — Method in class LeftAndMain
LeftAndMain::getSiteTreeFor() — Method in class LeftAndMain

Get a site tree HTML listing which displays the nodes under the given criteria.

LeftAndMain::getsubtree() — Method in class LeftAndMain

Get a subtree underneath the request param 'ID'.

LeftAndMain::getEditForm() — Method in class LeftAndMain

Calls {@link SiteTree->getCMSFields()}

LeftAndMain::getSilverStripeNavigator() — Method in class LeftAndMain

Used for preview controls, mainly links which switch between different states of the page.

LeftAndMain::getApplicationName() — Method in class LeftAndMain

Get the application name.

LeftAndMainPageIconsExtension::generatePageIconsCss() — Method in class LeftAndMainPageIconsExtension

Include CSS for page icons. We're not using the JSTree 'types' option because it causes too much performance overhead just to add some icons.

LeftAndMain_SearchFilter::getChildrenMethod() — Method in class LeftAndMain_SearchFilter

Method on {@link Hierarchy} objects which is used to traverse into children relationships.

LeftAndMain_SearchFilter::getNumChildrenMethod() — Method in class LeftAndMain_SearchFilter

Method on {@link Hierarchy} objects which is used find the number of children for a parent page

LeftAndMain_SearchFilter::getPageClasses() — Method in class LeftAndMain_SearchFilter

Given a page, determine any additional CSS classes to apply to the tree node

LeftAndMain_TreeNode::getClasses() — Method in class LeftAndMain_TreeNode

Determine the CSS classes to apply to this node

LeftAndMain_TreeNode::getObj() — Method in class LeftAndMain_TreeNode
LeftAndMain_TreeNode::getLink() — Method in class LeftAndMain_TreeNode
LeftAndMain_TreeNode::getIsCurrent() — Method in class LeftAndMain_TreeNode
ListboxField::getAttributes() — Method in class ListboxField
ListboxField::getDisabledItems() — Method in class ListboxField
ListboxField::getDefaultItems() — Method in class ListboxField
LiteralField::getContent() — Method in class LiteralField
LoginAttempt::getByEmail() — Method in class LoginAttempt

Get all login attempts for the given email address

LoginForm::getAuthenticator() — Method in class LoginForm

Get the authenticator instance

LoginForm::getAuthenticatorName() — Method in class LoginForm

Get the authenticator name.

Mailer::getBounceEmail() — Method in class Mailer

Email used for bounces

Mailer::getMessageEncoding() — Method in class Mailer

Get the encoding type used for plain text messages

ManyManyList::getExtraData() — Method in class ManyManyList

Find the extra field data for a single row of the relationship join table, given the known child ID.

ManyManyList::getJoinTable() — Method in class ManyManyList

Gets the join table used for the relationship.

ManyManyList::getLocalKey() — Method in class ManyManyList

Gets the key used to store the ID of the local/parent object.

ManyManyList::getForeignKey() — Method in class ManyManyList

Gets the key used to store the ID of the foreign/child object.

ManyManyList::getExtraFields() — Method in class ManyManyList

Gets the extra fields included in the relationship.

Member::get_unique_identifier_field() — Method in class Member

Get the field used for uniquely identifying a member in the database. {see Member::$unique_identifier_field}

Member::generateAutologinTokenAndStoreHash() — Method in class Member

Generate an auto login token which can be used to reset the password, at the same time hashing it and storing in the database.

Member::getMemberFormFields() — Method in class Member

Returns the fields for the member form - used in the registration/profile module.

Member::getMemberPasswordField() — Method in class Member

Builds "Change / Create Password" field for this member

Member::getValidator() — Method in class Member

Returns the {@link RequiredFields} instance for the Member object. This Validator is used when saving a {@link CMSProfileController} or added to any form responsible for saving a users data.

Member::getTitle() — Method in class Member

Get the complete name of the member, by default in the format ", ".

Member::get_title_sql() — Method in class Member

Return a SQL CONCAT() fragment suitable for a SELECT statement.

Member::getName() — Method in class Member

Get the complete name of the member

Member::getDateFormat() — Method in class Member

Override the default getter for DateFormat so the default format for the user's locale is used if the user has not defined their own.

Member::getTimeFormat() — Method in class Member

Override the default getter for TimeFormat so the default format for the user's locale is used if the user has not defined their own.

Member::Groups() — Method in class Member

Get a "many-to-many" map that holds for all members their group memberships, including any parent groups where membership is implied.

Member::getCMSFields() — Method in class Member

Return a {@link FieldList} of fields that would appropriate for editing this member.

Member::getHtmlEditorConfigForCMS() — Method in class Member

Get the HtmlEditorConfig for this user to be used in the CMS.

Member::get_template_global_variables() — Method in class Member

Called by SSViewer to get a list of global variables to expose to the template, the static method to call on this class to get the value for those variables, and the class to use for casting the returned value for use in a template

MemberAuthenticator::get_login_form() — Method in class MemberAuthenticator

Method that creates the login form for this authentication method

MemberAuthenticator::get_cms_login_form() — Method in class MemberAuthenticator
MemberAuthenticator::get_name() — Method in class MemberAuthenticator

Get the name of the authentication method

MemberCsvBulkLoader::getGroups() — Method in class MemberCsvBulkLoader
MemberDatetimeOptionsetField::getDescription() — Method in class MemberDatetimeOptionsetField
MemberImportForm::getGroup() — Method in class MemberImportForm
Member_Validator::getForMember() — Method in class Member_Validator

Get the member this validator applies to.

ModelAdmin::getEditForm() — Method in class ModelAdmin

Calls {@link SiteTree->getCMSFields()}

ModelAdmin::getExportFields() — Method in class ModelAdmin

Define which fields are used in the {@link getEditForm} GridField export.

ModelAdmin::getSearchContext() — Method in class ModelAdmin
ModelAdmin::getList() — Method in class ModelAdmin
ModelAdmin::getManagedModels() — Method in class ModelAdmin
ModelAdmin::getModelImporters() — Method in class ModelAdmin

Returns all importers defined in {@link self::$model_importers}.

ModelAdmin::get_page_length() — Method in class ModelAdmin

Return the static page_length of the admin, default as 30

ModelAsController::getNestedController() — Method in class ModelAsController
Money::getCurrency() — Method in class Money
Money::getAmount() — Method in class Money
Money::getLocale() — Method in class Money
Money::getSymbol() — Method in class Money
Money::getShortName() — Method in class Money
Money::getName() — Method in class Money
Money::getAllowedCurrencies() — Method in class Money
MoneyField::getAllowedCurrencies() — Method in class MoneyField
MoneyField::getLocale() — Method in class MoneyField
MySQLDatabase::getDatabaseServer() — Method in class MySQLDatabase

Get the database server type (e.g. mysql, postgresql).

MySQLDatabase::getLock() — Method in class MySQLDatabase

Sets an application-level lock so that no two processes can run at the same time, also called a "cooperative advisory lock".

MySQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper::getDatabaseVersion() — Method in class MySQLDatabaseConfigurationHelper

Determines the version of the database server

MySQLiConnector::getVersion() — Method in class MySQLiConnector

Query for the version of the currently connected database

MySQLiConnector::getSelectedDatabase() — Method in class MySQLiConnector

Retrieves the name of the currently selected database

MySQLiConnector::getGeneratedID() — Method in class MySQLiConnector

Determines the last ID generated from the specified table.

MySQLiConnector::getLastError() — Method in class MySQLiConnector

Retrieves the last error generated from the database connection

NestedController::getNestedController() — Method in class NestedController
NullSecurityToken::getValue() — Method in class NullSecurityToken
NullSecurityToken::generate() — Method in class NullSecurityToken
NullableField::getIsNullLabel() — Method in class NullableField

Get the label used for the Is Null checkbox.

NullableField::getIsNullId() — Method in class NullableField

Get the id used for the Is Null check box.

NumericField::getLocale() — Method in class NumericField

Gets the current locale this field is set to.

Oembed::get_autodiscover() — Method in class Oembed

Gets the autodiscover setting from the config.

Oembed::get_providers() — Method in class Oembed

Gets providers from config.

Oembed::get_oembed_from_url() — Method in class Oembed

Takes the human-readable URL of an embeddable resource and converts it into an Oembed_Result descriptor (which contains a full Oembed resource URL).

Oembed_Result::getOembedURL() — Method in class Oembed_Result
Oembed_Result::getField() — Method in class Oembed_Result

Wrap the field calls to fetch data from Oembed JSON (within $this->data)

OptionsetField::getAttributes() — Method in class OptionsetField
PDOConnector::getOrPrepareStatement() — Method in class PDOConnector

Retrieve a prepared statement for a given SQL string, or return an already prepared version if one exists for the given query

PDOConnector::getVersion() — Method in class PDOConnector

Query for the version of the currently connected database

PDOConnector::getPDOParamType() — Method in class PDOConnector

Determines the PDO::PARAM_* type for a given PHP type string

PDOConnector::getLastError() — Method in class PDOConnector

Retrieves the last error generated from the database connection

PDOConnector::getGeneratedID() — Method in class PDOConnector

Determines the last ID generated from the specified table.

PDOConnector::getSelectedDatabase() — Method in class PDOConnector

Retrieves the name of the currently selected database

PaginatedList::getPaginationGetVar() — Method in class PaginatedList

Returns the GET var that is used to set the page start. This defaults to "start".

PaginatedList::getPageLength() — Method in class PaginatedList

Returns the number of items displayed per page. This defaults to 10.

PaginatedList::getPageStart() — Method in class PaginatedList

Returns the offset of the item the current page starts at.

PaginatedList::getTotalItems() — Method in class PaginatedList

Returns the total number of items in the unpaginated list.

PaginatedList::getLimitItems() — Method in class PaginatedList

Returns whether or not the underlying list is limited to the current pagination range when iterating.

PaginatedList::getIterator() — Method in class PaginatedList
PaginatedList::getRequest() — Method in class PaginatedList

Get the request object for this list

PasswordEncryptor::get_encryptors() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor
PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish::get_cost() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor_Blowfish

Gets the cost that is set for the blowfish algorithm

PasswordEncryptor_PHPHash::getAlgorithm() — Method in class PasswordEncryptor_PHPHash
PasswordField::getAllowValuePostback() — Method in class PasswordField
PasswordField::getAttributes() — Method in class PasswordField
Permission::groupList() — Method in class Permission

Get the list of groups that the given member belongs to.

Permission::grant() — Method in class Permission

Grant the given permission code/arg to the given group

Permission::get_members_by_permission() — Method in class Permission

Returns all members for a specific permission.

Permission::get_groups_by_permission() — Method in class Permission

Return all of the groups that have one of the given permission codes

Permission::get_codes() — Method in class Permission

Get a list of all available permission codes, both defined through the {@link PermissionProvider} interface, and all not explicitly defined codes existing as a {@link Permission} database record. By default, the results are grouped as denoted by {@link Permission_Group}.

Permission::get_declared_permissions_list() — Method in class Permission

Get a linear list of the permissions in the system.

Permission::get_label_for_permission() — Method in class Permission

Look up the human-readable title for the permission as defined by Permission::declare_permissions

Permission::get_template_global_variables() — Method in class Permission

Called by SSViewer to get a list of global variables to expose to the template, the static method to call on this class to get the value for those variables, and the class to use for casting the returned value for use in a template

Permission::Group() — Method in class Permission
PermissionCheckboxSetField::getHiddenPermissions() — Method in class PermissionCheckboxSetField
PermissionCheckboxSetField::getAssignedPermissionCodes() — Method in class PermissionCheckboxSetField

Retrieves all permission codes for the currently set records

PermissionRole::getCMSFields() — Method in class PermissionRole

Centerpiece of every data administration interface in Silverstripe, which returns a {@link FieldList} suitable for a {@link Form} object.

PermissionRole::Groups() — Method in class PermissionRole

List of Group objects

Permission_Group::getName() — Method in class Permission_Group

Get the name of the permission group

Permission_Group::getPermissions() — Method in class Permission_Group

Get permissions

PhpUnitWrapper::getCoverageStatus() — Method in class PhpUnitWrapper

Getter for $coverage (see $coverage).

PhpUnitWrapper::getSuite() — Method in class PhpUnitWrapper

Getter for $suite (see $suite).

PhpUnitWrapper::getReporter() — Method in class PhpUnitWrapper

Getter for $reporter (see $reporter).

PhpUnitWrapper::getFrameworkTestResults() — Method in class PhpUnitWrapper

Getter for $results (see $results).

PhpUnitWrapper::getVersion() — Method in class PhpUnitWrapper

Getter for $version (see $version).

PhpUnitWrapper_3_4::getVersion() — Method in class PhpUnitWrapper_3_4

Getter for $version (see $version).

PhpUnitWrapper_3_5::getVersion() — Method in class PhpUnitWrapper_3_5

Returns a version string, like 3.7.34 or 4.2-dev.

PhpUnitWrapper_Generic::getVersion() — Method in class PhpUnitWrapper_Generic

Returns a version string, like 3.7.34 or 4.2-dev.

PhpUnitWrapper_Generic::get_test_name() — Method in class PhpUnitWrapper_Generic
PjaxResponseNegotiator::getResponse() — Method in class PjaxResponseNegotiator
PjaxResponseNegotiator::getFragmentOverride() — Method in class PjaxResponseNegotiator
PolymorphicForeignKey::getClassValue() — Method in class PolymorphicForeignKey

Get the value of the "Class" this key points to

PolymorphicForeignKey::getIDValue() — Method in class PolymorphicForeignKey

Gets the value of the "ID" this key points to

PolymorphicForeignKey::getValue() — Method in class PolymorphicForeignKey

Returns the value of this field.

PolymorphicHasManyList::getForeignClass() — Method in class PolymorphicHasManyList

Retrieve the name of the class this relation is filtered by

Profiler::getMicroTime() — Method in class Profiler

Get the current time as accuratly as possible

RSSFeed::getTemplate() — Method in class RSSFeed

Returns the name of the template to use.

RandomGenerator::generateEntropy() — Method in class RandomGenerator

Note: Returned values are not guaranteed to be crypto-safe, depending on the used retrieval method.

RandomGenerator::generateHash() — Method in class RandomGenerator
ReadonlyField::getAttributes() — Method in class ReadonlyField

Allows customization through an 'updateAttributes' hook on the base class.

RecentlyEditedReport::group() — Method in class RecentlyEditedReport
RedirectorPage::getCMSFields() — Method in class RedirectorPage
RelationList::getForeignID() — Method in class RelationList
RemoveOrphanedPagesTask::getOrphanedPages() — Method in class RemoveOrphanedPagesTask

Gets all orphans from "Stage" and "Live" stages.

ReportAdmin::getEditForm() — Method in class ReportAdmin

Calls {@link SiteTree->getCMSFields()}

RequestHandler::getRequest() — Method in class RequestHandler

Returns the SS_HTTPRequest object that this controller is using.

RequiredFields::getRequired() — Method in class RequiredFields

Return the required fields

Requirements::get_combined_files_enabled() — Method in class Requirements

Checks whether combining of css/javascript files is enabled.

Requirements::get_suffix_requirements() — Method in class Requirements

Check whether we want to suffix requirements

Requirements::get_custom_scripts() — Method in class Requirements

Return all registered custom scripts

Requirements::get_combine_files() — Method in class Requirements

Return all combined files; keys are the combined file names, values are lists of files being combined.

Requirements_Backend::get_combined_files_enabled() — Method in class Requirements_Backend

Check whether file combination is enabled.

Requirements_Backend::getCombinedFilesFolder() — Method in class Requirements_Backend
Requirements_Backend::get_suffix_requirements() — Method in class Requirements_Backend

Check whether we want to suffix requirements

Requirements_Backend::get_javascript() — Method in class Requirements_Backend

Returns an array of all required JavaScript

Requirements_Backend::get_custom_scripts() — Method in class Requirements_Backend

Return all registered custom scripts

Requirements_Backend::get_css() — Method in class Requirements_Backend

Get the list of registered CSS file requirements, excluding blocked files

Requirements_Backend::get_combine_files() — Method in class Requirements_Backend

Return all combined files; keys are the combined file names, values are lists of files being combined.

ResetFormAction::getAttributes() — Method in class ResetFormAction

Allows customization through an 'updateAttributes' hook on the base class.

RestfulService::getAbsoluteRequestURL() — Method in class RestfulService

Returns a full request url

RestfulService::getAttributes() — Method in class RestfulService

Gets attributes as an array, of a particular type of element.

RestfulService::getAttribute() — Method in class RestfulService

Gets an attribute of a particular element.

RestfulService::getValues() — Method in class RestfulService

Gets set of node values as an array.

RestfulService::getValue() — Method in class RestfulService

Gets a single node value.

RestfulService_Response::getCachedResponse() — Method in class RestfulService_Response

get the cached response object. This allows you to access the cached eaders, not just the cached body.

RestfulService_Response::getCachedBody() — Method in class RestfulService_Response
RootURLController::get_homepage_link() — Method in class RootURLController

Get the full form (e.g. /home/) relative link to the home page for the current HTTP_HOST value. Note that the link is trimmed of leading and trailing slashes before returning to ensure consistency.

RootURLController::get_default_homepage_link() — Method in class RootURLController

Gets the link that denotes the homepage if there is not one explicitly defined for this HTTP_HOST value.

SQLAssignmentRow::getAssignments() — Method in class SQLAssignmentRow

Retrieves the list of assignments in parameterised format

SQLAssignmentRow::getColumns() — Method in class SQLAssignmentRow

Retrieves the list of columns updated

SQLConditionalExpression::getConnective() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression

Get the connective property.

SQLConditionalExpression::getFrom() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression

Return a list of tables queried

SQLConditionalExpression::getJoins() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression

Retrieves the finalised list of joins

SQLConditionalExpression::getWhere() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression

Return a list of WHERE clauses used internally.

SQLConditionalExpression::getWhereParameterised() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression

Return a list of WHERE clauses used internally.

SQLDelete::getDelete() — Method in class SQLDelete

List of tables to limit the delete to, if multiple tables are specified in the condition clause

SQLInsert::getInto() — Method in class SQLInsert

Gets the table name to insert into

SQLInsert::getRows() — Method in class SQLInsert

Returns the current list of rows

SQLInsert::getColumns() — Method in class SQLInsert

Returns the list of distinct column names used in this insert

SQLInsert::getAssignments() — Method in class SQLInsert

Retrieves the list of assignments in parameterised format

SQLQuery::getDelete() — Method in class SQLQuery
SQLQuery::getWhere() — Method in class SQLQuery

Return a list of SQL where conditions (flattened as a list of strings)

SQLSelect::getDistinct() — Method in class SQLSelect

Get the distinct property.

SQLSelect::getLimit() — Method in class SQLSelect

Get the limit property.

SQLSelect::getOrderBy() — Method in class SQLSelect

Returns the current order by as array if not already. To handle legacy statements which are stored as strings. Without clauses and directions, convert the orderby clause to something readable.

SQLSelect::getHaving() — Method in class SQLSelect

Return a list of HAVING clauses used internally.

SQLSelect::getHavingParameterised() — Method in class SQLSelect

Return a list of HAVING clauses used internally.

SQLSelect::getGroupBy() — Method in class SQLSelect

Return a list of GROUP BY clauses used internally.

SQLSelect::getSelect() — Method in class SQLSelect

Return an itemised select list as a map, where keys are the aliases, and values are the column sources.

SQLUpdate::getTable() — Method in class SQLUpdate

Gets the table name to update

SQLUpdate::getAssignments() — Method in class SQLUpdate

Retrieves the list of assignments in parameterised format

SQLWriteExpression::getAssignments() — Method in class SQLWriteExpression

Retrieves the list of assignments in parameterised format

SSHTMLBBCodeParser::getStaticProperty() — Method in class SSHTMLBBCodeParser
SSHTMLBBCodeParser::getText() — Method in class SSHTMLBBCodeParser

Gets the unparsed text from the object

SSHTMLBBCodeParser::getPreparsed() — Method in class SSHTMLBBCodeParser

Gets the preparsed text from the object

SSHTMLBBCodeParser::getParsed() — Method in class SSHTMLBBCodeParser

Gets the parsed text from the object

SSViewer::get_source_file_comments() — Method in class SSViewer
SSViewer::get_theme_folder() — Method in class SSViewer

Returns the path to the theme folder

SSViewer::get_themes() — Method in class SSViewer

Returns an array of theme names present in a directory.

SSViewer::get_templates_by_class() — Method in class SSViewer

Traverses the given the given class context looking for templates with the relevant name.

SSViewer::getParser() — Method in class SSViewer

Returns the parser that is set for template generation

SSViewer::getOption() — Method in class SSViewer
SSViewer::getTemplateFileByType() — Method in class SSViewer
SSViewer::getPartialCacheStore() — Method in class SSViewer

Get the cache object to use when storing / retrieving partial cache blocks.

SSViewer::get_base_tag() — Method in class SSViewer

Return an appropriate base tag for the given template.

SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport::get_template_iterator_variables() — Method in class SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport

Called by SSViewer to get a list of iterator variables to expose to the template, the instance method to call on an instance of this class to get the value for those variables, and the class to use for casting the returned value for use in a template

SSViewer_DataPresenter::getInjectedValue() — Method in class SSViewer_DataPresenter

Get the injected value

SSViewer_DataPresenter::getObj() — Method in class SSViewer_DataPresenter
SSViewer_FromString::getCacheTemplate() — Method in class SSViewer_FromString
SSViewer_Scope::getItem() — Method in class SSViewer_Scope
SSViewer_Scope::getObj() — Method in class SSViewer_Scope
SS_Backtrace::get_rendered_backtrace() — Method in class SS_Backtrace

Render a backtrace array into an appropriate plain-text or HTML string.

SS_Cache::get_cache_lifetime() — Method in class SS_Cache

Return the cache lifetime for a particular named cache.

SS_ClassLoader::getManifest() — Method in class SS_ClassLoader

Returns the currently active class manifest instance that is used for loading classes.

SS_ClassLoader::getItemPath() — Method in class SS_ClassLoader

Returns the path for a class or interface in the currently active manifest, or any previous ones if later manifests aren't set to "exclusive".

SS_ClassManifest::get_class_parser() — Method in class SS_ClassManifest
SS_ClassManifest::get_namespaced_class_parser() — Method in class SS_ClassManifest
SS_ClassManifest::get_namespace_parser() — Method in class SS_ClassManifest
SS_ClassManifest::get_interface_parser() — Method in class SS_ClassManifest
SS_ClassManifest::get_imported_namespace_parser() — Method in class SS_ClassManifest

Create a {@link TokenisedRegularExpression} that extracts the namespaces imported with the 'use' keyword

SS_ClassManifest::getItemPath() — Method in class SS_ClassManifest

Returns the file path to a class or interface if it exists in the manifest.

SS_ClassManifest::getClasses() — Method in class SS_ClassManifest

Returns a map of lowercased class names to file paths.

SS_ClassManifest::getClassNames() — Method in class SS_ClassManifest

Returns a lowercase array of all the class names in the manifest.

SS_ClassManifest::getDescendants() — Method in class SS_ClassManifest

Returns an array of all the descendant data.

SS_ClassManifest::getDescendantsOf() — Method in class SS_ClassManifest

Returns an array containing all the descendants (direct and indirect) of a class.

SS_ClassManifest::getInterfaces() — Method in class SS_ClassManifest

Returns a map of lowercased interface names to file locations.

SS_ClassManifest::getImplementors() — Method in class SS_ClassManifest

Returns a map of lowercased interface names to the classes the implement them.

SS_ClassManifest::getImplementorsOf() — Method in class SS_ClassManifest

Returns an array containing the class names that implement a certain interface.

SS_ClassManifest::getConfigs() — Method in class SS_ClassManifest

Returns an array of paths to module config files.

SS_ClassManifest::getModules() — Method in class SS_ClassManifest

Returns an array of module names mapped to their paths.

SS_ConfigManifest::get() — Method in class SS_ConfigManifest

Gets the (merged) config value for the given class and config property name

SS_ConfigStaticManifest::get() — Method in class SS_ConfigStaticManifest
SS_ConfigStaticManifest::getStatics() — Method in class SS_ConfigStaticManifest
SS_ConfigStaticManifest_Parser::getInfo() — Method in class SS_ConfigStaticManifest_Parser
SS_ConfigStaticManifest_Parser::getStatics() — Method in class SS_ConfigStaticManifest_Parser
SS_ConfigStaticManifest_Reflection::get() — Method in class SS_ConfigStaticManifest_Reflection
SS_ConfigStaticManifest_Reflection::getStatics() — Method in class SS_ConfigStaticManifest_Reflection
SS_DAG::getIterator() — Method in class SS_DAG
SS_Database::getConnector() — Method in class SS_Database

Get the current connector

SS_Database::getSchemaManager() — Method in class SS_Database

Returns the current schema manager

SS_Database::getQueryBuilder() — Method in class SS_Database

Returns the current query builder

SS_Database::getGeneratedID() — Method in class SS_Database

Get the autogenerated ID from the previous INSERT query.

SS_Database::getVersion() — Method in class SS_Database

Query for the version of the currently connected database

SS_Database::getDatabaseServer() — Method in class SS_Database

Get the database server type (e.g. mysql, postgresql).

SS_Database::getLock() — Method in class SS_Database

Sets an application-level lock so that no two processes can run at the same time, also called a "cooperative advisory lock".

SS_Database::getSelectedDatabase() — Method in class SS_Database

Returns the name of the currently selected database

SS_Database::getConnect() — Method in class SS_Database
SS_DatabaseException::getSQL() — Method in class SS_DatabaseException

Returns the SQL that generated this error

SS_DatabaseException::getParameters() — Method in class SS_DatabaseException

The parameters given for this query, if any

SS_Datetime::get_template_global_variables() — Method in class SS_Datetime

Called by SSViewer to get a list of global variables to expose to the template, the static method to call on this class to get the value for those variables, and the class to use for casting the returned value for use in a template

SS_FileFinder::getOption() — Method in class SS_FileFinder

Returns an option value set on this instance.

SS_HTMLValue::getContent() — Method in class SS_HTMLValue
SS_HTMLValue::getDocument() — Method in class SS_HTMLValue

Get the DOMDocument for the passed content

SS_HTMLValue::getBody() — Method in class SS_HTMLValue

Get the body element, or false if there isn't one (we haven't loaded any content or this instance is in an invalid state)

SS_HTTPRequest::getBody() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
SS_HTTPRequest::getVars() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
SS_HTTPRequest::getVar() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
SS_HTTPRequest::getExtension() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest

Returns a possible file extension found in parsing the URL as denoted by a "."-character near the end of the URL.

SS_HTTPRequest::getHeaders() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
SS_HTTPRequest::getHeader() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest

Remove an existing HTTP header

SS_HTTPRequest::getURL() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest

Returns the URL used to generate the page

SS_HTTPRequest::getIP() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest

Returns the client IP address which originated this request.

SS_HTTPRequest::getAcceptMimetypes() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest

Returns all mimetypes from the HTTP "Accept" header as an array.

SS_HTTPResponse::getStatusCode() — Method in class SS_HTTPResponse
SS_HTTPResponse::getStatusDescription() — Method in class SS_HTTPResponse
SS_HTTPResponse::getBody() — Method in class SS_HTTPResponse
SS_HTTPResponse::getHeader() — Method in class SS_HTTPResponse

Return the HTTP header of the given name.

SS_HTTPResponse::getHeaders() — Method in class SS_HTTPResponse
SS_HTTPResponse_Exception::getResponse() — Method in class SS_HTTPResponse_Exception
SS_ListDecorator::getList() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator

Returns the list this decorator wraps around.

SS_ListDecorator::getIterator() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator

Return a single-item iterator so you can iterate over the fields of a single record.

SS_Log::get_logger() — Method in class SS_Log

Get the logger currently in use, or create a new one if it doesn't exist.

SS_Log::get_writers() — Method in class SS_Log

Get all writers in use by the logger.

SS_LogEmailWriter::get_send_from() — Method in class SS_LogEmailWriter
SS_Map::getIterator() — Method in class SS_Map

Returns an SS_Map_Iterator instance for iterating over the complete set of items in the map.

SS_Object::getCustomClass() — Method in class SS_Object

If a class has been overloaded, get the class name it has been overloaded with - otherwise return the class name

SS_Object::get_static() — Method in class SS_Object
SS_Object::get_extensions() — Method in class SS_Object
SS_Object::get_extra_config_sources() — Method in class SS_Object
SS_Object::getExtensionInstance() — Method in class SS_Object

Get an extension instance attached to this object by name.

SS_Object::getExtensionInstances() — Method in class SS_Object

Get all extension instances for this specific object instance.

SS_Report::getTitle() — Method in class SS_Report

Allows access to title as a property

SS_Report::getLink() — Method in class SS_Report
SS_Report::get_excluded_reports() — Method in class SS_Report

Return an array of excluded reports. That is, reports that will not be included in the list of reports in report admin in the CMS.

SS_Report::get_reports() — Method in class SS_Report

Return the SS_Report objects making up the given list.

SS_Report::getCMSFields() — Method in class SS_Report

Returns a FieldList with which to create the CMS editing form.

SS_Report::getCMSActions() — Method in class SS_Report
SS_Report::getReportField() — Method in class SS_Report

Return a field, such as a {@link GridField} that is used to show and manipulate data relating to this report.

SS_ReportWrapper::group() — Method in class SS_ReportWrapper
SS_TemplateLoader::getManifest() — Method in class SS_TemplateLoader

Returns the currently active template manifest instance.

SS_TemplateManifest::getBase() — Method in class SS_TemplateManifest
SS_TemplateManifest::getCacheKey() — Method in class SS_TemplateManifest

Generate a unique cache key to avoid manifest cache collisions.

SS_TemplateManifest::getTemplates() — Method in class SS_TemplateManifest

Returns a map of all template information. The map is in the following format:

SS_TemplateManifest::getTemplate() — Method in class SS_TemplateManifest

Returns a set of possible candidate templates that match a certain template name.

SS_TemplateManifest::getCandidateTemplate() — Method in class SS_TemplateManifest

Returns the correct candidate template. In order of importance, application project code, current theme and finally modules.

SS_ZendLog::getWriters() — Method in class SS_ZendLog

Get all writers in this logger.

SapphireTest::get_test_class_manifest() — Method in class SapphireTest

Return the manifest being used to look up test classes by helper functions

SapphireTest::get_fixture_file() — Method in class SapphireTest
SapphireTest::getFixtureFactory() — Method in class SapphireTest
SapphireTestReporter::getSuiteResults() — Method in class SapphireTestReporter

Returns the suite results

SearchContext::getSearchFields() — Method in class SearchContext

Returns scaffolded search fields for UI.

SearchContext::getQuery() — Method in class SearchContext

Returns a SQL object representing the search context for the given list of query parameters.

SearchContext::getResults() — Method in class SearchContext

Returns a result set from the given search parameters.

SearchContext::getFilter() — Method in class SearchContext

Accessor for the filter attached to a named field.

SearchContext::getFilters() — Method in class SearchContext

Get the map of filters in the current search context.

SearchContext::getFields() — Method in class SearchContext

Get the list of searchable fields in the current search context.

SearchFilter::getValue() — Method in class SearchFilter

Accessor for the current value to be filtered on.

SearchFilter::getModifiers() — Method in class SearchFilter

Accessor for the current modifiers to apply to the filter.

SearchFilter::getName() — Method in class SearchFilter

The original name of the field.

SearchFilter::getFullName() — Method in class SearchFilter

The full name passed to the constructor, including any (optional) relations in dot notation.

SearchFilter::getDbName() — Method in class SearchFilter

Normalizes the field name to table mapping.

SearchFilter::getDbFormattedValue() — Method in class SearchFilter

Return the value of the field as processed by the DBField class

SearchForm::getClassesToSearch() — Method in class SearchForm

Get the classes to search

SearchForm::getResults() — Method in class SearchForm

Return dataObjectSet of the results using $_REQUEST to get info from form.

SearchForm::getSearchQuery() — Method in class SearchForm

Get the search query for display in a "You searched for ..." sentence.

SearchForm::getPageLength() — Method in class SearchForm
Security::get_word_list() — Method in class Security

Get location of word list file

Security::GetLoginForms() — Method in class Security

Get the login forms for all available authentication methods

Security::getTemplatesFor() — Method in class Security

Determine the list of templates to use for rendering the given action

Security::getPasswordResetLink() — Method in class Security

Create a link to the password reset form.

Security::getIncludeTemplate() — Method in class Security

Gets the template for an include used for security.

Security::getStrictPathChecking() — Method in class Security

Get strict path checking

Security::get_password_encryption_algorithm() — Method in class Security
Security::get_template_global_variables() — Method in class Security

Defines global accessible templates variables.

SecurityAdmin::groups() — Method in class SecurityAdmin

Shortcut action for setting the correct active tab.

SecurityAdmin::getEditForm() — Method in class SecurityAdmin

Calls {@link SiteTree->getCMSFields()}

SecurityAdmin::groupimport() — Method in class SecurityAdmin
SecurityAdmin::GroupImportForm() — Method in class SecurityAdmin
SecurityAdmin::get_hidden_permissions() — Method in class SecurityAdmin
SecurityToken::get_default_name() — Method in class SecurityToken
SecurityToken::getSecurityID() — Method in class SecurityToken

Returns the value of an the global SecurityToken in the current session

SecurityToken::getName() — Method in class SecurityToken
SecurityToken::getValue() — Method in class SecurityToken
SecurityToken::get_template_global_variables() — Method in class SecurityToken

Called by SSViewer to get a list of global variables to expose to the template, the static method to call on this class to get the value for those variables, and the class to use for casting the returned value for use in a template

SelectionGroup_Item::getTitle() — Method in class SelectionGroup_Item
SelectionGroup_Item::getValue() — Method in class SelectionGroup_Item
Session::get_cookie_domain() — Method in class Session

Get the cookie domain.

Session::get_cookie_path() — Method in class Session

Get the path on the domain where the session cookie will work.

Session::get_cookie_secure() — Method in class Session

Get if the cookie is secure

Session::get_session_store_path() — Method in class Session

Get the session store path

Session::get() — Method in class Session

Return a specific value by session key

Session::get_all() — Method in class Session

Return all the values in session

Session::get_timeout() — Method in class Session
ShortcodeParser::get() — Method in class ShortcodeParser

Get the {@link ShortcodeParser} instance that is attached to a particular identifier.

ShortcodeParser::get_active() — Method in class ShortcodeParser

Get the currently active/default {@link ShortcodeParser} instance.

ShortcodeParser::getRegisteredShortcodes() — Method in class ShortcodeParser

Get an array containing information about registered shortcodes

ShortcodeParser::getShortcodeReplacementText() — Method in class ShortcodeParser

Return the text to insert in place of a shoprtcode.

SideReportView::group() — Method in class SideReportView
SilverStripeNavigator::getItems() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigator
SilverStripeNavigator::getRecord() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigator
SilverStripeNavigator::get_for_record() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigator
SilverStripeNavigatorItem::getHTML() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem
SilverStripeNavigatorItem::getTitle() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem
SilverStripeNavigatorItem::getName() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem

Machine-friendly name.

SilverStripeNavigatorItem::getLink() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem

Optional link to a specific view of this record.

SilverStripeNavigatorItem::getMessage() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem
SilverStripeNavigatorItem::getRecord() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem
SilverStripeNavigatorItem::getPriority() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem
SilverStripeNavigatorItem_ArchiveLink::getHTML() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_ArchiveLink
SilverStripeNavigatorItem_ArchiveLink::getTitle() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_ArchiveLink
SilverStripeNavigatorItem_ArchiveLink::getMessage() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_ArchiveLink
SilverStripeNavigatorItem_ArchiveLink::getLink() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_ArchiveLink

Optional link to a specific view of this record.

SilverStripeNavigatorItem_CMSLink::getHTML() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_CMSLink
SilverStripeNavigatorItem_CMSLink::getTitle() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_CMSLink
SilverStripeNavigatorItem_CMSLink::getLink() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_CMSLink

Optional link to a specific view of this record.

SilverStripeNavigatorItem_LiveLink::getHTML() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_LiveLink
SilverStripeNavigatorItem_LiveLink::getTitle() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_LiveLink
SilverStripeNavigatorItem_LiveLink::getMessage() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_LiveLink
SilverStripeNavigatorItem_LiveLink::getLink() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_LiveLink

Optional link to a specific view of this record.

SilverStripeNavigatorItem_StageLink::getHTML() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_StageLink
SilverStripeNavigatorItem_StageLink::getTitle() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_StageLink
SilverStripeNavigatorItem_StageLink::getMessage() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_StageLink
SilverStripeNavigatorItem_StageLink::getLink() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_StageLink

Optional link to a specific view of this record.

SilverStripeVersionProvider::getVersion() — Method in class SilverStripeVersionProvider

Gets a comma delimited string of package titles and versions

SilverStripeVersionProvider::getModules() — Method in class SilverStripeVersionProvider

Gets the configured core modules to use for the SilverStripe application version. Filtering is used to ensure that modules can turn the result off for other modules, e.g. CMS can disable Framework.

SilverStripeVersionProvider::getModuleVersionFromComposer() — Method in class SilverStripeVersionProvider

Tries to obtain version number from composer.lock if it exists

Handler::getAuthenticator() — Method in class Handler

Returns the first configured authenticator by highest priority, or null if none are configured

Controller::getManager() — Method in class Controller
Controller::getAssetHandler() — Method in class Controller
Controller::getAuthHandler() — Method in class Controller

Get an instance of the authorization Handler to manage any authentication requirements

Controller::getToken() — Method in class Controller
Controller::getCorsConfig() — Method in class Controller
Controller::getMergedCorsConfig() — Method in class Controller
FieldAccessorInterface::getValue() — Method in class FieldAccessorInterface
FieldAccessorInterface::getObjectFieldName() — Method in class FieldAccessorInterface
FieldCreator::getAttributes() — Method in class FieldCreator

Merge all attributes for this query (type, attributes, resolvers, etc).

InterfaceTypeCreator::getAttributes() — Method in class InterfaceTypeCreator

Get the attributes from the container.

Manager::getMiddlewares() — Method in class Manager
Manager::getType() — Method in class Manager

Return a type definition by name

Manager::getQuery() — Method in class Manager

Get a query by name

Manager::getMutation() — Method in class Manager

Get a mutation by name

Manager::getSchemaKey() — Method in class Manager
Manager::getMember() — Method in class Manager

Get the Member for the current context either from a previously set value or the current user

Manager::getQueryFromPersistedID() — Method in class Manager

get query from persisted id, return null if not found

Connection::getConnectionType() — Method in class Connection

Evaluate Connection type

Connection::getConnectionResolver() — Method in class Connection
Connection::getDescription() — Method in class Connection
Connection::getSortableFields() — Method in class Connection
Connection::getDefaultLimit() — Method in class Connection
Connection::getConnectionTypeName() — Method in class Connection
Connection::getEdgeTypeName() — Method in class Connection
Connection::getEdgeType() — Method in class Connection
PageInfoTypeCreator::getAttributes() — Method in class PageInfoTypeCreator

Gets the list of all computed attributes for this type.

PaginatedQueryCreator::getConnection() — Method in class PaginatedQueryCreator
SortDirectionTypeCreator::getAttributes() — Method in class SortDirectionTypeCreator

Gets the list of all computed attributes for this type.

SortInputTypeCreator::getAttributes() — Method in class SortInputTypeCreator

Gets the list of all computed attributes for this type.

PermissionCheckerAware::getPermissionChecker() — Method in class PermissionCheckerAware
FileProvider::getQueryMapping() — Method in class FileProvider

return a map from to

FileProvider::getByID() — Method in class FileProvider

return a query given an ID

FileProvider::getSchemaMapping() — Method in class FileProvider
GuzzleHTTPClientClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\PersistedQuery
GuzzleHTTPClient::getURL() — Method in class GuzzleHTTPClient
HTTPClient::getURL() — Method in class HTTPClient
HTTPProvider::getQueryMapping() — Method in class HTTPProvider

return a map from to

HTTPProvider::getByID() — Method in class HTTPProvider

return a query given an ID

HTTPProvider::getSchemaMapping() — Method in class HTTPProvider
HTTPProvider::getClient() — Method in class HTTPProvider
JSONStringProvider::getQueryMapping() — Method in class JSONStringProvider

return a map from to

JSONStringProvider::getByID() — Method in class JSONStringProvider

return a query given an ID

JSONStringProvider::getSchemaMapping() — Method in class JSONStringProvider
PersistedQueryMappingProvider::getQueryMapping() — Method in class PersistedQueryMappingProvider

return a map from to

PersistedQueryMappingProvider::getByID() — Method in class PersistedQueryMappingProvider

return a query given an ID

PersistedQueryMappingProvider::getSchemaMapping() — Method in class PersistedQueryMappingProvider
DataObjectQueryFilter::getFilterRegistry() — Method in class DataObjectQueryFilter
DataObjectQueryFilter::getFilterKey() — Method in class DataObjectQueryFilter
DataObjectQueryFilter::getExcludeKey() — Method in class DataObjectQueryFilter
DataObjectQueryFilter::getInputType() — Method in class DataObjectQueryFilter
DataObjectQueryFilter::getFiltersForField() — Method in class DataObjectQueryFilter
DataObjectQueryFilter::getFilterIdentifiersForField() — Method in class DataObjectQueryFilter
DataObjectQueryFilter::getFieldFilterByIdentifier() — Method in class DataObjectQueryFilter
FieldFilterInterface::getIdentifier() — Method in class FieldFilterInterface
FieldFilterRegistry::getFilterByIdentifier() — Method in class FieldFilterRegistry
FieldFilterRegistry::getAll() — Method in class FieldFilterRegistry
FilterRegistryInterface::getFilterByIdentifier() — Method in class FilterRegistryInterface
FilterRegistryInterface::getAll() — Method in class FilterRegistryInterface
ContainsFilter::getIdentifier() — Method in class ContainsFilter
EndsWithFilter::getIdentifier() — Method in class EndsWithFilter
EqualToFilter::getIdentifier() — Method in class EqualToFilter
GreaterThanFilterClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\QueryFilter\Filters
GreaterThanFilter::getIdentifier() — Method in class GreaterThanFilter
GreaterThanOrEqualFilterClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\QueryFilter\Filters
GreaterThanOrEqualFilter::getIdentifier() — Method in class GreaterThanOrEqualFilter
InFilter::getIdentifier() — Method in class InFilter
LessThanFilter::getIdentifier() — Method in class LessThanFilter
LessThanOrEqualFilter::getIdentifier() — Method in class LessThanOrEqualFilter
StartsWithFilter::getIdentifier() — Method in class StartsWithFilter
TypeCreatorExtension::getGraphQLType() — Method in class TypeCreatorExtension

Creates the type using appropriate parser

CRUDInterface::getName() — Method in class CRUDInterface
TypeParserInterface::getName() — Method in class TypeParserInterface
TypeParserInterface::getType() — Method in class TypeParserInterface
ArgumentScaffolder::getDescription() — Method in class ArgumentScaffolder
ArgumentScaffolder::getDefaultValue() — Method in class ArgumentScaffolder
Create::getName() — Method in class Create
Delete::getName() — Method in class Delete
Read::getName() — Method in class Read
ReadOne::getName() — Method in class ReadOne
Update::getName() — Method in class Update
DataObjectScaffolder::getTypeName() — Method in class DataObjectScaffolder

Name of graphql type

DataObjectScaffolder::getFields() — Method in class DataObjectScaffolder
DataObjectScaffolder::getOperations() — Method in class DataObjectScaffolder
DataObjectScaffolder::getNestedQueries() — Method in class DataObjectScaffolder
DataObjectScaffolder::getFieldDescription() — Method in class DataObjectScaffolder

Gets the Description property from a field, given a name

DataObjectScaffolder::getDependentClasses() — Method in class DataObjectScaffolder

Gets types for all ancestors of this class that will need to be added.

DataObjectScaffolder::getAncestralClasses() — Method in class DataObjectScaffolder

Gets the class ancestry back to DataObject.

InheritanceScaffolder::getRootClass() — Method in class InheritanceScaffolder
InheritanceScaffolder::getSuffix() — Method in class InheritanceScaffolder
InheritanceScaffolder::getTypes() — Method in class InheritanceScaffolder

Get all the GraphQL types in the ancestry

ListQueryScaffolder::getPaginationLimit() — Method in class ListQueryScaffolder
ListQueryScaffolder::getMaximumPaginationLimit() — Method in class ListQueryScaffolder
ListQueryScaffolder::getSortableFields() — Method in class ListQueryScaffolder
MutationScaffolder::getTypeName() — Method in class MutationScaffolder
OperationScaffolder::getDescription() — Method in class OperationScaffolder
OperationScaffolder::getClassFromIdentifier() — Method in class OperationScaffolder
OperationScaffolder::getIdentifier() — Method in class OperationScaffolder
OperationScaffolder::getOperations() — Method in class OperationScaffolder

Gets a map of operation identifiers to their classes

OperationScaffolder::getName() — Method in class OperationScaffolder
OperationScaffolder::getArgs() — Method in class OperationScaffolder
OperationScaffolder::getTypeName() — Method in class OperationScaffolder
OperationScaffolder::getResolver() — Method in class OperationScaffolder
PaginationScaffolder::getOperationName() — Method in class PaginationScaffolder
QueryScaffolder::getTypeName() — Method in class QueryScaffolder
SchemaScaffolder::getTypes() — Method in class SchemaScaffolder
SchemaScaffolder::getQueries() — Method in class SchemaScaffolder
SchemaScaffolder::getNestedQueries() — Method in class SchemaScaffolder

Gets all nested queries for all types

SchemaScaffolder::getMutations() — Method in class SchemaScaffolder
UnionScaffolder::getName() — Method in class UnionScaffolder
UnionScaffolder::getTypes() — Method in class UnionScaffolder
StaticSchema::getAncestry() — Method in class StaticSchema

Gets all ancestors of a DataObject

StaticSchema::getDescendants() — Method in class StaticSchema
StaticSchema::getFieldAccessor() — Method in class StaticSchema
StaticSchema::getFieldFormatter() — Method in class StaticSchema
DataObjectTypeTrait::getDataObjectClass() — Method in class DataObjectTypeTrait
DataObjectTypeTrait::getDataObjectInstance() — Method in class DataObjectTypeTrait
ArrayTypeParser::getName() — Method in class ArrayTypeParser
ArrayTypeParser::getType() — Method in class ArrayTypeParser
StringTypeParser::getName() — Method in class StringTypeParser
StringTypeParser::getDefaultValue() — Method in class StringTypeParser
StringTypeParser::getType() — Method in class StringTypeParser
TypeCreator::getFields() — Method in class TypeCreator

Returns field structure with field resolvers added.

TypeCreator::getAttributes() — Method in class TypeCreator

Gets the list of all computed attributes for this type.

CaseInsensitiveFieldAccessor::getValue() — Method in class CaseInsensitiveFieldAccessor
CaseInsensitiveFieldAccessor::getObjectFieldName() — Method in class CaseInsensitiveFieldAccessor
NaiveFieldAccessor::getValue() — Method in class NaiveFieldAccessor
NaiveFieldAccessor::getObjectFieldName() — Method in class NaiveFieldAccessor
SiteConfig::getCMSFields() — Method in class SiteConfig

Get the fields that are sent to the CMS.

SiteConfig::getAvailableThemes() — Method in class SiteConfig

Get all available themes that haven't been marked as disabled.

SiteConfig::getCMSActions() — Method in class SiteConfig

Get the actions that are sent to the CMS.

SiteConfig::get_template_global_variables() — Method in class SiteConfig

Add $SiteConfig to all SSViewers

SiteConfigLeftAndMain::getEditForm() — Method in class SiteConfigLeftAndMain
SiteConfigLeftAndMain::getSilverStripeNavigator() — Method in class SiteConfigLeftAndMain

Used for preview controls, mainly links which switch between different states of the page.

SiteTree::get_enforce_strict_hierarchy() — Method in class SiteTree
SiteTree::get_create_default_pages() — Method in class SiteTree

Return true if default pages should be created on /dev/build.

SiteTree::get_by_link() — Method in class SiteTree

Fetches the {@link SiteTree} object that maps to a link.

SiteTree::getAbsoluteLiveLink() — Method in class SiteTree

Get the absolute URL for this page on the Live site.

SiteTree::getBreadcrumbItems() — Method in class SiteTree

Returns a list of breadcrumbs for the current page.

SiteTree::getParent() — Method in class SiteTree

Get the parent of this page.

SiteTree::getSiteConfig() — Method in class SiteTree

Stub method to get the site config, unless the current class can provide an alternate.

SiteTree::generateURLSegment() — Method in class SiteTree

Generate a URL segment based on the title provided.

SiteTree::getStageURLSegment() — Method in class SiteTree

Gets the URL segment for the latest draft version of this page.

SiteTree::getLiveURLSegment() — Method in class SiteTree

Gets the URL segment for the currently published version of this page.

SiteTree::getCMSFields() — Method in class SiteTree

Returns a FieldList with which to create the main editing form.

SiteTree::getSettingsFields() — Method in class SiteTree

Returns fields related to configuration aspects on this record, e.g. access control. See {@link getCMSFields()} for content-related fields.

SiteTree::getCMSActions() — Method in class SiteTree

Get the actions available in the CMS for this page - eg Save, Publish.

SiteTree::getMenuTitle() — Method in class SiteTree

Get the title for use in menus for this page. If the MenuTitle field is set it returns that, else it returns the Title field.

SiteTree::getStatusFlags() — Method in class SiteTree

A flag provides the user with additional data about the current page status, for example a "removed from draft" status. Each page can have more than one status flag. Returns a map of a unique key to a (localized) title for the flag. The unique key can be reused as a CSS class. Use the 'updateStatusFlags' extension point to customize the flags.

SiteTree::getTreeTitle() — Method in class SiteTree

getTreeTitle will return three html DOM elements, an empty with the class 'jstree-pageicon' in front, following by a wrapping around its MenutTitle, then following by a indicating its publication status.

SiteTree::getPageLevel() — Method in class SiteTree

Gets the depth of this page in the sitetree, where 1 is the root level

SiteTree::getIsDeletedFromStage() — Method in class SiteTree

Compares current draft with live version, and returns true if no draft version of this page exists but the page is still published (eg, after triggering "Delete from draft site" in the CMS).

SiteTree::getExistsOnLive() — Method in class SiteTree

Return true if this page exists on the live site

SiteTree::getIsModifiedOnStage() — Method in class SiteTree

Compares current draft with live version, and returns true if these versions differ, meaning there have been unpublished changes to the draft site.

SiteTree::getIsAddedToStage() — Method in class SiteTree

Compares current draft with live version, and returns true if no live version exists, meaning the page was never published.

SiteTree::getParentType() — Method in class SiteTree

Returns 'root' if the current page has no parent, or 'subpage' otherwise

SiteTreeFolderExtension::getUnusedFilesListFilter() — Method in class SiteTreeFolderExtension

Looks for files used in system and create where clause which contains all ID's of files.

SiteTreeURLSegmentField::getAttributes() — Method in class SiteTreeURLSegmentField
SiteTreeURLSegmentField::getPage() — Method in class SiteTreeURLSegmentField
SiteTreeURLSegmentField::getHelpText() — Method in class SiteTreeURLSegmentField
SiteTreeURLSegmentField::getURLPrefix() — Method in class SiteTreeURLSegmentField
SiteTreeURLSegmentField::getURLSuffix() — Method in class SiteTreeURLSegmentField
SiteTreeURLSegmentField::getDefaultURL() — Method in class SiteTreeURLSegmentField
SiteTreeURLSegmentField::getURL() — Method in class SiteTreeURLSegmentField
StringField::getNullifyEmpty() — Method in class StringField

Get whether this field stores empty strings rather than converting them to null

Tab::getAttributes() — Method in class Tab

Allows customization through an 'updateAttributes' hook on the base class.

TabSet::getTabSet() — Method in class TabSet
TabSet::getAttributes() — Method in class TabSet

Allows customization through an 'updateAttributes' hook on the base class.

TemplateGlobalProvider::get_template_global_variables() — Method in class TemplateGlobalProvider

Called by SSViewer to get a list of global variables to expose to the template, the static method to call on this class to get the value for those variables, and the class to use for casting the returned value for use in a template

TemplateIteratorProvider::get_template_iterator_variables() — Method in class TemplateIteratorProvider

Called by SSViewer to get a list of iterator variables to expose to the template, the instance method to call on an instance of this class to get the value for those variables, and the class to use for casting the returned value for use in a template

TestSession::get() — Method in class TestSession

Submit a get request

TestSession_STResponseWrapper::getContent() — Method in class TestSession_STResponseWrapper
TestSession_STResponseWrapper::getError() — Method in class TestSession_STResponseWrapper
TestSession_STResponseWrapper::getSent() — Method in class TestSession_STResponseWrapper
TestSession_STResponseWrapper::getHeaders() — Method in class TestSession_STResponseWrapper
TestSession_STResponseWrapper::getMethod() — Method in class TestSession_STResponseWrapper
TestSession_STResponseWrapper::getUrl() — Method in class TestSession_STResponseWrapper
TestSession_STResponseWrapper::getRequestData() — Method in class TestSession_STResponseWrapper
TextField::getMaxLength() — Method in class TextField
TextField::getAttributes() — Method in class TextField
TextareaField::getAttributes() — Method in class TextareaField

Allows customization through an 'updateAttributes' hook on the base class.

TimeField::getLocale() — Method in class TimeField
TimeField::getConfig() — Method in class TimeField
ToggleCompositeField::getAttributes() — Method in class ToggleCompositeField
ToggleCompositeField::getStartClosed() — Method in class ToggleCompositeField
ToggleCompositeField::getHeadingLevel() — Method in class ToggleCompositeField
TreeDropdownField::getShowSearch() — Method in class TreeDropdownField
TreeDropdownField::getLabelField() — Method in class TreeDropdownField
TreeDropdownField::getKeyField() — Method in class TreeDropdownField
TreeDropdownField::getSourceObject() — Method in class TreeDropdownField
TreeMultiselectField::getItems() — Method in class TreeMultiselectField

Return this field's linked items

URLSegmentFilter::getReplacements() — Method in class URLSegmentFilter
URLSegmentFilter::getTransliterator() — Method in class URLSegmentFilter
URLSegmentFilter::getAllowMultibyte() — Method in class URLSegmentFilter
UnsavedRelationList::getIterator() — Method in class UnsavedRelationList

Returns an Iterator for this relation.

UnsavedRelationList::getIDList() — Method in class UnsavedRelationList

Returns an array with both the keys and values set to the IDs of the records in this list.

Upload::getValidator() — Method in class Upload

Get current validator

Upload::getReplaceFile() — Method in class Upload
Upload::getFile() — Method in class Upload

Get file-object, either generated from {load()}, or manually set.

Upload::getErrors() — Method in class Upload

Return all errors that occurred while processing so far (mostly set by {loadUploaded()})

UploadField::getTemplateFileButtons() — Method in class UploadField
UploadField::getTemplateFileEdit() — Method in class UploadField
UploadField::getOverwriteWarning() — Method in class UploadField

Determine if the field should show a warning when overwriting a file.

UploadField::getDisplayFolderName() — Method in class UploadField
UploadField::getRecord() — Method in class UploadField

Get the record to use as "Parent" for uploaded Files (eg a Page with a has_one to File) If none is set, it will use Form->getRecord() or Form->Controller()->data()

UploadField::getItems() — Method in class UploadField

Retrieves the current list of files

UploadField::getCustomisedItems() — Method in class UploadField

Retrieves a customised list of all File records to ensure they are properly viewable when rendered in the field template.

UploadField::getItemIDs() — Method in class UploadField

Retrieves the list of selected file IDs

UploadField::getConfig() — Method in class UploadField

Gets a front-end config variable for the upload field

UploadField::getAutoUpload() — Method in class UploadField

Determine if the field should automatically upload the file.

UploadField::getAllowedMaxFileNumber() — Method in class UploadField

Determine maximum number of files allowed to be attached Defaults to 1 for has_one and null (unlimited) for many_many and has_many relations.

UploadField::getPreviewMaxWidth() — Method in class UploadField

Gets thumbnail width. Defaults to 80

UploadField::getPreviewMaxHeight() — Method in class UploadField

Gets thumbnail height. Defaults to 60

UploadField::getUploadTemplateName() — Method in class UploadField

javascript template used to display uploading files Defaults to 'ss-uploadfield-uploadtemplate'

UploadField::getDownloadTemplateName() — Method in class UploadField

javascript template used to display already uploaded files Defaults to 'ss-downloadfield-downloadtemplate'

UploadField::getFileEditFields() — Method in class UploadField

FieldList $fields for the EditForm

UploadField::getFileEditActions() — Method in class UploadField

FieldList $actions or string $name (of a method on File to provide a actions) for the EditForm

UploadField::getFileEditValidator() — Method in class UploadField

Determines the validator to use for the edit form

UploadField::getAttributes() — Method in class UploadField

Allows customization through an 'updateAttributes' hook on the base class.

UploadField::getItemHandler() — Method in class UploadField
UploadField::getRelationAutosetClass() — Method in class UploadField

Gets the foreign class that needs to be created, or 'File' as default if there is no relationship, or it cannot be determined.

UploadField_ItemHandler::getItem() — Method in class UploadField_ItemHandler
Upload_Validator::getErrors() — Method in class Upload_Validator

Return all errors that occurred while validating the temporary file.

Upload_Validator::getAllowedMaxFileSize() — Method in class Upload_Validator

Get maximum file size for all or specified file extension.

Upload_Validator::getAllowedExtensions() — Method in class Upload_Validator
ValidationException::getResult() — Method in class ValidationException

Retrieves the ValidationResult related to this error

Validator::getErrors() — Method in class Validator

Returns all errors found by a previous call to {@link validate()}. The returned array has a structure resembling:

Varchar::getSize() — Method in class Varchar

Allow the ability to access the size of the field programatically. This can be useful if you want to have text fields with a length limit that is dictated by the DB field.

Versioned::get_reading_mode() — Method in class Versioned

Get the current reading mode.

Versioned::get_live_stage() — Method in class Versioned

Get the name of the 'live' stage.

Versioned::get_default_reading_mode() — Method in class Versioned

Get default reading mode

Versioned::get_draft_site_secured() — Method in class Versioned

Check if draft site should be secured.

Versioned::get_one_by_stage() — Method in class Versioned

Get a singleton instance of a class in the given stage.

Versioned::get_versionnumber_by_stage() — Method in class Versioned

Gets the current version number of a specific record.

Versioned::get_by_stage() — Method in class Versioned

Get a set of class instances by the given stage.

Versioned::get_latest_version() — Method in class Versioned

Return the latest version of the given object.

Versioned::get_including_deleted() — Method in class Versioned

Return the equivalent of a DataList::create() call, querying the latest version of each object stored in the (class)_versions tables. In particular, this will query deleted records as well as active ones.

Versioned::get_version() — Method in class Versioned

Return the specific version of the given ID.

Versioned::get_all_versions() — Method in class Versioned

Return a list of all versions for a given id.

Versioned::getVersionedStages() — Method in class Versioned

Returns an array of possible stages.

Versioned::getDefaultStage() — Method in class Versioned
Versioned::get_template_global_variables() — Method in class Versioned
ViewableData::getFailover() — Method in class ViewableData

Get the current failover object if set

ViewableData::getField() — Method in class ViewableData

Get the value of a field on this object. This should be overloaded in child classes.

ViewableData::getCustomisedObj() — Method in class ViewableData
ViewableData::getXMLValues() — Method in class ViewableData

Get an array of XML-escaped values by field name

ViewableData::getIterator() — Method in class ViewableData

Return a single-item iterator so you can iterate over the fields of a single record.

VirtualPage::getVirtualFields() — Method in class VirtualPage

Generates the array of fields required for the page type.

VirtualPage::getCMSFields() — Method in class VirtualPage

Generate the CMS fields from the fields from the original page.

VirtualPage::getSettingsFields() — Method in class VirtualPage
VirtualPage_Controller::getViewer() — Method in class VirtualPage_Controller
YamlFixture::getFixtureFile() — Method in class YamlFixture
YamlFixture::getFixtureString() — Method in class YamlFixture
i18n::get_cache() — Method in class i18n

Return an instance of the cache used for i18n data.

i18n::get_js_i18n() — Method in class i18n
i18n::get_date_format() — Method in class i18n
i18n::get_time_format() — Method in class i18n
i18n::get_translators() — Method in class i18n
i18n::get_translator() — Method in class i18n
i18n::get_common_languages() — Method in class i18n

Get a list of commonly used languages

i18n::get_common_locales() — Method in class i18n

Get a list of commonly used locales

i18n::get_locale_list() — Method in class i18n

Get a list of locales (code => language and country)

i18n::get_closest_translation() — Method in class i18n

Matches a given locale with the closest translation available in the system

i18n::get_existing_translations() — Method in class i18n

Searches the root-directory for module-directories (identified by having a _config.php on their first directory-level).

i18n::get_language_name() — Method in class i18n

Get a name from a language code (two characters, e.g. "en").

i18n::get_locale_name() — Method in class i18n

Get a name from a locale code (xx_YY).

i18n::get_language_code() — Method in class i18n

Get a code from an English language name

i18n::get_tinymce_lang() — Method in class i18n

Get the current tinyMCE language

i18n::get_translatable_modules() — Method in class i18n

Searches the root-directory for module-directories (identified by having a _config.php on their first directory-level and a language-file with the default locale in the /lang-subdirectory).

i18n::get_lang_from_locale() — Method in class i18n

Returns the "short" language name from a locale, e.g. "en_US" would return "en".

i18n::get_locale_from_lang() — Method in class i18n

Provides you "likely locales" for a given "short" language code. This is a guess, as we can't disambiguate from e.g. "en" to "en_US" - it could also mean "en_UK". Based on the Unicode CLDR project.

i18n::get_owner_module() — Method in class i18n

Given a PHP class name, finds the module where it's located.

i18n::get_locale() — Method in class i18n

Get the current locale.

i18n::get_script_direction() — Method in class i18n

Returns the script direction in format compatible with the HTML "dir" attribute.

i18n::get_template_global_variables() — Method in class i18n

Called by SSViewer to get a list of global variables to expose to the template, the static method to call on this class to get the value for those variables, and the class to use for casting the returned value for use in a template

i18nRailsYamlAdapter::getFilenameForLocale() — Method in class i18nRailsYamlAdapter
i18nSSLegacyAdapter::getFilenameForLocale() — Method in class i18nSSLegacyAdapter
i18nSSLegacyAdapter_Iterator::getKeyStack() — Method in class i18nSSLegacyAdapter_Iterator
i18nTextCollector::getWriter() — Method in class i18nTextCollector

Gets the currently assigned writer, or the default if none is specified.

i18nTextCollector::getDefaultLocale() — Method in class i18nTextCollector
i18nTextCollector_Parser::GetTranslatables() — Method in class i18nTextCollector_Parser

Parses a template and returns any translatable entities

i18nTextCollector_Writer_RailsYaml::getYaml() — Method in class i18nTextCollector_Writer_RailsYaml
i18nTranslateAdapterInterface::getFilenameForLocale() — Method in class i18nTranslateAdapterInterface

H

AdminRootController::handleRequest() — Method in class AdminRootController

Executes this controller, and return an {@link SS_HTTPResponse} object with the result.

ArrayData::hasField() — Method in class ArrayData

Check array to see if field isset

CMSBatchActionHandler::handleBatchAction() — Method in class CMSBatchActionHandler

Invoke a batch action

CMSBatchActionHandler::handleApplicablePages() — Method in class CMSBatchActionHandler

Respond with the list of applicable pages for a given filter

CMSBatchActionHandler::handleConfirmation() — Method in class CMSBatchActionHandler

Check if this action has a confirmation step

ClassInfo::hasTable() — Method in class ClassInfo
ClassInfo::has_method_from() — Method in class ClassInfo
CompositeField::hasData() — Method in class CompositeField

Returns true if this field has its own data.

ContentController::handleRequest() — Method in class ContentController

This acts the same as {@link Controller::handleRequest()}, but if an action cannot be found this will attempt to fall over to a child controller in order to provide functionality for nested URLs.

ContentController::httpError() — Method in class ContentController
ContentNegotiator::html() — Method in class ContentNegotiator
Controller::handleRequest() — Method in class Controller

Executes this controller, and return an {@link SS_HTTPResponse} object with the result.

Controller::hasAction() — Method in class Controller

Checks if this request handler has a specific action, even if the current user cannot access it.

Controller::hasActionTemplate() — Method in class Controller

Returns TRUE if this controller has a template that is specifically designed to handle a specific action.

Controller::has_curr() — Method in class Controller

Tests whether we have a currently active controller or not

Convert::html2raw() — Method in class Convert

Simple conversion of HTML to plaintext.

$ CsvBulkLoader#hasHeaderRowProperty in class CsvBulkLoader

Identifies if csv the has a header row.

CsvBulkLoader::hasHeaderRow() — Method in class CsvBulkLoader

Determine whether any loaded files should be parsed with a header-row (otherwise we rely on {@link self::$columnMap}.

DBField::HTMLATT() — Method in class DBField
DBField::HTML() — Method in class DBField
DBSchemaManager::hasTable() — Method in class DBSchemaManager

Returns true if the given table is exists in the current database

DBSchemaManager::hasField() — Method in class DBSchemaManager

Return true if the table exists and already has a the field specified

$ DataObject#has_oneProperty in class DataObject

One-to-zero relationship defintion. This is a map of component name to data type. In order to turn this into a true one-to-one relationship you can add a {@link DataObject::$belongs_to} relationship on the child class.

$ DataObject#has_manyProperty in class DataObject

This defines a one-to-many relationship. It is a map of component name to the remote data class.

DataObject::has_one() — Method in class DataObject
DataObject::hasOne() — Method in class DataObject

Return the class of a one-to-one component. If $component is null, return all of the one-to-one components and their classes. If the selected has_one is a polymorphic field then 'DataObject' will be returned for the type.

DataObject::hasOneComponent() — Method in class DataObject

Return data for a specific has_one component.

DataObject::has_many() — Method in class DataObject
DataObject::hasMany() — Method in class DataObject

Gets the class of a one-to-many relationship. If no $component is specified then an array of all the one-to-many relationships and their classes will be returned.

DataObject::hasManyComponent() — Method in class DataObject

Return data for a specific has_many component.

DataObject::hasField() — Method in class DataObject

Returns true if the given field exists in a database column on any of the objects tables and optionally look up a dynamic getter with get().

DataObject::hasDatabaseField() — Method in class DataObject

Returns true if the given field exists as a database column

DataObject::hasOwnTableDatabaseField() — Method in class DataObject

Returns the field type of the given field, if it belongs to this class, and not a parent.

DataObject::has_own_table_database_field() — Method in class DataObject

Returns the field type of the given field, if it belongs to this class, and not a parent.

DataObject::has_own_table() — Method in class DataObject

Returns true if given class has its own table. Uses the rules for whether the table should exist rather than actually looking in the database.

DataObject::hasValue() — Method in class DataObject

Returns true if the given method/parameter has a value (Uses the DBField::hasValue if the parameter is a database field)

DataQuery::having() — Method in class DataQuery

Append a HAVING clause to this query.

DatalessField::hasData() — Method in class DatalessField

function that returns whether this field contains data.

Debug::header() — Method in class Debug

Send a debug message in an HTTP header. Only works if you are on Dev, and headers have not yet been sent.

$ Diff#html_cleaner_classProperty in class Diff
ErrorControlChain::hasErrored() — Method in class ErrorControlChain

Determine if an error has been found

ErrorControlChain::handleFatalError() — Method in class ErrorControlChain
FieldList::hasTabSet() — Method in class FieldList
FieldList::HiddenFields() — Method in class FieldList

Return all fields in a form - including fields nested in {@link CompositeFields}.

Folder::hasChildren() — Method in class Folder

Returns true if this folder has children

Folder::hasChildFolders() — Method in class Folder

Returns true if this folder has children

Form::httpSubmission() — Method in class Form

Handle a form submission. GET and POST requests behave identically.

Form::handleField() — Method in class Form

Handle a field request.

Form::HiddenFields() — Method in class Form

Return all fields in a form - including fields nested in {@link CompositeFields}.

FormField::HolderID() — Method in class FormField

Returns the HTML ID for the form field holder element.

FormField::hasData() — Method in class FormField

Returns true if this field has its own data.

FormField::hasClass() — Method in class FormField
Form_FieldMap::hasMethod() — Method in class Form_FieldMap

Ensure that all potential method calls get passed to __call(), therefore to dataFieldByName

GDBackend::hasImageResource() — Method in class GDBackend

hasImageResource

GDBackend::hasGD() — Method in class GDBackend
GridField::handleAlterAction() — Method in class GridField

Pass an action on the first GridField_ActionProvider that matches the $actionName.

GridField::handleRequest() — Method in class GridField

Custom request handler that will check component handlers before proceeding to the default implementation.

GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter::handleAction() — Method in class GridFieldAddExistingAutocompleter

Manipulate the state to add a new relation

GridFieldDeleteAction::handleAction() — Method in class GridFieldDeleteAction

Handle the actions and apply any changes to the GridField

GridFieldDetailForm::handleItem() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm
GridFieldEditButton::handleAction() — Method in class GridFieldEditButton

Handle the actions and apply any changes to the GridField.

GridFieldExportButton::handleAction() — Method in class GridFieldExportButton

Handle an action on the given {@link GridField}.

GridFieldExportButton::handleExport() — Method in class GridFieldExportButton

Handle the export, for both the action button and the URL

GridFieldFilterHeader::handleAction() — Method in class GridFieldFilterHeader

Handle an action on the given {@link GridField}.

GridFieldPaginator::handleAction() — Method in class GridFieldPaginator
GridFieldPrintButton::handleAction() — Method in class GridFieldPrintButton

Handle the print action.

GridFieldPrintButton::handlePrint() — Method in class GridFieldPrintButton

Handle the print, for both the action button and the URL

GridFieldSortableHeader::handleAction() — Method in class GridFieldSortableHeader

Handle an action on the given {@link GridField}.

GridField_ActionProvider::handleAction() — Method in class GridField_ActionProvider

Handle an action on the given {@link GridField}.

GridField_SaveHandler::handleSave() — Method in class GridField_SaveHandler

Called when a grid field is saved - i.e. the form is submitted.

HTMLCleanerClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Base class for HTML cleaning implementations.

HTMLTextClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Represents a large text field that contains HTML content.

HTMLVarcharClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Represents a short text field that is intended to contain HTML content.

HTTPClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

A class with HTTP-related helpers.

HTTPCacheControlClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Class HTTPCacheControl

HTTPCacheControl::hasDirective() — Method in class HTTPCacheControl

Low level method to check if a directive is currently set

HasManyListClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Subclass of {@link DataList} representing a has_many relation.

HeaderFieldClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Field that generates a heading tag.

HiddenClassClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Anything that implements HiddenClass won't be shown in user-interface elements. For example, DataObjects that implement HiddenClass won't be showing in the "new page" dropdown.

HiddenFieldClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Hidden field.

HierarchyClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

DataObjects that use the Hierarchy extension can be be organised as a hierarchy, with children and parents. The most obvious example of this is SiteTree.

$ Hierarchy#hide_from_hierarchyProperty in class Hierarchy

A list of classnames to exclude from display in both the CMS and front end displays. ->Children() and ->AllChildren affected.

$ Hierarchy#hide_from_cms_treeProperty in class Hierarchy

A list of classnames to exclude from display in the page tree views of the CMS, unlike $hide_from_hierarchy above which effects both CMS and front end.

HourlyTaskClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Classes that must be run hourly extend this class

HtmlEditorConfigClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

A PHP version of TinyMCE's configuration, to allow various parameters to be configured on a site or section basis

HtmlEditorFieldClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

A TinyMCE-powered WYSIWYG HTML editor field with image and link insertion and tracking capabilities. Editor fields are created from <textarea> tags, which are then converted with JavaScript.

HtmlEditorField_EmbedClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Encapsulation of an oembed tag, linking to an external media source.

HtmlEditorField_FileClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Encapsulation of a file which can either be a remote URL or a {@link File} on the local filesystem, exhibiting common properties such as file name or the URL.

HtmlEditorField_ImageClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Encapsulation of an image tag, linking to an image either internal or external to the site.

HtmlEditorField_ReadonlyClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Readonly version of an {@link HTMLEditorField}.

HtmlEditorField_ToolbarClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Toolbar shared by all instances of {@link HTMLEditorField}, to avoid too much markup duplication.

HtmlEditorSanitiserClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Sanitises an HTMLValue so it's contents are the elements and attributes that are whitelisted using the same configuration as TinyMCE

Image_Backend::hasImageResource() — Method in class Image_Backend

hasImageResource

ImagickBackend::hasImageResource() — Method in class ImagickBackend

hasImageResource

Injector::hasService() — Method in class Injector

Does the given service exist, and if so, what's the stored name for it?

$ LeftAndMain#help_linkProperty in class LeftAndMain

The url used for the link in the Help tab in the backend

LeftAndMain::handleRequest() — Method in class LeftAndMain

Executes this controller, and return an {@link SS_HTTPResponse} object with the result.

$ Member#hidden_fieldsProperty in class Member

Internal-use only fields

ModelAsController::handleRequest() — Method in class ModelAsController
Money::hasAmount() — Method in class Money
MySQLSchemaManager::hasTable() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager

Returns true if the given table is exists in the current database

Oembed::handle_shortcode() — Method in class Oembed
Oembed_Result::hasField() — Method in class Oembed_Result

Wrap the check for looking into Oembed JSON within $this->data.

$ Permission#hidden_permissionsProperty in class Permission

a list of permission codes which doesn't appear in the Permission list when make the {@link PermissionCheckboxSetField}

PhpUnitWrapper::has_php_unit() — Method in class PhpUnitWrapper

Returns true if one of the two supported PHPUNIT versions is installed.

ReportAdmin::has_reports() — Method in class ReportAdmin

Determine if we have reports and need to display the "Reports" main menu item in the CMS.

RequestHandler::handleRequest() — Method in class RequestHandler

Handles URL requests.

RequestHandler::hasAction() — Method in class RequestHandler

Checks if this request handler has a specific action, even if the current user cannot access it.

RequestHandler::httpError() — Method in class RequestHandler

Throws a HTTP error response encased in a {@link SS_HTTPResponse_Exception}, which is later caught in {@link RequestHandler::handleAction()} and returned to the user.

RestfulService::httpHeader() — Method in class RestfulService

Set a custom HTTP header

RootURLController::handleRequest() — Method in class RootURLController
SSViewer::hasTemplate() — Method in class SSViewer

Returns true if at least one of the listed templates exists.

SS_ClassLoader::hasManifest() — Method in class SS_ClassLoader

Returns true if this class loader has a manifest.

SS_ClassManifest::handleDir() — Method in class SS_ClassManifest
SS_ClassManifest::handleFile() — Method in class SS_ClassManifest
SS_ConfigStaticManifest::handleFile() — Method in class SS_ConfigStaticManifest
SS_Database::hasTable() — Method in class SS_Database
SS_Database::hasField() — Method in class SS_Database
SS_HTTPRequest::httpMethod() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
SS_Object::has_extension() — Method in class SS_Object

Return TRUE if a class has a specified extension.

SS_Object::hasMethod() — Method in class SS_Object

Return TRUE if a method exists on this object

SS_Object::hasExtension() — Method in class SS_Object

Returns TRUE if this object instance has a specific extension applied in {@link $extension_instances}. Extension instances are initialized at constructor time, meaning if you use {@link add_extension()} afterwards, the added extension will just be added to new instances of the extended class. Use the static method {@link has_extension()} to check if a class (not an instance) has a specific extension.

SS_TemplateManifest::handleFile() — Method in class SS_TemplateManifest
Security::has_default_admin() — Method in class Security

Check that the default admin account has been set.

SelectionGroup::hasData() — Method in class SelectionGroup

Returns true if this field has its own data.

HandlerClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Auth

The authentication Handler is responsible for handling authentication requirements and providing a Member to the Manager if required, so it can be used in request contexts.

Manager::hasType() — Method in class Manager
HTTPMethodMiddlewareClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Middleware
HTTPClientClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\PersistedQuery
HTTPProviderClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\PersistedQuery

Class HTTPProvider

SchemaScaffolder::hasType() — Method in class SchemaScaffolder

Returns true if the type has been added to the scaffolder

$ SiteTree#hide_ancestorProperty in class SiteTree

If you extend a class, and don't want to be able to select the old class in the cms, set this to the old class name. Eg, if you extended Product to make ImprovedProduct, then you would set $hide_ancestor to Product.

UploadField::handleItem() — Method in class UploadField
UploadField::handleSelect() — Method in class UploadField
Versioned::hasVersionField() — Method in class Versioned

Check if a certain table has the 'Version' field.

ViewableData::hasField() — Method in class ViewableData

Check if a field exists on this object. This should be overloaded in child classes.

ViewableData::hasValue() — Method in class ViewableData

Checks if a given method/field has a valid value. If the result is an object, this will return the result of the exists method, otherwise will check if the result is not just an empty paragraph tag.

ViewableData_Customised::hasMethod() — Method in class ViewableData_Customised

Return TRUE if a method exists on this object

VirtualPage::hasField() — Method in class VirtualPage
VirtualPage::hasMethod() — Method in class VirtualPage

Overwrite to also check for method on the original data object

VirtualPage_Controller::hasMethod() — Method in class VirtualPage_Controller

Also check the original object's original controller for the method

I

ArrayLib::invert() — Method in class ArrayLib

Inverses the first and second level keys of an associative array, keying the result by the second level, and combines all first level entries within them.

ArrayLib::is_associative() — Method in class ArrayLib

Determines if an array is associative by checking for existing keys via array_key_exists().

ArrayLib::in_array_recursive() — Method in class ArrayLib

Recursively searches an array $haystack for the value(s) $needle.

AssetAdmin::init() — Method in class AssetAdmin

Set up the controller, in particular, re-sync the File database with the assets folder./

Authenticator::is_registered() — Method in class Authenticator

Check if a given authenticator is registered

BuildTask::isEnabled() — Method in class BuildTask
CMSMain::init() — Method in class CMSMain
CMSMain::index() — Method in class CMSMain
CMSPagesController::isCurrentPage() — Method in class CMSPagesController

Compares a given record to the currently selected one (if any).

CMSSecurity::init() — Method in class CMSSecurity

Initialisation function that is run before any action on the controller is called.

CMSSiteTreeFilter::isPageIncluded() — Method in class CMSSiteTreeFilter

Returns TRUE if the given page should be included in the tree.

ClassInfo::implementorsOf() — Method in class ClassInfo
CleanImageManipulationCache::init() — Method in class CleanImageManipulationCache

Check that the user has appropriate permissions to execute this task

CliController::init() — Method in class CliController

Initialisation function that is run before any action on the controller is called.

CliController::index() — Method in class CliController
ComparisonFilter::isEmpty() — Method in class ComparisonFilter

Determines if a field has a value, and that the filter should be applied.

CompositeDBField::isChanged() — Method in class CompositeDBField

Determines if the field has been changed since its initialization.

CompositeField::isComposite() — Method in class CompositeField

Returns true if this field is a composite field.

CompositeField::insertBefore() — Method in class CompositeField
CompositeField::insertAfter() — Method in class CompositeField
CompositeField::IsReadonly() — Method in class CompositeField
Config::inst() — Method in class Config

Get the current active Config instance.

ConfirmedPasswordField::isSaveable() — Method in class ConfirmedPasswordField

Determines if the field was actually shown on the client side - if not, we don't validate or save it.

ContentController::init() — Method in class ContentController

Initialisation function that is run before any action on the controller is called.

Controller::init() — Method in class Controller

Initialisation function that is run before any action on the controller is called.

CurrentPageIdentifier::isCurrentPage() — Method in class CurrentPageIdentifier

Check if the given DataObject is the current page.

DB::inline_parameters() — Method in class DB
DB::is_active() — Method in class DB

Check if the connection to the database is active.

DB::isActive() — Method in class DB
DBConnector::isQueryMutable() — Method in class DBConnector

Determine if this SQL statement is a destructive operation (write or ddl)

DBConnector::isQueryDDL() — Method in class DBConnector

Determine if this SQL statement is a DDL operation

DBConnector::isQueryWrite() — Method in class DBConnector

Determine if this SQL statement is a write operation (alters content but not structure)

DBConnector::isActive() — Method in class DBConnector

Determines if we are connected to a server AND have a valid database selected.

DBSchemaManager::isSchemaUpdating() — Method in class DBSchemaManager

Returns true if we are during a schema update.

DBSchemaManager::IdColumn() — Method in class DBSchemaManager

This returns the data type for the id column which is the primary key for each table

DBSchemaManager::indexList() — Method in class DBSchemaManager

Return the list of indexes in a table.

DataDifferencer::ignoreFields() — Method in class DataDifferencer

Specify some fields to ignore changes from. Repeated calls are cumulative.

DataList::innerJoin() — Method in class DataList

Return a new DataList instance with an inner join clause added to this list's query.

DataList::insertFirst() — Method in class DataList

This method won't function on DataLists due to the specific query that it represent

DataModel::inst() — Method in class DataModel

Get the global DataModel.

$ DataObject#indexesProperty in class DataObject

If a field is in this array, then create a database index on that field. This is a map from fieldname to index type.

DataObject::is_composite_field() — Method in class DataObject

Returns the field class if the given db field on the class is a composite field.

DataObject::isEmpty() — Method in class DataObject

Returns TRUE if all values (other than "ID") are considered empty (by weak boolean comparison).

DataObject::i18n_singular_name() — Method in class DataObject

Get the translated user friendly singular name of this DataObject same as singular_name() but runs it through the translating function

DataObject::i18n_plural_name() — Method in class DataObject

Get the translated user friendly plural name of this DataObject Same as plural_name but runs it through the translation function Translation string is in the form: $this->class.PLURALNAME Example: Page.PLURALNAME

DataObject::isChanged() — Method in class DataObject

Uses {@link getChangedFields()} to determine if fields have been changed since loading them from the database.

DataObject::inheritedDatabaseFields() — Method in class DataObject

Returns fields bu traversing the class heirachy in a bottom-up direction.

DataObject::isInDB() — Method in class DataObject
DataQuery::initialiseQuery() — Method in class DataQuery

Set up the simplest initial query

DataQuery::innerJoin() — Method in class DataQuery

Add an INNER JOIN clause to this query.

DatabaseAdmin::init() — Method in class DatabaseAdmin

Initialisation function that is run before any action on the controller is called.

DatabaseAdmin::index() — Method in class DatabaseAdmin

When we're called as /dev/build, that's actually the index. Do the same as /dev/build/build.

Date::InPast() — Method in class Date

Returns true if date is in the past.

Date::InFuture() — Method in class Date

Returns true if date is in the future.

Date::IsToday() — Method in class Date

Returns true if date is today.

Decimal::Int() — Method in class Decimal
DevelopmentAdmin::init() — Method in class DevelopmentAdmin

Initialisation function that is run before any action on the controller is called.

DevelopmentAdmin::index() — Method in class DevelopmentAdmin
Diff::isEmpty() — Method in class Diff

Check for empty diff.

Director::is_https() — Method in class Director

Return whether the site is running as under HTTPS.

Director::is_absolute() — Method in class Director

Returns true if a given path is absolute. Works under both *nix and windows systems

Director::is_absolute_url() — Method in class Director

Checks if a given URL is absolute (e.g. starts with 'http://' etc.).

Director::is_relative_url() — Method in class Director

Checks if a given URL is relative by checking {@link is_absolute_url()}.

Director::is_site_url() — Method in class Director

Checks if the given URL is belonging to this "site" (not an external link).

Director::is_ajax() — Method in class Director

Checks if the current HTTP-Request is an "Ajax-Request" by checking for a custom header set by jQuery or wether a manually set request-parameter 'ajax' is present.

Director::is_cli() — Method in class Director

Returns true if this script is being run from the command line rather than the webserver.

Director::isLive() — Method in class Director
Director::isDev() — Method in class Director

This function will return true if the site is in a development environment.

Director::isTest() — Method in class Director

This function will return true if the site is in a test environment.

DropdownField::isSelected() — Method in class DropdownField
Email::IsEmail() — Method in class Email

Used by {@link SSViewer} templates to detect if we're rendering an email template rather than a page template

Email::is_valid_address() — Method in class Email

Validates the email address to get as close to RFC 822 compliant as possible.

EncryptAllPasswordsTask::init() — Method in class EncryptAllPasswordsTask
ExactMatchFilter::isEmpty() — Method in class ExactMatchFilter

Determines if a field has a value, and that the filter should be applied.

FieldList::insertBefore() — Method in class FieldList

Inserts a field before a particular field in a FieldList.

FieldList::insertAfter() — Method in class FieldList

Inserts a field after a particular field in a FieldList.

File::Icon() — Method in class File

Return the relative URL of an icon for the file type, based on the {@link appCategory()} value.

File::ini2bytes() — Method in class File

Convert a php.ini value (eg: 512M) to bytes

Filesystem::isAbsolute() — Method in class Filesystem

Returns true if the given filename is an absolute file reference.

Folder::Icon() — Method in class Folder

Return the relative URL of an icon for this file type

$ Form#IncludeFormTagProperty in class Form
FormField::ID() — Method in class FormField

Returns the HTML ID of the field.

FormField::isComposite() — Method in class FormField

Returns true if this field is a composite field.

FormField::isReadonly() — Method in class FormField
FormField::isDisabled() — Method in class FormField
$ FormScaffolder#includeRelationsProperty in class FormScaffolder
FulltextFilter::isEmpty() — Method in class FulltextFilter

Determines if a field has a value, and that the filter should be applied.

$ GDBackend#image_interlaceProperty in class GDBackend
GDBackend::imageAvailable() — Method in class GDBackend
GridField::index() — Method in class GridField
GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest::ItemEditForm() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest

Builds an item edit form. The arguments to getCMSFields() are the popupController and popupFormName, however this is an experimental API and may change.

HTMLCleaner::inst() — Method in class HTMLCleaner

Experimental inst class to create a default html cleaner class

HiddenField::IsHidden() — Method in class HiddenField
Hierarchy::isMarked() — Method in class Hierarchy

Check if this DataObject is marked.

Hierarchy::isExpanded() — Method in class Hierarchy

Check if this DataObject is expanded.

Hierarchy::isTreeOpened() — Method in class Hierarchy

Check if this DataObject's tree is opened.

HtmlEditorConfig::insertButtonsBefore() — Method in class HtmlEditorConfig

Insert buttons before the first occurance of another button

HtmlEditorConfig::insertButtonsAfter() — Method in class HtmlEditorConfig

Insert buttons after the first occurance of another button

$ HtmlEditorField#insert_widthProperty in class HtmlEditorField
HtmlEditorField::include_js() — Method in class HtmlEditorField
IPhpUnitWrapperClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Interface, implementing the general PHPUnit wrapper API.

IPhpUnitWrapper::init() — Method in class IPhpUnitWrapper
ImageClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Represents an Image

Image::isSize() — Method in class Image

Determine if this image is of the specified size

Image::isWidth() — Method in class Image

Determine if this image is of the specified width

Image::isHeight() — Method in class Image

Determine if this image is of the specified width

Image_BackendClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Image_Backend

Image_Backend::imageAvailable() — Method in class Image_Backend

imageAvailable

Image_CachedClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

A resized / processed {@link Image} object.

ImagickBackendClass in namespace [Global Namespace]
ImagickBackend::imageAvailable() — Method in class ImagickBackend
InjectionCreatorClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

A class for creating new objects by the injector.

InjectorClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

A simple injection manager that manages creating objects and injecting dependencies between them. It borrows quite a lot from ideas taken from Spring's configuration, but is adapted to the stateless PHP way of doing things.

Injector::inst() — Method in class Injector

If a user wants to use the injector as a static reference

Injector::inject() — Method in class Injector

Inject $object with available objects from the service cache

InlineFormActionClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Render a button that will submit the form its contained in through ajax.

InlineFormAction::includeDefaultJS() — Method in class InlineFormAction

Optionally disable the default javascript include (framework/javascript/InlineFormAction.js), which routes to an "admin-custom"-URL.

InlineFormAction_ReadOnlyClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Readonly version of {@link InlineFormAction}.

InstallerTestClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Simple controller that the installer uses to test that URL rewriting is working.

IntClass in namespace [Global Namespace]
JSTestRunner::init() — Method in class JSTestRunner

Initialisation function that is run before any action on the controller is called.

LeftAndMain::init() — Method in class LeftAndMain
LeftAndMain::index() — Method in class LeftAndMain
LeftAndMain::isCurrentPage() — Method in class LeftAndMain

Compares a given record to the currently selected one (if any).

LeftAndMainExtension::init() — Method in class LeftAndMainExtension
$ LeftAndMainMarkingFilter#idsProperty in class LeftAndMainMarkingFilter
LeftAndMainPageIconsExtension::init() — Method in class LeftAndMainPageIconsExtension
LeftAndMain_HTTPResponse::isFinished() — Method in class LeftAndMain_HTTPResponse

Returns true if this response is "finished", that is, no more script execution should be done.

LeftAndMain_SearchFilter::isPageIncluded() — Method in class LeftAndMain_SearchFilter

Returns TRUE if the given page should be included in the tree.

$ LoginAttempt#IPProperty in class LoginAttempt

IP address of user attempting to login

Member::isDefaultAdmin() — Method in class Member

Check if this user is the currently configured default admin

Member::isLockedOut() — Method in class Member

Returns true if this user is locked out

Member::isPasswordExpired() — Method in class Member
Member::inGroups() — Method in class Member

Check if the member is in one of the given groups.

Member::inGroup() — Method in class Member

Check if the member is in the given group or any parent groups.

ModelAdmin::init() — Method in class ModelAdmin

Initialize the model admin interface. Sets up embedded jquery libraries and requisite plugins.

ModelAdmin::ImportForm() — Method in class ModelAdmin

Generate a CSV import form for a single {@link DataObject} subclass.

ModelAdmin::import() — Method in class ModelAdmin

Imports the submitted CSV file based on specifications given in {@link self::model_importers}.

ModelAsController::init() — Method in class ModelAsController

Initialisation function that is run before any action on the controller is called.

Money::isChanged() — Method in class Money

Determines if the field has been changed since its initialization.

MySQLSchemaManager::isView() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager
MySQLSchemaManager::indexList() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager

Return the list of indexes in a table.

MySQLSchemaManager::int() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager

Return a int type-formatted string

MySQLSchemaManager::IdColumn() — Method in class MySQLSchemaManager

This returns the data type for the id column which is the primary key for each table

MySQLiConnector::isActive() — Method in class MySQLiConnector

Determines if we are connected to a server AND have a valid database selected.

Oembed::is_enabled() — Method in class Oembed
PDOConnector::is_emulate_prepare() — Method in class PDOConnector

Is PDO running in emulated mode

PDOConnector::isActive() — Method in class PDOConnector

Determines if we are connected to a server AND have a valid database selected.

PartialMatchFilter::isEmpty() — Method in class PartialMatchFilter

Determines if a field has a value, and that the filter should be applied.

PhpUnitWrapper::inst() — Method in class PhpUnitWrapper

Loads and initiates phpunit, based on the available phpunit version.

PhpUnitWrapper::init() — Method in class PhpUnitWrapper

Implements method, defined in the interface IPhpUnitWrapper:init (see IPhpUnitWrapper).

PhpUnitWrapper_3_4::init() — Method in class PhpUnitWrapper_3_4

Initialise the wrapper class.

PhpUnitWrapper_3_5::init() — Method in class PhpUnitWrapper_3_5

Initialise the wrapper class.

PolymorphicForeignKey::isChanged() — Method in class PolymorphicForeignKey

Determines if the field has been changed since its initialization.

$ Profiler#initTimeProperty in class Profiler
Profiler::init() — Method in class Profiler
RedirectorPage_Controller::init() — Method in class RedirectorPage_Controller
RegenerateCachedImagesTask::init() — Method in class RegenerateCachedImagesTask

Check that the user has appropriate permissions to execute this task

RemoveOrphanedPagesTask::init() — Method in class RemoveOrphanedPagesTask

Initialisation function that is run before any action on the controller is called.

RemoveOrphanedPagesTask::index() — Method in class RemoveOrphanedPagesTask
ReportAdmin::init() — Method in class ReportAdmin
Requirements::insertHeadTags() — Method in class Requirements

Add the following custom HTML code to the section of the page

Requirements::includeInHTML() — Method in class Requirements

Update the given HTML content with the appropriate include tags for the registered requirements. Needs to receive a valid HTML/XHTML template in the $content parameter, including a head and body tag.

Requirements::include_in_response() — Method in class Requirements

Attach requirements inclusion to X-Include-JS and X-Include-CSS headers on the given HTTP Response

Requirements_Backend::insertHeadTags() — Method in class Requirements_Backend

Add the following custom HTML code to the section of the page

Requirements_Backend::includeInHTML() — Method in class Requirements_Backend

Update the given HTML content with the appropriate include tags for the registered requirements. Needs to receive a valid HTML/XHTML template in the $content parameter, including a head and body tag.

Requirements_Backend::include_in_response() — Method in class Requirements_Backend

Attach requirements inclusion to X-Include-JS and X-Include-CSS headers on the given HTTP Response

SQLAssignmentRow::isEmpty() — Method in class SQLAssignmentRow

Determine if this assignment is empty

SQLConditionalExpression::isJoinedTo() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression

Returns true if we are already joining to the given table alias

SQLConditionalExpression::isEmpty() — Method in class SQLConditionalExpression

Determine if this query is empty, and thus cannot be executed

SQLExpression::isEmpty() — Method in class SQLExpression

Determine if this query is empty, and thus cannot be executed

SQLInsert::isEmpty() — Method in class SQLInsert

Determine if this query is empty, and thus cannot be executed

SQLQuery_ParameterInjector::injectConditions() — Method in class SQLQuery_ParameterInjector

Given a list of parameterised conditions, return a flattened list of condition strings

SQLUpdate::isEmpty() — Method in class SQLUpdate

Determine if this query is empty, and thus cannot be executed

SSTemplateParser::InjectionVariables__construct() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::InjectionVariables_InjectionName() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::InjectionVariables_Argument() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::InjectionVariables__finalise() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::Injection_STR() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::IfArgumentPortion_STR() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::IfArgument_IfArgumentPortion() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::IfArgument_BooleanOperator() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::If_IfPart() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::If_ElseIfPart() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::If_ElsePart() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::Include__construct() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::Include_Template() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::Include_NamedArgument() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::Include__finalise() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSViewer::includeRequirements() — Method in class SSViewer

Flag whether to include the requirements in this response.

SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport::iteratorProperties() — Method in class SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport

Set the current iterator properties - where we are on the iterator.

SS_ClassLoader::instance() — Method in class SS_ClassLoader
SS_Database::isActive() — Method in class SS_Database

Determines if we are connected to a server AND have a valid database selected.

SS_Database::isSchemaUpdating() — Method in class SS_Database
SS_HTMLValue::isValid() — Method in class SS_HTMLValue

Is this HTMLValue in an errored state?

SS_HTTPRequest::isGET() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
SS_HTTPRequest::isPOST() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
SS_HTTPRequest::isPUT() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
SS_HTTPRequest::isDELETE() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
SS_HTTPRequest::isHEAD() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
SS_HTTPRequest::isMedia() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest

Checks if the {@link SS_HTTPRequest->getExtension()} on this request matches one of the more common media types embedded into a webpage - e.g. css, png.

SS_HTTPRequest::isAjax() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest

Returns true if this request an ajax request, based on custom HTTP ajax added by common JavaScript libraries, or based on an explicit "ajax" request parameter.

SS_HTTPRequest::isEmptyPattern() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest

Returns true if this is a URL that will match without shifting off any of the URL.

SS_HTTPResponse::isError() — Method in class SS_HTTPResponse

Returns true if this HTTP response is in error

SS_HTTPResponse::isFinished() — Method in class SS_HTTPResponse

Returns true if this response is "finished", that is, no more script execution should be done.

SS_Object::is_a() — Method in class SS_Object

Check if this class is an instance of a specific class, or has that class as one of its parents

SS_Object::invokeWithExtensions() — Method in class SS_Object

Calls a method if available on both this object and all applied {@link Extensions}, and then attempts to merge all results into an array

SS_ReportWrapper::ID() — Method in class SS_ReportWrapper
SS_TemplateLoader::instance() — Method in class SS_TemplateLoader
SapphireInfo::init() — Method in class SapphireInfo

Initialisation function that is run before any action on the controller is called.

SapphireREPL::index() — Method in class SapphireREPL
SapphireTest::is_running_test() — Method in class SapphireTest

Determines if unit tests are currently run (via {@link TestRunner}).

ScheduledTask::init() — Method in class ScheduledTask

Initialisation function that is run before any action on the controller is called.

SearchFilter::isEmpty() — Method in class SearchFilter

Determines if a field has a value, and that the filter should be applied.

Security::init() — Method in class Security

Initialisation function that is run before any action on the controller is called.

Security::index() — Method in class Security
Security::ignore_disallowed_actions() — Method in class Security
SecurityAdmin::init() — Method in class SecurityAdmin
SecurityToken::inst() — Method in class SecurityToken

Gets a global token (or creates one if it doesnt exist already).

SecurityToken::is_enabled() — Method in class SecurityToken
SecurityToken::isEnabled() — Method in class SecurityToken

You can't disable an existing instance, it will need to be overwritten like this: $old = SecurityToken::inst(); // isEnabled() returns true SecurityToken::disable(); $new = SecurityToken::inst(); // isEnabled() returns false

Session::inst_start() — Method in class Session
Session::inst_destroy() — Method in class Session
Session::inst_set() — Method in class Session
Session::inst_addToArray() — Method in class Session
Session::inst_get() — Method in class Session
Session::inst_clear() — Method in class Session
Session::inst_clearAll() — Method in class Session
Session::inst_getAll() — Method in class Session
Session::inst_finalize() — Method in class Session
Session::inst_save() — Method in class Session

Save data to session Only save the changes, so that anyone manipulating $_SESSION directly doesn't get burned.

Session::inst_changedData() — Method in class Session

Return the changed data, for debugging purposes.

ShortcodeParser::img_shortcode() — Method in class ShortcodeParser
SilverStripeNavigatorItem::isActive() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem

As items might convey different record states like a "stage" or "live" table, an item can be active (showing the record in this state).

SilverStripeNavigatorItem::isArchived() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem

Counts as "archived" if the current record is a different version from both live and draft.

SilverStripeNavigatorItem_ArchiveLink::isActive() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_ArchiveLink

As items might convey different record states like a "stage" or "live" table, an item can be active (showing the record in this state).

SilverStripeNavigatorItem_CMSLink::isActive() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_CMSLink

As items might convey different record states like a "stage" or "live" table, an item can be active (showing the record in this state).

SilverStripeNavigatorItem_LiveLink::isActive() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_LiveLink

As items might convey different record states like a "stage" or "live" table, an item can be active (showing the record in this state).

SilverStripeNavigatorItem_StageLink::isActive() — Method in class SilverStripeNavigatorItem_StageLink

As items might convey different record states like a "stage" or "live" table, an item can be active (showing the record in this state).

IPUtilsClass in namespace SilverStripe\Control\Util

Http utility functions.

AuthenticatorInterface::isApplicable() — Method in class AuthenticatorInterface

Determine if this authenticator is applicable to the current request

BasicAuthAuthenticator::isApplicable() — Method in class BasicAuthAuthenticator

Determine if this authenticator is applicable to the current request

Controller::index() — Method in class Controller

Handles requests to the index action (e.g. /graphql)

IntrospectionProviderClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Extensions

Class IntrospectionProvider

InterfaceTypeCreatorClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL

Base type creator for interface type generation.

DataObjectQueryFilter::isFieldFiltered() — Method in class DataObjectQueryFilter
InFilterClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\QueryFilter\Filters
TypeCreatorExtension::isInternalGraphQLType() — Method in class TypeCreatorExtension

Returns true if the type parser creates an internal type e.g. String

ArgumentScaffolder::isRequired() — Method in class ArgumentScaffolder
InheritanceScaffolderClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Scaffolding\Scaffolders

Scaffolds a UnionType based on the ancestry of a DataObject class

ItemQueryScaffolderClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Scaffolding\Scaffolders

Scaffolds a GraphQL query field.

$ StaticSchema#inheritanceTypeSuffixProperty in class StaticSchema
StaticSchema::inst() — Method in class StaticSchema
StaticSchema::inheritanceTypeNameForDataObject() — Method in class StaticSchema

Gets the type name for a union type of all ancestors of a class given the classname

StaticSchema::inheritanceTypeNameForType() — Method in class StaticSchema

Gets the type name for a union type of all ancestors of a class given the type name

StaticSchema::isValidFieldName() — Method in class StaticSchema

Returns true if the field name can be accessed on the given object

StaticSchema::introspectTypes() — Method in class StaticSchema
StringTypeParser::isInternalType() — Method in class StringTypeParser

Returns true if the given type is an internal GraphQL type, e.g. "String" or "Int"

StringTypeParser::isRequired() — Method in class StringTypeParser
TypeCreator::interfaces() — Method in class TypeCreator

Returns the list of interfaces (or function to evaluate this list) which this type implements.

TypeCreator::isInputObject() — Method in class TypeCreator

True if this is an input object, which accepts new field values.

SiteConfigLeftAndMain::init() — Method in class SiteConfigLeftAndMain

Initialises the {@link SiteConfig} controller.

$ SiteTree#iconProperty in class SiteTree

Icon to use in the CMS page tree. This should be the full filename, relative to the webroot.

SiteTree::isCurrent() — Method in class SiteTree

Returns true if this is the currently active page being used to handle this request.

SiteTree::isSection() — Method in class SiteTree

Check if this page is in the currently active section (e.g. it is either current or one of its children is currently being viewed).

SiteTree::isOrphaned() — Method in class SiteTree

Check if the parent of this page has been removed (or made otherwise unavailable), and is still referenced by this child. Any such orphaned page may still require access via the CMS, but should not be shown as accessible to external users.

SiteTree::InSection() — Method in class SiteTree

Check if this page is in the given current section.

SiteTree::isNew() — Method in class SiteTree

Check if this page is new - that is, if it has yet to have been written to the database.

SiteTree::isPublished() — Method in class SiteTree

Check if this page has been published.

SiteTree::i18n_singular_name() — Method in class SiteTree

Return the translated Singular name.

SiteTreeLinkTracking::ImageTracking() — Method in class SiteTreeLinkTracking

List of Images linked on this page.

Tab::id() — Method in class Tab
TabSet::id() — Method in class TabSet
TabSet::insertBefore() — Method in class TabSet

Inserts a field before a particular field in a FieldList.

TabSet::insertAfter() — Method in class TabSet

Inserts a field after a particular field in a FieldList.

TaskRunner::init() — Method in class TaskRunner

Initialisation function that is run before any action on the controller is called.

TaskRunner::index() — Method in class TaskRunner
TemplateIteratorProvider::iteratorProperties() — Method in class TemplateIteratorProvider

Set the current iterator properties - where we are on the iterator.

TestRunner::init() — Method in class TestRunner

Initialisation function that is run before any action on the controller is called.

TextField::InternallyLabelledField() — Method in class TextField
Upload::isError() — Method in class Upload

Determines wether previous operations caused an error.

UploadField::isActive() — Method in class UploadField

Returns true if the field is neither readonly nor disabled

UploadField_SelectHandler::index() — Method in class UploadField_SelectHandler
Upload_Validator::isValidSize() — Method in class Upload_Validator

Determines if the bytesize of an uploaded file is valid - can be defined on an extension-by-extension basis in {@link $allowedMaxFileSize}

Upload_Validator::isValidExtension() — Method in class Upload_Validator

Determines if the temporary file has a valid extension An empty string in the validation map indicates files without an extension.

Varchar::Initial() — Method in class Varchar

Return the first letter of the string followed by a .

Versioned::isLatestVersion() — Method in class Versioned

Returns whether the current record is the latest one.

VirtualPage::isPublishable() — Method in class VirtualPage

Returns true if is page is publishable by anyone at all Return false if the source page isn't published yet.

VirtualPage_Controller::init() — Method in class VirtualPage_Controller

When the virtualpage is loaded, check to see if the versions are the same if not, reload the content.

YamlFixture::idFromFixture() — Method in class YamlFixture

Get the ID of an object from the fixture.

i18nClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Base-class for storage and retrieval of translated entities.

i18n::include_by_locale() — Method in class i18n

Includes all available language files for a certain defined locale.

i18n::include_by_class() — Method in class i18n

Given a class name (a "locale namespace"), will search for its module and, if available, will load the resources for the currently defined locale.

i18nEntityProviderClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Dynamically provide translatable entites for the {@link i18n} logic.

i18nRailsYamlAdapterClass in namespace [Global Namespace]
i18nSSLegacyAdapterClass in namespace [Global Namespace]
i18nSSLegacyAdapter_IteratorClass in namespace [Global Namespace]
i18nTextCollectorClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

SilverStripe-variant of the "gettext" tool: Parses the string content of all PHP-files and SilverStripe templates for ocurrences of the _t() translation method. Also uses the {@link i18nEntityProvider} interface to get dynamically defined entities by executing the {@link provideI18nEntities()} method on all implementors of this interface.

i18nTextCollectorTaskClass in namespace [Global Namespace]
i18nTextCollectorTask::init() — Method in class i18nTextCollectorTask
i18nTextCollector_ParserClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Parser that scans through a template and extracts the parameters to the _t and <%t calls

i18nTextCollector_WriterClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Allows serialization of entity definitions collected through {@link i18nTextCollector} into a persistent format, usually on the filesystem.

i18nTextCollector_Writer_PhpClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Legacy writer for 2.x style persistence.

i18nTextCollector_Writer_RailsYamlClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Writes files compatible with {@link i18nRailsYamlAdapter}.

i18nTranslateAdapterInterfaceClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Makes the {@link Zend_Translate_Adapter} base class aware of file naming conventions within SilverStripe.

J

Controller::join_links() — Method in class Controller

Joins two or more link segments together, putting a slash between them if necessary.

Convert::json2obj() — Method in class Convert

Convert a JSON encoded string into an object.

Convert::json2array() — Method in class Convert

Convert a JSON string into an array.

DBField::JS() — Method in class DBField
DBField::JSON() — Method in class DBField

Return JSON encoded value

JSONDataFormatterClass in namespace [Global Namespace]
JSTestRunnerClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Controller that executes QUnit tests via jQuery.

PhoneNumberField::joinPhoneNumber() — Method in class PhoneNumberField
Requirements::javascript() — Method in class Requirements

Register the given JavaScript file as required.

Requirements::javascriptTemplate() — Method in class Requirements

Include the content of the given JavaScript file in the list of requirements. Dollar-sign variables will be interpolated with values from $vars similar to a .ss template.

Requirements_Backend::javascript() — Method in class Requirements_Backend

Register the given JavaScript file as required.

Requirements_Backend::javascriptTemplate() — Method in class Requirements_Backend

Include the content of the given JavaScript file in the list of requirements. Dollar-sign variables will be interpolated with values from $vars similar to a .ss template.

JSONStringProviderClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\PersistedQuery

Class ConfigStringProvider

ViewableData::JS_val() — Method in class ViewableData

Return the value of a field in a JavaScript-save format.

$ i18n#js_i18nProperty in class i18n

K

CSVParser::key() — Method in class CSVParser
SS_DAG_Iterator::key() — Method in class SS_DAG_Iterator
SS_Map::keys() — Method in class SS_Map

Return all the keys of this map.

SS_Map_Iterator::key() — Method in class SS_Map_Iterator

Return the key of the current element.

SS_Query::keyedColumn() — Method in class SS_Query

Return an array containing all values in the leftmost column, where the keys are the same as the values.

SS_Query::key() — Method in class SS_Query

Iterator function implementation. Return the row number of the current item.

SapphireTest::kill_temp_db() — Method in class SapphireTest
i18nSSLegacyAdapter_Iterator::key() — Method in class i18nSSLegacyAdapter_Iterator

L

ArrayList::limit() — Method in class ArrayList

Get a sub-range of this dataobjectset as an array

ArrayList::last() — Method in class ArrayList

Returns the last item in the list

BulkLoader::load() — Method in class BulkLoader
BulkLoader_Result::LastChange() — Method in class BulkLoader_Result

Returns the last change.

CMSBatchActionHandler::Link() — Method in class CMSBatchActionHandler

Returns a link to this controller. Overload with your own Link rules if they exist.

CMSMain::Link() — Method in class CMSMain

Override {@link LeftAndMain} Link to allow blank URL segment for CMSMain.

CMSMain::LinkPages() — Method in class CMSMain
CMSMain::LinkPagesWithSearch() — Method in class CMSMain
CMSMain::LinkTreeView() — Method in class CMSMain
CMSMain::LinkListView() — Method in class CMSMain
CMSMain::LinkGalleryView() — Method in class CMSMain
CMSMain::LinkPageEdit() — Method in class CMSMain
CMSMain::LinkPageSettings() — Method in class CMSMain
CMSMain::LinkPageHistory() — Method in class CMSMain
CMSMain::LinkWithSearch() — Method in class CMSMain
CMSMain::LinkPageAdd() — Method in class CMSMain
CMSMain::LinkPreview() — Method in class CMSMain
CMSMain::listview() — Method in class CMSMain
CMSMain::ListViewForm() — Method in class CMSMain
CMSPagesController::LinkPreview() — Method in class CMSPagesController
CMSPreviewable::Link() — Method in class CMSPreviewable
CMSSecurity::Link() — Method in class CMSSecurity

Get a link to a security action

CMSSecurity::LoginForm() — Method in class CMSSecurity

Get the login form to process according to the submitted data

CacheProxy::load() — Method in class CacheProxy
ContentController::Link() — Method in class ContentController

Return the link to this controller, but force the expanded link to be returned so that form methods and similar will function properly.

ContentController::LoginForm() — Method in class ContentController

Returns the default log-in form.

Convert::linkIfMatch() — Method in class Convert

Create a link if the string is a valid URL

$ CsvBulkLoader#linesProperty in class CsvBulkLoader

Number of lines to split large CSV files into.

$ DB#lastQueryProperty in class DB

The last SQL query run.

DataList::limit() — Method in class DataList

Return a new DataList instance with the records returned in this query restricted by a limit clause.

DataList::leftJoin() — Method in class DataList

Return a new DataList instance with a left join clause added to this list's query.

DataList::last() — Method in class DataList

Returns the last item in this DataList

DataQuery::lastRow() — Method in class DataQuery

Return the last row that would be returned by this full DataQuery Note that this will issue a separate SELECT ... LIMIT query.

DataQuery::limit() — Method in class DataQuery

Set the limit of this query.

DataQuery::leftJoin() — Method in class DataQuery

Add a LEFT JOIN clause to this query.

DatabaseAdmin::lastBuilt() — Method in class DatabaseAdmin

Returns the timestamp of the time that the database was last built

Date::Long() — Method in class Date

Returns the date in the format 24 December 2006

$ Debug#log_errors_toProperty in class Debug
Debug::log() — Method in class Debug

Log to a standard text file output.

Debug::loadErrorHandlers() — Method in class Debug

Load error handlers into environment.

Diff::lcs() — Method in class Diff

Compute the length of the Longest Common Subsequence (LCS).

File::link_shortcode_handler() — Method in class File

Replace "[file_link id=n]" shortcode with an anchor tag or link to the file.

File::Link() — Method in class File

Just an alias function to keep a consistent API with SiteTree

Form::loadDataFrom() — Method in class Form

Load data from the given DataObject or array.

FormField::Link() — Method in class FormField

Return a link to this field.

FormField::LeftTitle() — Method in class FormField
FunctionalTest::logInAs() — Method in class FunctionalTest

Log in as the given member

GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest::Link() — Method in class GridFieldDetailForm_ItemRequest

Returns a link to this controller. Overload with your own Link rules if they exist.

Hierarchy::loadDescendantIDListInto() — Method in class Hierarchy

Get a list of this DataObject's and all it's descendants ID, and put them in $idList.

Hierarchy::liveChildren() — Method in class Hierarchy

Return children in the live site, if it exists.

HtmlEditorField_Toolbar::LinkForm() — Method in class HtmlEditorField_Toolbar

Return a {@link Form} instance allowing a user to add links in the TinyMCE content editor.

Image::loadUploadedImage() — Method in class Image

File names are filtered through {@link FileNameFilter}, see class documentation on how to influence this behaviour.

Injector::load() — Method in class Injector

Load services using the passed in configuration for those services

JSTestRunner::Link() — Method in class JSTestRunner

Returns a link to this controller. Overload with your own Link rules if they exist.

LabelFieldClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Simple label, to add extra text in your forms.

LeftAndMainClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

LeftAndMain is the parent class of all the two-pane views in the CMS.

LeftAndMain::Link() — Method in class LeftAndMain

You should implement a Link() function in your subclass of LeftAndMain, to point to the URL of that particular controller.

LeftAndMain::LinkPreview() — Method in class LeftAndMain

URL to a previewable record which is shown through this controller.

LeftAndMain::Locale() — Method in class LeftAndMain
LeftAndMainExtensionClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Plug-ins for additional functionality in your LeftAndMain classes.

LeftAndMainMarkingFilterClass in namespace [Global Namespace]
LeftAndMainPageIconsExtensionClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Extension to include custom page icons

LeftAndMain_HTTPResponseClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Allow overriding finished state for faux redirects.

LeftAndMain_SearchFilterClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Abstract interface for a class which may be used to filter the results displayed in a nested tree

LeftAndMain_TreeNodeClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Wrapper around objects being displayed in a tree.

LessThanFilterClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Selects numerical/date content less than the input

LessThanOrEqualFilterClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Selects numerical/date content less than or equal to the input

ListboxFieldClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Multi-line listbox field, created from a select tag.

LiteralFieldClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

This field lets you put an arbitrary piece of HTML into your forms.

LoginAttemptClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Record all login attempts through the {@link LoginForm} object.

LoginFormClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Abstract base class for a login form

LookupFieldClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Read-only complement of {@link DropdownField}.

ManifestCache::load() — Method in class ManifestCache
ManifestCache_APC::load() — Method in class ManifestCache_APC
ManifestCache_File::load() — Method in class ManifestCache_File
ManifestCache_File_PHP::load() — Method in class ManifestCache_File_PHP
$ Member#log_last_visitedProperty in class Member

Flag whether or not member visits should be logged (count only)

$ Member#log_num_visitsProperty in class Member

Flag whether we should count number of visits

$ Member#lock_out_after_incorrect_loginsProperty in class Member
$ Member#lock_out_delay_minsProperty in class Member
$ Member#login_marker_cookieProperty in class Member
$ Member#LastVisitedProperty in class Member

@deprecated 4.0

$ Member#LockedOutUntilProperty in class Member
$ Member#LocaleProperty in class Member
Member::lock_out_after_incorrect_logins() — Method in class Member

Configure the security system to lock users out after this many incorrect logins

Member::logIn() — Method in class Member

Logs this member in

Member::logged_in_session_exists() — Method in class Member

Check if the member ID logged in session actually has a database record of the same ID. If there is no logged in user, FALSE is returned anyway.

Member::logOut() — Method in class Member

Logs this member out.

$ MemberLoginForm#loggedInAsFieldProperty in class MemberLoginForm

This field is used in the "You are logged in as %s" message

MemberLoginForm::logout() — Method in class MemberLoginForm

Log out form handler method

MemberPassword::log() — Method in class MemberPassword

Log a password change from the given member.

ModelAdmin::Link() — Method in class ModelAdmin

You should implement a Link() function in your subclass of LeftAndMain, to point to the URL of that particular controller.

PaginatedList::LastItem() — Method in class PaginatedList

Returns the number of the last item being displayed on this page.

PaginatedList::LastLink() — Method in class PaginatedList

Returns a link to the last page.

RSSFeed::linkToFeed() — Method in class RSSFeed

Include an link to the feed

RSSFeed::Link() — Method in class RSSFeed

Get the URL of this feed

RedirectorPage::Link() — Method in class RedirectorPage

Return the the link that should be used for this redirector page, in navigation, etc.

RemoveOrphanedPagesTask::Link() — Method in class RemoveOrphanedPagesTask

Returns a link to this controller. Overload with your own Link rules if they exist.

ReportAdmin::Link() — Method in class ReportAdmin

Returns the link to the report admin section, or the specific report that is currently displayed

RequestHandler::Link() — Method in class RequestHandler

Returns a link to this controller. Overload with your own Link rules if they exist.

SQLSelect::lastRow() — Method in class SQLSelect

Returns a query that returns only the last row of this query

SSTemplateParser::Lookup__construct() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::Lookup_AddLookupStep() — Method in class SSTemplateParser

The basic generated PHP of LookupStep and LastLookupStep is the same, except that LookupStep calls 'obj' to get the next ViewableData in the sequence, and LastLookupStep calls different methods (XML_val, hasValue, obj) depending on the context the lookup is used in.

SSTemplateParser::Lookup_LookupStep() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::Lookup_LastLookupStep() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport::Last() — Method in class SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport

Returns true if this object is the last in a set.

SSViewer_Scope::locally() — Method in class SSViewer_Scope

Called at the start of every lookup chain by SSTemplateParser to indicate a new lookup from local scope

SS_ClassLoader::loadClass() — Method in class SS_ClassLoader

Loads a class or interface if it is present in the currently active manifest.

SS_HTTPRequest::latestParams() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
SS_HTTPRequest::latestParam() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
SS_Limitable::limit() — Method in class SS_Limitable

Returns a new instance of this list where no more than $limit records are included.

SS_List::last() — Method in class SS_List

Returns the last item in the list.

SS_ListDecorator::Last() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator
SS_ListDecorator::limit() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator

Returns a new instance of this list where no more than $limit records are included.

$ SS_Log#logger_classProperty in class SS_Log

Logger class to use.

SS_Log::log() — Method in class SS_Log

Dispatch a message by priority level.

SapphireTest::loadFixture() — Method in class SapphireTest

Load a YAML fixture file into the database.

SapphireTest::logInWithPermission() — Method in class SapphireTest

Create a member and group with the given permission code, and log in with it.

$ Security#login_urlProperty in class Security

The default login URL

$ Security#logout_urlProperty in class Security

The default logout URL

$ Security#lost_password_urlProperty in class Security

The default lost password URL

$ Security#login_recordingProperty in class Security

Enable or disable recording of login attempts through the {@link LoginRecord} object.

Security::LoginForm() — Method in class Security

Get the login form to process according to the submitted data

Security::Link() — Method in class Security

Get a link to a security action

Security::logout() — Method in class Security

Log the currently logged in user out

Security::login() — Method in class Security

Show the "login" page

Security::lostpassword() — Method in class Security

Show the "lost password" page

Security::LostPasswordForm() — Method in class Security

Factory method for the lost password form

Security::login_recording() — Method in class Security
Security::login_url() — Method in class Security

Get the URL of the log-in page.

Security::logout_url() — Method in class Security

Get the URL of the logout page.

Security::lost_password_url() — Method in class Security

Get the URL of the logout page.

ServiceConfigurationLocator::locateConfigFor() — Method in class ServiceConfigurationLocator

Finds the Injector config for a named service.

SilverStripeServiceConfigurationLocator::locateConfigFor() — Method in class SilverStripeServiceConfigurationLocator

Finds the Injector config for a named service.

LessThanFilterClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\QueryFilter\Filters
LessThanOrEqualFilterClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\QueryFilter\Filters
ListFieldFilterInterfaceClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\QueryFilter

A special type of filter that accepts list values

ListQueryScaffolderClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Scaffolding\Scaffolders

Scaffolds a GraphQL query field.

StaticSchema::load() — Method in class StaticSchema

Boots the type names from config. No graphql request necessary.

SiteTree::link_shortcode_handler() — Method in class SiteTree

Replace a "[sitetree_link id=n]" shortcode with a link to the page with the corresponding ID.

SiteTree::Link() — Method in class SiteTree

Return the link for this {@link SiteTree} object, with the {@link Director::baseURL()} included.

SiteTree::LinkOrCurrent() — Method in class SiteTree

Return "link" or "current" depending on if this is the {@link SiteTree::isCurrent()} current page.

SiteTree::LinkOrSection() — Method in class SiteTree

Return "link" or "section" depending on if this is the {@link SiteTree::isSeciton()} current section.

SiteTree::LinkingMode() — Method in class SiteTree

Return "link", "current" or "section" depending on if this page is the current page, or not on the current page but in the current section.

SiteTree::Level() — Method in class SiteTree

Returns the page in the current page stack of the given level. Level(1) will return the main menu item that we're currently inside, etc.

SiteTreeLinkTracking::LinkTracking() — Method in class SiteTreeLinkTracking

List of site pages linked on this page.

StringField::LimitCharacters() — Method in class StringField

Limit this field's content by a number of characters.

StringField::LimitCharactersToClosestWord() — Method in class StringField

Limit this field's content by a number of characters and truncate the field to the closest complete word. All HTML tags are stripped from the field.

StringField::LimitWordCount() — Method in class StringField

Limit this field's content by a number of words.

StringField::LimitWordCountXML() — Method in class StringField

Limit the number of words of the current field's content. This is XML safe, so characters like & are converted to &

StringField::LowerCase() — Method in class StringField

Converts the current value for this StringField to lowercase.

TestRunner::Link() — Method in class TestRunner

Returns a link to this controller. Overload with your own Link rules if they exist.

TestSession::lastResponse() — Method in class TestSession

Get the most recent response

TestSession::lastUrl() — Method in class TestSession

Return the fake HTTP_REFERER; set each time get() or post() is called.

TestSession::lastContent() — Method in class TestSession

Get the most recent response's content

TestSession::lastPage() — Method in class TestSession

Get the last response as a SimplePage object

Text::LimitSentences() — Method in class Text

Limit sentences, can be controlled by passing an integer.

$ ToggleField#labelMoreProperty in class ToggleField

Text shown as a link to see the full content of the field.

$ ToggleField#labelLessProperty in class ToggleField

Text shown as a link to see the partial view of the field content.

UnsavedRelationList::last() — Method in class UnsavedRelationList

Returns the last item in the list

Upload::load() — Method in class Upload

Save an file passed from a form post into this object.

Upload::loadIntoFile() — Method in class Upload

Load temporary PHP-upload into File-object.

UploadField_ItemHandler::Link() — Method in class UploadField_ItemHandler
UploadField_SelectHandler::Link() — Method in class UploadField_SelectHandler
Versioned::latestPublished() — Method in class Versioned

Is the latest version of the object published?

VirtualPage_Controller::loadcontentall() — Method in class VirtualPage_Controller
$ i18n#likely_subtagsProperty in class i18n
i18nTextCollector_Writer_Php::langArrayCodeForEntitySpec() — Method in class i18nTextCollector_Writer_Php

Input for langArrayCodeForEntitySpec() should be suitable for insertion into single-quoted strings, so needs to be escaped already.

M

ArrayList::merge() — Method in class ArrayList

Merges with another array or list by pushing all the items in it onto the end of this list.

ArrayList::map() — Method in class ArrayList

Returns a map of this list

BulkLoader_Result::merge() — Method in class BulkLoader_Result

Merges another BulkLoader_Result into this one.

CSVParser::mapColumns() — Method in class CSVParser

Re-map columns in the CSV file.

CompositeField::makeFieldReadonly() — Method in class CompositeField

Transform the named field into a readonly feld.

Config::merge_array_low_into_high() — Method in class Config

Merge a lower priority associative array into an existing higher priority associative array, as per the class docblock rules

Config::merge_array_high_into_low() — Method in class Config

Merge a higher priority assocative array into an existing lower priority associative array, as per the class docblock rules.

Config::merge_high_into_low() — Method in class Config
Config::merge_low_into_high() — Method in class Config
$ ConfirmedPasswordField#minLengthProperty in class ConfirmedPasswordField

Minimum character length of the password.

$ ConfirmedPasswordField#maxLengthProperty in class ConfirmedPasswordField

Maximum character length of the password.

ContentController::Menu() — Method in class ContentController
DB::manipulate() — Method in class DB

Execute a complex manipulation on the database.

DataList::map() — Method in class DataList

Returns a map of this list

DataList::max() — Method in class DataList

Return the maximum value of the given field in this DataList

DataList::min() — Method in class DataList

Return the minimum value of the given field in this DataList

DataList::merge() — Method in class DataList

This method won't function on DataLists due to the specific query that it represent

$ DataObject#many_manyProperty in class DataObject

many-many relationship definitions.

$ DataObject#many_many_extraFieldsProperty in class DataObject

Extra fields to include on the connecting many-many table.

DataObject::merge() — Method in class DataObject

Merges data and relations from another object of same class, without conflict resolution. Allows to specify which dataset takes priority in case its not empty.

DataObject::many_many_extraFields() — Method in class DataObject
DataObject::manyManyExtraFields() — Method in class DataObject

Return the many-to-many extra fields specification.

DataObject::manyManyExtraFieldsForComponent() — Method in class DataObject

Return the many-to-many extra fields specification for a specific component.

DataObject::many_many() — Method in class DataObject
DataObject::manyMany() — Method in class DataObject

Return information about a many-to-many component.

DataObject::manyManyComponent() — Method in class DataObject

Return information about a specific many_many component. Returns a numeric array of: array(

, The class that relation is defined in e.g. "Product" , The target class of the relation e.g. "Category" , The field name pointing to 's table e.g. "ProductID" , The field name pointing to 's table e.g. "CategoryID" The join table between the two classes e.g. "Product_Categories" )
DataQuery::max() — Method in class DataQuery

Return the maximum value of the given field in this DataList

DataQuery::min() — Method in class DataQuery

Return the minimum value of the given field in this DataList

Date::Month() — Method in class Date

Returns a full textual representation of a month, such as January.

Debug::message() — Method in class Debug

Show a debugging message

Director::makeRelative() — Method in class Director

Turns an absolute URL or folder into one that's relative to the root of the site. This is useful when turning a URL into a filesystem reference, or vice versa.

Email::mailer() — Method in class Email

Get the mailer.

FieldGroup::Message() — Method in class FieldGroup
FieldGroup::MessageType() — Method in class FieldGroup
FieldList::makeReadonly() — Method in class FieldList

Transforms this FieldList instance to readonly.

FieldList::makeFieldReadonly() — Method in class FieldList

Transform the named field into a readonly feld.

Filesystem::makeFolder() — Method in class Filesystem

Create a folder on the filesystem, recursively.

Folder::myChildren() — Method in class Folder

Returns all children of this folder

Form::makeReadonly() — Method in class Form

Convert this form into a readonly form

Form::Message() — Method in class Form

The next functions store and modify the forms message attributes. messages are stored in session under $_SESSION[formname][message];

Form::MessageType() — Method in class Form
Form::messageForForm() — Method in class Form
FormField::Message() — Method in class FormField

Returns the field message, used by form validation.

FormField::MessageType() — Method in class FormField

Returns the field message type.

GDBackend::makeDir() — Method in class GDBackend
$ GenericTemplateGlobalProvider#modulesProperty in class GenericTemplateGlobalProvider
GenericTemplateGlobalProvider::ModulePath() — Method in class GenericTemplateGlobalProvider

Given some pre-defined modules, return the filesystem path of the module.

Group::Members() — Method in class Group

Get many-many relation to {@link Member}, including all members which are "inherited" from children groups of this record.

$ HTTP#MimeTypesProperty in class HTTP

Mapping of extension to mime types

Hierarchy::markPartialTree() — Method in class Hierarchy

Mark a segment of the tree, by calling mark().

Hierarchy::markingFilterMatches() — Method in class Hierarchy

Returns true if the marking filter matches on the given node.

Hierarchy::markChildren() — Method in class Hierarchy

Mark all children of the given node that match the marking filter.

Hierarchy::markingClasses() — Method in class Hierarchy

Return CSS classes of 'unexpanded', 'closed', both, or neither, as well as a 'jstree-*' state depending on the marking of this DataObject.

Hierarchy::markById() — Method in class Hierarchy

Mark the children of the DataObject with the given ID.

Hierarchy::markToExpose() — Method in class Hierarchy

Expose the given object in the tree, by marking this page and all it ancestors.

Hierarchy::markedNodeIDs() — Method in class Hierarchy

Return the IDs of all the marked nodes.

Hierarchy::markExpanded() — Method in class Hierarchy

Mark this DataObject as expanded.

Hierarchy::markUnexpanded() — Method in class Hierarchy

Mark this DataObject as unexpanded.

Hierarchy::markOpened() — Method in class Hierarchy

Mark this DataObject's tree as opened.

Hierarchy::markClosed() — Method in class Hierarchy

Mark this DataObject's tree as closed.

$ HtmlEditorField#media_alignmentProperty in class HtmlEditorField
HtmlEditorField_Toolbar::MediaForm() — Method in class HtmlEditorField_Toolbar

Return a {@link Form} instance allowing a user to add images and flash objects to the TinyMCE content editor.

$ LeftAndMain#menu_titleProperty in class LeftAndMain
$ LeftAndMain#menu_iconProperty in class LeftAndMain
$ LeftAndMain#menu_priorityProperty in class LeftAndMain
LeftAndMain::menu_title_for_class() — Method in class LeftAndMain

Returns the menu title for the given LeftAndMain subclass.

LeftAndMain::menu_icon_for_class() — Method in class LeftAndMain

Return styling for the menu icon, if a custom icon is set for this class

LeftAndMain::MainMenu() — Method in class LeftAndMain

Returns the main menu of the CMS. This is also used by init() to work out which sections the user has access to.

LeftAndMain::Menu() — Method in class LeftAndMain
LeftAndMain::MenuCurrentItem() — Method in class LeftAndMain
LeftAndMain::MceRoot() — Method in class LeftAndMain

Return the base directory of the tiny_mce codebase

LeftAndMainMarkingFilter::mark() — Method in class LeftAndMainMarkingFilter
$ LoginAttempt#MemberIDProperty in class LoginAttempt

ID of the Member, only if Member with Email exists

LoginAttempt::Member() — Method in class LoginAttempt

Member object of the user trying to log in, only if Member with Email exists

$ LoginForm#min_auth_timeProperty in class LoginForm

The minimum amount of time authenticating is allowed to take in milliseconds.

MailerClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Mailer objects are responsible for actually sending emails.

ManifestCacheClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

A basic caching interface that manifests use to store data.

ManifestCache_APCClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Stores manifest data in APC.

ManifestCache_FileClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Stores manifest data in files in TEMP_DIR dir on filesystem

ManifestCache_File_PHPClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Same as ManifestCache_File, but stores the data as valid PHP which gets included to load This is a bit faster if you have an opcode cache installed, but slower otherwise

ManifestFileFinderClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

An extension to the default file finder with some extra filters to faciliate autoload and template manifest generation:

  • Only modules with _config.php files are scanned.
ManyManyListClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Subclass of {@link DataList} representing a many_many relation.

MappedDiffClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Computes diff between sequences of strings.

MemberClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

The member class which represents the users of the system

Member::member_from_autologinhash() — Method in class Member

Return the member for the auto login hash

Member::member_from_tempid() — Method in class Member

Find a member record with the given TempIDHash value

Member::map_in_groups() — Method in class Member

Get a member SQLMap of members in specific groups

Member::mapInCMSGroups() — Method in class Member

Get a map of all members in the groups given that have CMS permissions

Member::memberNotInGroups() — Method in class Member

Get the groups in which the member is NOT in

MemberAuthenticatorClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Authenticator for the default "member" method

MemberCsvBulkLoaderClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Imports member records, and checks/updates duplicates based on their 'Email' property.

MemberDatetimeOptionsetFieldClass in namespace [Global Namespace]
MemberImportFormClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Imports {@link Member} records by CSV upload, as defined in {@link MemberCsvBulkLoader}.

MemberLoginFormClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Log-in form for the "member" authentication method.

MemberPasswordClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Keep track of users' previous passwords, so that we can check that new passwords aren't changed back to old ones.

MemberPassword::Member() — Method in class MemberPassword

Owner of the password

Member_ChangePasswordEmailClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Class used as template to send an email saying that the password has been changed.

Member_ForgotPasswordEmailClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Class used as template to send the forgot password email

Member_GroupSetClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Represents a set of Groups attached to a member.

Member_ValidatorClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Member Validator

MigrateSiteTreeLinkingTaskClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Rewrites plain internal HTML links into shortcode form, using existing link tracking information.

MigrationTaskClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

A migration task is a build task that is reversible.

ModelAdminClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Generates a three-pane UI for editing model classes, with an automatically generated search panel, tabular results and edit forms.

$ ModelAdmin#managed_modelsProperty in class ModelAdmin

List of all managed {@link DataObject}s in this interface.

$ ModelAdmin#model_importersProperty in class ModelAdmin

List of all {@link DataObject}s which can be imported through a subclass of {@link BulkLoader} (mostly CSV data).

ModelAsControllerClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

ModelAsController deals with mapping the initial request to the first {@link SiteTree}/{@link ContentController} pair, which are then used to handle the request.

MoneyClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Implements the "Money" pattern.

MoneyFieldClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

A form field that can save into a {@link Money} database field.

MonthlyTaskClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Classes that must be run monthly extend this class

MultiEnumClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Represents an multi-select enumeration field.

MySQLDatabaseClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

MySQL connector class.

MySQLDatabaseConfigurationHelperClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

This is a helper class for the SS installer.

MySQLQueryClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

A result-set from a MySQL database (using MySQLiConnector)

MySQLQueryBuilderClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Builds a SQL query string from a SQLExpression object

MySQLSchemaManagerClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Represents schema management object for MySQL

MySQLStatementClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Provides a record-view for mysqli statements

MySQLiConnectorClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Connector for MySQL using the MySQLi method

PaginatedList::MoreThanOnePage() — Method in class PaginatedList
PasswordValidator::minLength() — Method in class PasswordValidator

Minimum password length

Profiler::mark() — Method in class Profiler
SSTemplateParser::match_Template() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_Word() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_Number() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_Value() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_CallArguments() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_Call() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_LookupStep() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_LastLookupStep() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_Lookup() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_Translate() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_InjectionVariables() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_Entity() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_SimpleInjection() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_BracketInjection() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_Injection() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_DollarMarkedLookup() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_QuotedString() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_FreeString() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_Argument() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_ComparisonOperator() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_Comparison() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_PresenceCheck() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_IfArgumentPortion() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_BooleanOperator() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_IfArgument() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_IfPart() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_ElseIfPart() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_ElsePart() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_If() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_Require() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_CacheBlockArgument() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_CacheBlockArguments() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_CacheBlockTemplate() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_UncachedBlock() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_CacheRestrictedTemplate() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_CacheBlock() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_OldTPart() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_N() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_OldTTag() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_OldSprintfTag() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_OldI18NTag() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_NamedArgument() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_Include() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_BlockArguments() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_NotBlockTag() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_ClosedBlock() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_OpenBlock() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_MismatchedEndBlock() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::MismatchedEndBlock__finalise() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_MalformedOpenTag() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::MalformedOpenTag__finalise() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_MalformedCloseTag() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::MalformedCloseTag__finalise() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_MalformedBlock() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_Comment() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_TopTemplate() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::match_Text() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport::Middle() — Method in class SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport

Return true if this object is between the first & last objects.

SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport::MiddleString() — Method in class SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport

Return 'middle' if this object is between the first & last objects.

SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport::Modulus() — Method in class SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport

Returns the modulus of the numerical position of the item in the data set.

SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport::MultipleOf() — Method in class SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport

Returns true or false depending on if the pos of the iterator is a multiple of a specific number.

$ SS_ConfigManifest#modulesProperty in class SS_ConfigManifest

A side-effect of collecting the _config fragments is the calculation of all module directories, since the definition of a module is "a directory that contains either a _config.php file or a _config directory

SS_ConfigManifest::moduleExists() — Method in class SS_ConfigManifest

Returns true if the passed module exists

SS_ConfigManifest::matchesPrefilterVariantRules() — Method in class SS_ConfigManifest

Returns false if the prefilterable parts of the rule aren't met, and true if they are

SS_ConfigManifest::matchesVariantRules() — Method in class SS_ConfigManifest

Returns false if the non-prefilterable parts of the rule aren't met, and true if they are

SS_ConfigManifest::mergeInYamlFragment() — Method in class SS_ConfigManifest

Recursively merge a yaml fragment's configuration array into the primary merged configuration array.

SS_Database::manipulate() — Method in class SS_Database

Execute a complex manipulation on the database.

SS_HTTPRequest::match() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest

Matches a URL pattern The pattern can contain a number of segments, separated by / (and an extension indicated by a .)

SS_List::map() — Method in class SS_List

Returns a map of a key field to a value field of all the items in the list.

SS_ListDecorator::map() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator

Returns a map of a key field to a value field of all the items in the list.

SS_Query::map() — Method in class SS_Query

Return a map from the first column to the second column.

SecurityAdmin::memberimport() — Method in class SecurityAdmin
SecurityAdmin::MemberImportForm() — Method in class SecurityAdmin
ManagerClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL

Manager is the master container for a graphql endpoint, and contains all queries, mutations, and types.

MutationCreatorClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL

Represents a writable entrypoint field in the top level graphql 'mutation' schema

ManagerMutatorInterfaceClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Scaffolding\Interfaces

Defines a class that updates the Manager

MutationScaffolderClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Scaffolding\Scaffolders

Scaffolds a GraphQL mutation field.

SchemaScaffolder::mutation() — Method in class SchemaScaffolder

Find or make a mutation.

SiteConfig::make_site_config() — Method in class SiteConfig

Create SiteConfig with defaults from language file.

$ SiteTree#meta_generatorProperty in class SiteTree

The value used for the meta generator tag. Leave blank to omit the tag.

SiteTree::MetaTags() — Method in class SiteTree

Return the title, description, keywords and language metatags.

SiteTreeMaintenanceTask::makelinksunique() — Method in class SiteTreeMaintenanceTask
TestRunner::module() — Method in class TestRunner

Run tests for one or more "modules".

TokenisedRegularExpression::matchFrom() — Method in class TokenisedRegularExpression
ValidationResult::messageList() — Method in class ValidationResult

Get an array of errors

ValidationResult::message() — Method in class ValidationResult

Get the error message as a string.

$ Versioned#migratingVersionProperty in class Versioned

A version that a DataObject should be when it is 'migrating', that is, when it is in the process of moving from one stage to another.

Versioned::migrateVersion() — Method in class Versioned

Set the migrating version.

ViewableData::Me() — Method in class ViewableData

When rendering some objects it is necessary to iterate over the object being rendered, to do this, you need access to itself.

VirtualPage::MetaTags() — Method in class VirtualPage

For VirtualPage, add a canonical link tag linking to the original page See TRAC #6828 & http://support.google.com/webmasters/bin/answer.py?hl=en&answer=139394

N

Boolean::Nice() — Method in class Boolean
Boolean::NiceAsBoolean() — Method in class Boolean
Boolean::nullValue() — Method in class Boolean

Returns the value to be set in the database to blank this field.

CSVParser::next() — Method in class CSVParser
Config::nest() — Method in class Config

Make the newly active {@link Config} be a copy of the current active {@link Config} instance.

Convert::nl2os() — Method in class Convert

Normalises newline sequences to conform to (an) OS specific format.

Currency::Nice() — Method in class Currency

Returns the number as a currency, eg “$1,000.00”.

DBField::nullValue() — Method in class DBField

Returns the value to be set in the database to blank this field.

DBFloat::Nice() — Method in class DBFloat

Returns the number, with commas and decimal places as appropriate, eg “1,000.00”.

DBFloat::NiceRound() — Method in class DBFloat
DBFloat::nullValue() — Method in class DBFloat

Returns the value to be set in the database to blank this field.

DBInt::Nice() — Method in class DBInt
DBInt::nullValue() — Method in class DBInt

Returns the value to be set in the database to blank this field.

DBLocale::Nice() — Method in class DBLocale

See {@link getShortName()} and {@link getNativeName()}.

DataList::newObject() — Method in class DataList

Return a new item to add to this DataList.

DataObject::newClassInstance() — Method in class DataObject

Create a new instance of a different class from this object's record.

$ Date#nice_formatProperty in class Date
Date::Nice() — Method in class Date

Returns the date in the format specified by the config value nice_format, or dd/mm/yy by default

Date::NiceUS() — Method in class Date

Returns the date in US format: “01/18/2006”

Date::next_day() — Method in class Date
Debug::noticeHandler() — Method in class Debug
Decimal::Nice() — Method in class Decimal
Decimal::nullValue() — Method in class Decimal
$ Deprecation#notice_levelProperty in class Deprecation
Deprecation::notification_version() — Method in class Deprecation

Set the version that is used to check against the version passed to notice. If the ::notice version is greater than or equal to this version, a message will be raised

Deprecation::notice() — Method in class Deprecation

Raise a notice indicating the method is deprecated if the version passed as the second argument is greater than or equal to the check version set via ::notification_version

FieldGroup::Name() — Method in class FieldGroup

Returns the name (ID) for the element.

Folder::numChildFolders() — Method in class Folder

Get the number of children of this folder that are also folders.

FormField::name_to_label() — Method in class FormField

Takes a field name and converts camelcase to spaced words. Also resolves combined field names with dot syntax to spaced words.

GridField_FormAction::nameEncode() — Method in class GridField_FormAction

Encode all non-word characters.

$ Hierarchy#node_threshold_totalProperty in class Hierarchy

The lower bounds for the amount of nodes to mark. If set, the logic will expand nodes until it reaches at least this number, and then stops. Root nodes will always show regardless of this settting. Further nodes can be lazy-loaded via ajax. This isn't a hard limit. Example: On a value of 10, with 20 root nodes, each having 30 children, the actual node count will be 50 (all root nodes plus first expanded child).

$ Hierarchy#node_threshold_leafProperty in class Hierarchy

Limit on the maximum children a specific node can display. Serves as a hard limit to avoid exceeding available server resources in generating the tree, and browser resources in rendering it. Nodes with children exceeding this value typically won't display any children, although this is configurable through the $nodeCountCallback parameter in {@link getChildrenAsUL()}. "Root" nodes will always show all children, regardless of this setting.

Hierarchy::numHistoricalChildren() — Method in class Hierarchy

Return the number of children that this page ever had, including pages that were deleted.

Hierarchy::numChildren() — Method in class Hierarchy

Return the number of direct children. By default, values are cached after the first invocation. Can be augumented by {@link augmentNumChildrenCountQuery()}.

Hierarchy::naturalPrev() — Method in class Hierarchy

Get the next node in the tree of the type. If there is no instance of the className descended from this node, then search the parents.

Hierarchy::naturalNext() — Method in class Hierarchy

Get the next node in the tree of the type. If there is no instance of the className descended from this node, then search the parents.

Injector::nest() — Method in class Injector

Make the newly active {@link Injector} be a copy of the current active {@link Injector} instance.

$ Member#notify_password_changeProperty in class Member
$ Member#NumVisitProperty in class Member

@deprecated 4.0

Money::Nice() — Method in class Money
Money::NiceWithShortname() — Method in class Money
Money::NiceWithName() — Method in class Money
MySQLDatabase::now() — Method in class MySQLDatabase

Return SQL expression used to represent the current date/time

MySQLQuery::numRecords() — Method in class MySQLQuery

Return the total number of items in the query result.

MySQLQuery::nextRecord() — Method in class MySQLQuery

Return the next record in the query result.

MySQLStatement::numRecords() — Method in class MySQLStatement

Return the total number of items in the query result.

MySQLStatement::nextRecord() — Method in class MySQLStatement

Return the next record in the query result.

NegationFilterClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Matches on rows where the field is not equal to the given value.

NestedControllerClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Interface that is implemented by controllers that are designed to hand control over to another controller.

NestedFormClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

This is a form decorator that lets you place a form inside another form.

NullHTTPRequestClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Implements the "Null Object" pattern for a missing http request.

NullSecurityTokenClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Specialized subclass for disabled security tokens - always returns TRUE for token checks. Use through {@link SecurityToken::disable()}.

NullableFieldClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

NullableField is a field that wraps other fields when you want to allow the user to specify whether the value of the field is null or not.

NumericFieldClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Text input field with validation for numeric values. Supports validating the numeric value as to the {@link i18n::get_locale()} value, or an overridden locale specific to this field.

NumericField_ReadonlyClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Readonly version of a numeric field.

PDOQuery::numRecords() — Method in class PDOQuery

Return the total number of items in the query result.

PDOQuery::nextRecord() — Method in class PDOQuery

Return the next record in the query result.

PaginatedList::NotFirstPage() — Method in class PaginatedList
PaginatedList::NotLastPage() — Method in class PaginatedList
PaginatedList::NextLink() — Method in class PaginatedList

Returns a link to the next page, if there is another page after the current one.

Percentage::Nice() — Method in class Percentage

Returns the number, expressed as a percentage. For example, “36.30%”

SSTemplateParser::NamedArgument_Name() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::NamedArgument_Value() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSViewer_Scope::next() — Method in class SSViewer_Scope
SS_DAG_Iterator::next() — Method in class SS_DAG_Iterator
SS_Database::now() — Method in class SS_Database

Return SQL expression used to represent the current date/time

$ SS_Datetime#nice_formatProperty in class SS_Datetime
SS_Datetime::Nice() — Method in class SS_Datetime

Returns the date and time in the format specified by the config value nice_format, or 'd/m/Y g:ia' by default (e.g. '31/01/2014 2:23pm').

SS_Datetime::Nice24() — Method in class SS_Datetime

Returns the date and time (in 24-hour format) using the format string 'd/m/Y H:i' e.g. '28/02/2014 13:32'.

SS_Datetime::now() — Method in class SS_Datetime

Returns either the current system date as determined by date(), or a mocked date through {@link set_mock_now()}.

SS_Map_Iterator::next() — Method in class SS_Map_Iterator

Move forward to next element.

SS_Query::next() — Method in class SS_Query

Iterator function implementation. Return the next record in the iterator.

SS_Query::nextRecord() — Method in class SS_Query

Return the next record in the query result.

SS_Query::numRecords() — Method in class SS_Query

Return the total number of items in the query result.

DataObjectScaffolder::nestedQuery() — Method in class DataObjectScaffolder

Finds or adds a nested query, e.g. has_many/many_many relation, or a query created with a custom scaffolder

NaiveFieldAccessorClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Util
$ SiteTree#need_permissionProperty in class SiteTree

List of permission codes a user can have to allow a user to create a page of this type.

$ SiteTree#nested_urlsProperty in class SiteTree
SiteTree::nested_urls() — Method in class SiteTree

Returns TRUE if nested URLs (e.g. page/sub-page/) are currently enabled on this site.

SiteTree::NestedTitle() — Method in class SiteTree

Return a string of the form "parent - page" or "grandparent - parent - page" using page titles

StringField::NoHTML() — Method in class StringField

Return the value of the field stripped of html tags.

$ Time#nice_formatProperty in class Time
Time::Nice() — Method in class Time

Returns the time in the format specified by the config value nice_format, or 12 hour format by default e.g. "3:15pm"

Time::Nice24() — Method in class Time

Return a user friendly format for time in a 24 hour format.

$ TreeDropdownField#node_threshold_totalProperty in class TreeDropdownField
TreeDropdownField::nodeIsDisabled() — Method in class TreeDropdownField

Marking a specific node in the tree as disabled

$ Versioned#non_live_permissionsProperty in class Versioned

Permissions necessary to view records outside of the live stage (e.g. archive / draft stage).

_DiffOp::norig() — Method in class _DiffOp
_DiffOp::nfinal() — Method in class _DiffOp

O

ArrayList::offsetExists() — Method in class ArrayList

Returns whether an item with $key exists

ArrayList::offsetGet() — Method in class ArrayList

Returns item stored in list with index $key

ArrayList::offsetSet() — Method in class ArrayList

Set an item with the key in $key

ArrayList::offsetUnset() — Method in class ArrayList

Unset an item with the key in $key

$ BulkLoader#objectClassProperty in class BulkLoader

Each row in the imported dataset should map to one instance of this class (with optional property translation through {@self::$columnMaps}.

DataExtension::onBeforeWrite() — Method in class DataExtension
DataExtension::onAfterWrite() — Method in class DataExtension
DataExtension::onBeforeDelete() — Method in class DataExtension
DataExtension::onAfterDelete() — Method in class DataExtension
DataList::offsetExists() — Method in class DataList

Returns whether an item with $key exists

DataList::offsetGet() — Method in class DataList

Returns item stored in list with index $key

DataList::offsetSet() — Method in class DataList

Set an item with the key in $key

DataList::offsetUnset() — Method in class DataList

Unset an item with the key in $key

DateField_View_JQuery::onBeforeRender() — Method in class DateField_View_JQuery
DateField_View_JQuery::onAfterRender() — Method in class DateField_View_JQuery
Diff::orig() — Method in class Diff

Get the original set of lines.

Email::obfuscate() — Method in class Email

Encode an email-address to help protect it from spam bots. At the moment only simple string substitutions, which are not 100% safe from email harvesting.

ErrorPageControllerExtension::onBeforeHTTPError() — Method in class ErrorPageControllerExtension
File::onAfterUpload() — Method in class File

Should be called after the file was uploaded

File::Owner() — Method in class File

Returns Member object of file owner.

Folder::onBeforeDelete() — Method in class Folder
GDBackend::onBeforeDelete() — Method in class GDBackend
Group::onBeforeWrite() — Method in class Group
Group::onBeforeDelete() — Method in class Group
Image::onAfterUpload() — Method in class Image

Should be called after the file was uploaded

Image_Backend::onBeforeDelete() — Method in class Image_Backend

onBeforeDelete

ImagickBackend::onBeforeDelete() — Method in class ImagickBackend
JSTestRunner::only() — Method in class JSTestRunner

Run only a single test class

Member::onBeforeWrite() — Method in class Member

Event handler called before writing to the database.

Member::onAfterWrite() — Method in class Member
Member::onAfterDelete() — Method in class Member
Member::onChangeGroups() — Method in class Member

Filter out admin groups to avoid privilege escalation, If any admin groups are requested, deny the whole save operation.

ObjectClass in namespace [Global Namespace]
OembedClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Format of the Oembed config. Autodiscover allows discovery of all URLs.

Oembed_ResultClass in namespace [Global Namespace]
OldPageRedirectorClass in namespace [Global Namespace]
OldPageRedirector::onBeforeHTTPError404() — Method in class OldPageRedirector

On every URL that generates a 404, we'll capture it here and see if we can find an old URL that it should be redirecting to.

OptionsetFieldClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Set of radio buttons designed to emulate a dropdown.

Permission::onBeforeWrite() — Method in class Permission
PermissionRole::onAfterDelete() — Method in class PermissionRole
RSSFeed::outputToBrowser() — Method in class RSSFeed

Output the feed to the browser.

RedirectorPage::onBeforeWrite() — Method in class RedirectorPage
SSTemplateParser::OldTPart__construct() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::OldTPart_QuotedString() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::OldTPart_CallArguments() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::OldTPart__finalise() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::OldTTag_OldTPart() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::OldSprintfTag__construct() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::OldSprintfTag_OldTPart() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::OldSprintfTag_CallArguments() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::OldI18NTag_STR() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::OpenBlock__construct() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::OpenBlock_BlockArguments() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::OpenBlock__finalise() — Method in class SSTemplateParser
SSTemplateParser::OpenBlock_Handle_Debug() — Method in class SSTemplateParser

This is an open block handler, for the <% debug %> utility tag

SSTemplateParser::OpenBlock_Handle_Base_tag() — Method in class SSTemplateParser

This is an open block handler, for the <% base_tag %> tag

SSTemplateParser::OpenBlock_Handle_Current_page() — Method in class SSTemplateParser

This is an open block handler, for the <% current_page %> tag

SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport::Odd() — Method in class SSViewer_BasicIteratorSupport

Return true if this is an odd item in the set.

SSViewer_DataPresenter::obj() — Method in class SSViewer_DataPresenter

$Up and $Top need to restore the overlay from the parent and top-level scope respectively.

SSViewer_Scope::obj() — Method in class SSViewer_Scope
SS_HTTPRequest::offsetExists() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest

Enables the existence of a key-value pair in the request to be checked using array syntax, so isset($request['title']) will check for $_POST['title'] and $_GET['title']

SS_HTTPRequest::offsetGet() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest

Access a request variable using array syntax. eg: $request['title'] instead of $request->postVar('title')

SS_HTTPRequest::offsetSet() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
SS_HTTPRequest::offsetUnset() — Method in class SS_HTTPRequest
SS_HTTPResponse::output() — Method in class SS_HTTPResponse

Send this HTTPReponse to the browser

SS_ListDecorator::offsetExists() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator
SS_ListDecorator::offsetGet() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator
SS_ListDecorator::offsetSet() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator
SS_ListDecorator::offsetUnset() — Method in class SS_ListDecorator
SS_Map::offsetExists() — Method in class SS_Map
SS_Map::offsetGet() — Method in class SS_Map
SS_Map::offsetSet() — Method in class SS_Map

Sets a value in the map by a given key that has been set via {@link SS_Map::push()} or {@link SS_Map::unshift()}

SS_Map::offsetUnset() — Method in class SS_Map

Removes a value in the map by a given key which has been added to the map via {@link SS_Map::push()} or {@link SS_Map::unshift()}

OperationResolverClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL

Standard resolve callback for Mutations or Queries

DataObjectScaffolder::operation() — Method in class DataObjectScaffolder

Find or make an operation.

OperationScaffolderClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Scaffolding\Scaffolders

Provides functionality common to both operation scaffolders. Cannot be a subclass due to their distinct inheritance chains.

OperationListClass in namespace SilverStripe\GraphQL\Scaffolding\Util

An array list designed to work with OperationScaffolders

SiteTree::onAfterWrite() — Method in class SiteTree
SiteTree::onBeforeDelete() — Method in class SiteTree
SiteTree::onAfterDelete() — Method in class SiteTree
SiteTree::on_db_reset() — Method in class SiteTree
SiteTreeExtension::onBeforePublish() — Method in class SiteTreeExtension

Hook called before the page's {@link SiteTree::doPublish()} action is completed

SiteTreeExtension::onAfterPublish() — Method in class SiteTreeExtension

Hook called after the page's {@link SiteTree::doPublish()} action is completed

SiteTreeExtension::onBeforeUnpublish() — Method in class SiteTreeExtension

Hook called before the page's {@link SiteTree::doUnpublish()} action is completed

SiteTreeExtension::onAfterUnpublish() — Method in class SiteTreeExtension

Hook called after the page's {@link SiteTree::doUnpublish()} action is completed

SiteTreeFileExtension::onAfterDelete() — Method in class SiteTreeFileExtension

Updates link tracking.

TestRunner::only() — Method in class TestRunner

Run only a single test class or a comma-separated list of tests

$ Versioned#ownerProperty in class Versioned
Versioned::on_db_reset() — Method in class Versioned

Called by {@link SapphireTest} when the database is reset.

Versioned::onAfterWrite() — Method in class Versioned
Versioned::onAfterSkippedWrite() — Method in class Versioned

If a write was skipped, then we need to ensure that we don't leave a migrateVersion() value lying around for the next write.

Versioned::onBeforeDuplicate() — Method in class Versioned

Ensure version ID is reset to 0 on duplicate

$ VersionedStateExtension#ownerProperty in class VersionedStateExtension
ViewableData::obj() — Method in class ViewableData

Get the value of a field on this object, automatically inserting the value into any available casting objects that have been specified.

ViewableData_Customised::obj() — Method in class ViewableData_Customised

Get the value of a field on this object, automatically inserting the value into any available casting objects that have been specified.

VirtualPage::onBeforeWrite() — Method in class VirtualPage

We have to change it to copy all the content from the original page first.

VirtualPage::onAfterWrite() — Method in class VirtualPage
YamlFixture::objFromFixture() — Method in class YamlFixture

Get an object from the fixture.

$ _DiffOp#origProperty in class _DiffOp

P

$ AopProxyService#proxiedProperty in class AopProxyService
ArrayList::push() — Method in class ArrayList

Pushes an item onto the end of this list.

ArrayList::pop() — Method in class ArrayList

Pops the last element off the end of the list and returns it.

$ AssetAdmin#page_lengthProperty in class AssetAdmin

Amount of results showing on a single page.

AssetAdmin::providePermissions() — Method in class AssetAdmin

Return a map of permission codes to add to the dropdown shown in the Security section of the CMS.

BBCodeParser::parse() — Method in class BBCodeParser

Main BBCode parser method. This takes plain jane content and runs it through so many filters

BasicAuth::protect_entire_site() — Method in class BasicAuth

Enable protection of the entire site with basic authentication.

BasicAuth::protect_site_if_necessary() — Method in class BasicAuth

Call {@link BasicAuth::requireLogin()} if {@link BasicAuth::protect_entire_site()} has been called.

Boolean::prepValueForDB() — Method in class Boolean

Return the transformed value ready to be sent to the database. This value will be escaped automatically by the prepared query processor, so it should not be escaped or quoted at all.

BrokenLinksReport::parameterFields() — Method in class BrokenLinksReport
BulkLoader::preview() — Method in class BulkLoader

Preview a file import (don't write anything to the database).

$ CMSMain#page_lengthProperty in class CMSMain

Amount of results showing on a single page.

CMSMain::PageTypes() — Method in class CMSMain

Populates an array of classes in the CMS which allows the user to change the page type.

CMSMain::performPublish() — Method in class CMSMain

Actually perform the publication step

CMSMain::publish() — Method in class CMSMain
CMSMain::publishall() — Method in class CMSMain
CMSMain::providePermissions() — Method in class CMSMain

Return a map of permission codes to add to the dropdown shown in the Security section of the CMS.

CMSMemberLoginForm::performLogin() — Method in class CMSMemberLoginForm

Try to authenticate the user

CMSMenu::populate_menu() — Method in class CMSMenu

Generate CMS main menu items by collecting valid subclasses of {@link LeftAndMain}

CMSMenu::provideI18nEntities() — Method in class CMSMenu

Provide menu titles to the i18n entity provider

$ CMSMenuItem#priorityProperty in class CMSMenuItem

Menu priority (sort order)

CMSSiteTreeFilter::pagesIncluded() — Method in class CMSSiteTreeFilter
CSVParser::provideHeaderRow() — Method in class CSVParser

If your CSV file doesn't have a header row, then you can call this function to provide one.

CheckboxField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class CheckboxField

Returns a readonly version of this field

CheckboxField_Readonly::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class CheckboxField_Readonly

Returns a read-only version of this field.

CheckboxSetField::performDisabledTransformation() — Method in class CheckboxSetField

Return a disabled version of this field.

CheckboxSetField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class CheckboxSetField

Transforms the source data for this CheckboxSetField into a comma separated list of values.

CliController::process() — Method in class CliController

Overload this method to contain the task logic.

CompositeField::push() — Method in class CompositeField

Add a new child field to the end of the set.

CompositeField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class CompositeField

Return a readonly version of this field. Keeps the composition but returns readonly versions of all the child {@link FormField} objects.

CompositeField::performDisabledTransformation() — Method in class CompositeField

Return a disabled version of this field. Keeps the composition but returns disabled versions of all the child {@link FormField} objects.

Config::pushConfigStaticManifest() — Method in class Config
Config::pushConfigYamlManifest() — Method in class Config

Add another manifest to the list of config manifests to search through.

ConfirmedPasswordField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class ConfirmedPasswordField

Makes a read only field with some stars in it to replace the password

ContentController::Page() — Method in class ContentController
ContentController::project() — Method in class ContentController

Get the project name

ContentNegotiator::process() — Method in class ContentNegotiator
Controller::pushCurrent() — Method in class Controller

Pushes this controller onto the stack of current controllers.

Controller::popCurrent() — Method in class Controller

Pop this controller off the top of the stack.

CsvBulkLoader::preview() — Method in class CsvBulkLoader
CurrencyField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class CurrencyField

Create a new class for this field

CurrencyField_Readonly::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class CurrencyField_Readonly

This already is a readonly field.

DB::placeholders() — Method in class DB

Helper function for generating a list of parameter placeholders for the given argument(s)

DB::prepared_query() — Method in class DB

Execute the given SQL parameterised query with the specified arguments

DBConnector::preparedQuery() — Method in class DBConnector

Execute the given SQL parameterised query with the specified arguments

DBField::prepValueForDB() — Method in class DBField

Return the transformed value ready to be sent to the database. This value will be escaped automatically by the prepared query processor, so it should not be escaped or quoted at all.

DBFloat::prepValueForDB() — Method in class DBFloat

Return the transformed value ready to be sent to the database. This value will be escaped automatically by the prepared query processor, so it should not be escaped or quoted at all.

DBInt::prepValueForDB() — Method in class DBInt

Return the transformed value ready to be sent to the database. This value will be escaped automatically by the prepared query processor, so it should not be escaped or quoted at all.

DBSchemaManager::preparedQuery() — Method in class DBSchemaManager

Execute the given SQL parameterised query with the specified arguments

DataExtension::populateDefaults() — Method in class DataExtension
DataList::push() — Method in class DataList

This method won't function on DataLists due to the specific query that it represent

$ DataObject#plural_nameProperty in class DataObject

Human-readable plural name

DataObject::plural_name() — Method in class DataObject

Get the user friendly plural name of this DataObject If the name is not defined (by renaming $plural_name in the subclass), this returns a pluralised version of the class name.

DataObject::populateDefaults() — Method in class DataObject

Load the default values in from the self::$defaults array.

DataObject::provideI18nEntities() — Method in class DataObject

Collect all static properties on the object which contain natural language, and need to be translated.

DatalessField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class DatalessField

Returns a readonly version of this field

Date::prior_monday() — Method in class Date
Date::past_date() — Method in class Date

Return the nearest date in the past, based on day and month.

DateField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class DateField

Returns a read-only version of this field.

DatetimeField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class DatetimeField

Returns a read-only version of this field.

Decimal::prepValueForDB() — Method in class Decimal

Return the transformed value ready to be sent to the database. This value will be escaped automatically by the prepared query processor, so it should not be escaped or quoted at all.

Director::protocolAndHost() — Method in class Director

Returns the part of the URL, 'http://www.mysite.com'.

Director::protocol() — Method in class Director

Return the current protocol that the site is running under.

DropdownField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class DropdownField
Email::populateTemplate() — Method in class Email

Populate this email template with values. This may be called many times.

FieldGroup::php() — Method in class FieldGroup
FieldList::push() — Method in class FieldList

Push a single field onto the end of this FieldList instance.

File::Parent() — Method in class File

Returns parent File

FlushRequestFilter::preRequest() — Method in class FlushRequestFilter

Filter executed before a request processes

FlushRequestFilter::postRequest() — Method in class FlushRequestFilter

Filter executed AFTER a request

Folder::populateDefaults() — Method in class Folder
FormAction::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class FormAction

Does not transform to readonly by purpose.

FormField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class FormField

Returns a read-only version of this field.

FormField::performDisabledTransformation() — Method in class FormField

Return a disabled version of this field.

FunctionalTest::post() — Method in class FunctionalTest

Submit a post request

GDBackend::paddedResize() — Method in class GDBackend

Resize to fit fully within the given box, without resizing. Extra space left around the image will be padded with the background color.

Group::populateDefaults() — Method in class Group

Load the default values in from the self::$defaults array.

Group::Parent() — Method in class Group

Return parent group

Group::Permissions() — Method in class Group

List of group permissions

GroupCsvBulkLoader::processRecord() — Method in class GroupCsvBulkLoader
HTMLText::prepValueForDB() — Method in class HTMLText

(non-PHPdoc)

HTTPCacheControl::privateCache() — Method in class HTTPCacheControl

Advanced way to set cache control header to a non-cacheable state.

HTTPCacheControl::publicCache() — Method in class HTTPCacheControl

Advanced way to set cache control header to a cacheable state.

HiddenField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class HiddenField
Hierarchy::parentStack() — Method in class Hierarchy

Return an array of this page and its ancestors, ordered item -> root.

Hierarchy::Parent() — Method in class Hierarchy
HtmlEditorField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class HtmlEditorField
HtmlEditorField::performDisabledTransformation() — Method in class HtmlEditorField

Return a disabled version of this field.

Image::Pad() — Method in class Image

Fit image to specified dimensions and fill leftover space with a solid colour (default white). Use in templates with $Pad.

Image::PaddedImage() — Method in class Image

Resize this Image by both width and height, using padded resize. Use in templates with $PaddedImage.

Image_Backend::paddedResize() — Method in class Image_Backend

paddedResize

ImagickBackend::paddedResize() — Method in class ImagickBackend

paddedResize

InlineFormAction::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class InlineFormAction

Returns a read-only version of this field.

LeftAndMain::printable() — Method in class LeftAndMain
LeftAndMain::providePermissions() — Method in class LeftAndMain

Return a map of permission codes to add to the dropdown shown in the Security section of the CMS.

LiteralField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class LiteralField
LookupField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class LookupField
$ Member#password_validatorProperty in class Member
$ Member#password_expiry_daysProperty in class Member
$ Member#PasswordProperty in class Member
$ Member#PasswordEncryptionProperty in class Member
$ Member#PasswordExpiryProperty in class Member
Member::populateDefaults() — Method in class Member

Ensure the locale is set to something sensible by default.

Member::password_validator() — Method in class Member

Returns the current {@link PasswordValidator}

MemberCsvBulkLoader::processRecord() — Method in class MemberCsvBulkLoader
MemberLoginForm::performLogin() — Method in class MemberLoginForm

Try to authenticate the user

Member_Validator::php() — Method in class Member_Validator

Check if the submitted member data is valid (server-side)

$ ModelAdmin#page_lengthProperty in class ModelAdmin

Amount of results showing on a single page.

MoneyField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class MoneyField

Returns a readonly version of this field.

MySQLiConnector::prepareStatement() — Method in class MySQLiConnector

Retrieve a prepared statement for a given SQL string

MySQLiConnector::parsePreparedParameters() — Method in class MySQLiConnector

Prepares the list of parameters in preparation for passing to mysqli_stmt_bind_param

MySQLiConnector::preparedQuery() — Method in class MySQLiConnector

Execute the given SQL parameterised query with the specified arguments

NumericField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class NumericField

Creates a read-only version of the field.

NumericField_Readonly::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class NumericField_Readonly
PDOConnectorClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

PDO driver database connector

PDOConnector::preparedQuery() — Method in class PDOConnector

Execute the given SQL parameterised query with the specified arguments

PDOQueryClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

A result-set from a PDO database.

PHPUnit_Framework_TestCaseClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

PHPUnit is a testing framework that can be installed using Composer.

PaginatedListClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

A decorator that wraps around a data list in order to provide pagination.

PaginatedList::Pages() — Method in class PaginatedList

Returns a set of links to all the pages in the list. This is useful for basic pagination.

PaginatedList::PaginationSummary() — Method in class PaginatedList

Returns a summarised pagination which limits the number of pages shown around the current page for visually balanced.

PaginatedList::PrevLink() — Method in class PaginatedList

Returns a link to the previous page, if the first page is not currently active.

PartialMatchFilterClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Matches textual content with a LIKE '%keyword%' construct.

PasswordEncryptorClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Allows pluggable password encryption.

PasswordEncryptor_BlowfishClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Blowfish encryption - this is the default from SilverStripe 3.

PasswordEncryptor_EncryptionFailedClass in namespace [Global Namespace]
PasswordEncryptor_LegacyPHPHashClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Legacy implementation for SilverStripe 2.1 - 2.3, which had a design flaw in password hashing that caused the hashes to differ between architectures due to floating point precision problems in base_convert().

PasswordEncryptor_MySQLOldPasswordClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Uses MySQL's OLD_PASSWORD encyrption. Requires an active DB connection.

PasswordEncryptor_MySQLPasswordClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Uses MySQL's PASSWORD encryption. Requires an active DB connection.

PasswordEncryptor_NoneClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Cleartext passwords (used in SilverStripe 2.1).

PasswordEncryptor_NotFoundExceptionClass in namespace [Global Namespace]
PasswordEncryptor_PHPHashClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Encryption using built-in hash types in PHP.

PasswordFieldClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Password input field.

PasswordField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class PasswordField

Creates a read-only version of the field.

PasswordValidatorClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

This class represents a validator for member passwords.

PercentageClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Represents a decimal field from 0-1 containing a percentage value.

PermissionClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Represents a permission assigned to a group.

$ Permission#privileged_permissionsProperty in class Permission
Permission::permissions_for_member() — Method in class Permission

Get all the 'any' permission codes available to the given member.

PermissionCheckboxSetFieldClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Shows a categorized list of available permissions (through {@link Permission::get_codes()}).

PermissionCheckboxSetField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class PermissionCheckboxSetField
PermissionCheckboxSetField_ReadonlyClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Readonly version of a {@link PermissionCheckboxSetField} - uses the same structure, but has all checkboxes disabled.

PermissionFailureExceptionClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Throw this exception to register that a user doesn't have permission to do the given action and potentially redirect them to the log-in page. The exception message may be presented to the user, so it shouldn't be in nerd-speak.

PermissionProviderClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Used to let classes provide new permission codes.

PermissionProvider::providePermissions() — Method in class PermissionProvider

Return a map of permission codes to add to the dropdown shown in the Security section of the CMS.

PermissionRoleClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

A PermissionRole represents a collection of permission codes that can be applied to groups.

PermissionRoleCodeClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

A PermissionRoleCode represents a single permission code assigned to a {@link PermissionRole}.

Permission_GroupClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Permission_Group class

PhoneNumberFieldClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Field for displaying phone numbers. It separates the number, the area code and optionally the country code and extension.

PhpUnitWrapperClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

PHPUnit Wrapper class.

PhpUnitWrapper_3_4Class in namespace [Global Namespace]

PHPUnit Wrapper class. Implements the correct behaviour for PHPUnit V3.4.

PhpUnitWrapper_3_5Class in namespace [Global Namespace]
PhpUnitWrapper_ExceptionClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

PHPUnitWrapper Exception class

PhpUnitWrapper_GenericClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Generic PhpUnitWrapper.

PjaxResponseNegotiatorClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Handle the X-Pjax header that AJAX responses may provide, returning the fragment, or, in the case of non-AJAX form submissions, redirecting back to the submitter.

PolymorphicForeignKeyClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

A special ForeignKey class that handles relations with arbitrary class types

PolymorphicHasManyListClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Represents a has_many list linked against a polymorphic relationship

PrimaryKeyClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

A special type Int field used for primary keys.

PrintableTransformationClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Transformation that will make a form printable.

PrintableTransformation_TabSetClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Class representing printable tabsets

ProfilerClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Execution time profiler.

Profiler::printTimers() — Method in class Profiler

print out a log of all the timers that were registered

Profiler::printTrace() — Method in class Profiler
PurifierHTMLCleanerClass in namespace [Global Namespace]

Cleans HTML using the HTMLPurifier package http://htmlpurifier.org/

ReadonlyField::performReadonlyTransformation() — Method in class ReadonlyField

Returns a read-only version of this field.

ReportAdmin::providePermissions() — Method in class ReportAdmin

Return a map of permission codes to add to the dropdown shown in the Security section of the CMS.

RequestFilter::preRequest() — Method in class RequestFilter

Filter executed before a request processes

RequestFilter::postRequest() — Method in class RequestFilter

Filter executed AFTER a request

RequestProcessor::preRequest() — Method in class RequestProcessor

Filter executed before a request processes

RequestProcessor::postRequest() — Method in class RequestProcessor

Filter executed AFTER a request

RequiredFields::php() — Method in class RequiredFields

Allows validation of fields via specification of a php function for validation which is executed after the form is submitted.

Requirements::process_combined_files() — Method in class Requirements

Do the heavy lifting involved in combining (and, in the case of JavaScript minifying) the combined files.

Requirements_Backend::process_combined_files() — Method in class Requirements_Backend

Do the heavy lifting involved in combining (and, in the case of JavaScript minifying) the combined files.